JP6527448B2 - Gaming machine - Google Patents

Description

  The present invention is a gaming machine provided with a special winning means capable of opening and closing a winning opening by opening and closing means at a position where a game ball which has flowed down at least a specific ball flow down area of a plurality of ball flow down areas in a game board can win. It is about

  In a pachinko machine which is a typical game machine, a symbol display device (symbol display means) is provided on the game board on which a game area where pachinko balls flow down is formed, in which symbol variation effects by various symbols are performed. In addition, the game board is appropriately equipped with a fixed start winning portion where the winning opening is always opened, a variable start winning portion opened and closed by pachinko ball passing, etc. The hit judgment is made when the pachinko ball hit to the game board wins the start winning part placed on the game board by the operation of the operation handle arranged on the front side of the Based on the determination result, the symbol display device is configured to perform symbol variation effects. Then, if the hit determination is a hit, a symbol is displayed in a predetermined combination in each display area as a result of the symbol variation effect, and then a hit game is given to open and close the special winning portion provided on the game board It is configured as follows.

  In such pachinko machines, the game area defined on the front of the game board is roughly divided into two areas, a first ball flow area for left-handed game and a second ball flow area for right-handed game. The second ball falling area (specific ball falling area) is provided with a variable start winning portion and / or a special winning portion at a position where it is easy for a pachinko ball to flow, a left hitting game and a right hitting game There are some that realize different game characteristics. For example, in Patent Document 1, a special winning portion is provided in the right falling ball flow region, and it is easy to win a special winning portion in a pachinko ball flowing down the right falling ball flow region. And, in such a pachinko machine, when the special winning part is opened and closed and the state of the hit game and the variable start part are operated under the advantageous conditions, it is suitable to play the game by the right-handed game. In such a manner that the player is able to appropriately determine which of the left-handed game and the right-handed game is suitable to be played by notifying that the game state is the specific game state (specific launch state). It is configured. That is, it is possible to play a game suitable for the state of the pachinko machine by notifying the falling area of the ball that will launch the pachinko ball, and operating the operation handle according to the notification.

JP, 2008-68137, A

  By the way, in recent years, the game characteristics of pachinko machines tend to be diversified. Therefore, when the special winning portion is opened and closed and the state of the game is activated and the variable start portion is operated under an advantageous condition, the user is simply informed that the right-handed game is to be performed, and the operation of the operation handle The game is not properly implemented only by prompting the player, which may cause confusion and dissatisfaction of the player, and may damage the interest of the game.

  That is, in view of the above-mentioned problems inherent in gaming machines according to the prior art, the present invention has been proposed to suitably solve the problem, and enables notification of the operation mode of the operating means according to the state It aims at providing a game machine.

In order to solve the problems and achieve the intended purpose, the invention according to claim 1 of the present application is:
It is possible to change the launch position of the game ball in the game board (20) based on the operation of the game board (20) on which a plurality of ball flow down areas (21a, 21b) where the game ball can flow down is formed Operation means (16) and game balls flowing down at least a specific ball flow-down area (21b) of the plurality of ball flow-down areas (21a, 21b) are provided at positions where winning can be achieved; Control process related to the effect based on the control signal from the main control means (60a) and the main control means (60a) which can open and close the winning opening (36a), the main control means (60a) which executes the control process And the main control means (60a) includes a hit determination means (60a) for making a hit determination triggered by the establishment of a predetermined condition, the hit determination being a hit determination It is configured to be awarded a hit game upon the outcome, and the hit game is said special after the opening time has elapsed. A round game for opening and closing the prize means (36) is performed and an ending time for holding the special prize means (36) in a closed state after the final round game is provided, and the specific ball flow area (21b) is provided at a position where the game ball which has flowed down can win, an opening and closing winning means (28) capable of opening and closing the winning opening (28a) by the opening and closing means (29) In a gaming machine configured to be able to provide a specific gaming state that opens and closes under advantageous opening and closing control conditions after the hit game,
First notification means (59) capable of notifying that the operation means (16) is operated in an operation mode of causing the game ball to flow down to the specific flow-down region (21b);
Second informing means capable of informing in the first informing aspect and the second informing aspect that the operation means (16) is operated in the operation mode of causing the game ball to flow down to the specific flow-down region (21b) (17),
Third notification means capable of notifying in the third notification mode and the fourth notification manner that the operation means (16) is operated in the operation mode of causing the game ball to flow down to the specific flow-down region (21b) With (100),
The main control means (60a) comprises a first notification control means (60a) for controlling the notification by the first notification means (59), and the second notification means (17) and the third notification means The secondary control means (65) is configured to include a second notification control means (65a) for controlling the notification by (100),
The first notification control means (60a) opens the special winning means (36), and when the game determination means (60a) determines the hit game, the same notification mode is used regardless of the type of the hit game. The first notification means (59) is configured to notify the operation mode of the operation means (16) and to notify the operation mode of the operation means (16) in the same notification mode as the hit game when giving the specific gaming state. Control) and
The switching timing for switching the notification mode of the second notification means (17) is specified according to the notification condition that is satisfied when the hit determination results in a hit determination result.
The second notification control means (65a) is configured to be able to control the second notification means (17) to switch the notification mode at the switching timing and to notify the operation mode of the operation means (16),
In the case where the specific gaming state is granted for the first period after the winning game triggered by the hit determination in the specific gaming state being the determination result of the hitting, starting of the ending time after the opening time in the relevant hitting game is started The second informing means (17) is the first informing mode until the second informing means (17), and the third informing means (100) is the fourth informing process from the start of the opening time to the end of the ending time. The second notification control means (65a) controls the second notification means (17) and the third notification means (100) so as to notify the operation mode of the operation means (16) as the notification mode of
When the specific gaming state is not awarded after the winning game triggered by the hit determination in the non-specific gaming state being the determination result of the hitting, from the elapse of the opening time in the relevant winning game to the start of the ending time, The second notification means (17) is the first notification mode, and the third notification means (100) is the third notification means (100) from the start of the opening time to the start of the ending time in the hit game. The second notification control means (65a) controls the second notification means (17) and the third notification means (100) so as to notify the operation mode of the operation means (16) as the notification mode of
If the specific game state is granted for the first period after the hit game, triggered by the hit determination in the non-specified game state being the result of the hit, an ending time period of While the third notification means (100) notifies the operation mode of the operation means (16) as the fourth notification mode until the end, the time from the lapse of the opening time to the start of the ending time In the meantime, the second notification unit (the second notification unit (17) is switched to switch the notification mode of the second notification unit (17) from the first notification mode to the second notification mode to notify the operation mode of the operation unit (16) 17) The second notification control means (65a) controls the third notification means (100);
If the specific gaming state is granted in the second period shorter than the first period after the winning game triggered by the hitting determination in the non-specific gaming state being the hitting determination result, the opening in the winning game The third informing means (100) is set as the third informing mode from the start of time to the third informing mode, and after the lapse of the opening time until the beginning of the ending time, the third informing means (100) is By switching from the notification mode of 3 to the fourth notification mode and notifying the third notification means (100) as the fourth notification mode until the end of the ending time, the operation mode of the operation means (16) is notified While the notification mode of the second notification means (17) is switched from the first notification mode to the second notification mode from the elapse of the opening time to the start of the ending time, and the operation means Operation of (16) The second notification means that can notify the state (17) and a third said second notification control unit notifying means (100) for (65a) is configured to control,
In the case where the specific gaming state is provided for a first period after the per hit gaming, triggered by the specific type of the winning game being provided within the per winning game, the operation means from the start of the specific gaming state provision The operation mode of (16) is notified in the second notification mode, and the notification mode is displayed in the first notification mode after the switch period has elapsed from the start of the application of the specific gaming state during the first period. The second notification control means (65a) controls the second notification means (17) to switch to notify the operation mode of the operation means (16);
The second specified type of hit different from the specified type in the hit game is triggered by the hit of the specified game state triggered by the hit game of the second period of less than the first period after the game In the case of granting between, the notification of the operation mode of the operation means (16) from the start of the application of the specific gaming state in the first notification mode and during the second period, the application of the specific gaming state The second notification control means (65a) controls the second notification means (17 to continuously notify the operation mode of the operation means (16) in the first notification mode even after the start of the switching period. The gist is configured to control the

Thus, to ensure that the switching timing is specified in accordance with the distribution Chijo matter to establish triggered by the collision determination is a determination result of the hit, with the changing notification manner of the second informing means The player can play the game. Further, since the switching timing in accordance with the distribution Chijo matter to establish triggered by the collision determination is a determination result of the per specified, the result of the hit determination, the notification mode of the second informing means changes A correlation is formed with the timing, which may increase interest in changes in the notification mode of the second notification means.
Further, in the case of a hit game in which the special winning means is opened and closed, the second notifying means and the third notifying means notify in accordance with the informing conditions established, thereby notifying the operation form of the operating means in accordance with the state. The player can be encouraged to play the game according to the game. Thus, by combining the notification mode of the first notification means and the notification modes of the second notification means and the third notification means, notification of the operation mode of the operation means according to the winning game that opens and closes the special winning means Is possible. Also, according to the contents determined as the notification condition, it is possible for the player to grasp or estimate the development of the game, the profit obtained, etc. from the notification mode in the second notification means and the third notification means. , The interest of the game is improved.
In addition, by notifying by the second notifying means and the third notifying means according to the hit notification condition that is satisfied, it is possible to make a notification based on the control of the main control means and a notice based on the control of the sub control means. Can be appropriately notified according to the progress of the special game while avoiding the occurrence of

In addition , when giving the specific game state, the player changes the notification mode in the second notification means according to the application condition of the specific game state, so that the player matches the game to the given specific game state. It will be possible to do. In addition, by combining the notification mode of the first notification means and the notification mode of the second notification means, it becomes possible to appropriately perform various notifications according to the state of the game, and the player can select the game mode. The degree of freedom can be increased, and the interest of the game can be improved.

Further, the present application includes the following technical ideas.
It is possible to change the launch position of the game ball in the game board (20) based on the operation of the game board (20) on which a plurality of ball flow down areas (21a, 21b) where the game ball can flow down is formed Operation means (16) and a hit judging means (60a) for making a hit judgment triggered by the establishment of a predetermined condition, and a hit game is given when the hit judgment becomes the judgment result of a hit In the gaming machine configured as
Notification means (17, 100) capable of notifying the operation mode of the operation means (16) in a plurality of notification modes;
And notification control means (65a) for controlling a notification mode by the notification means (17, 100),
The predetermined awarding condition is established between the hit determination and the hit determination result and the end of the hit game, whereby the player is given a benefit game state advantageous to the player after the hit game.
According to the notification switching condition that is established when the hit determination becomes the determination result of the hit, the switching timing to switch the notification mode of the notification means (17, 100) is specified after the bonus game state is given. Configured
The summary is that the notification control means (65a) is configured to be able to control the notification means (17, 100) to change the notification mode at the switching timing and to notify the operation mode of the operation means (16). .
As described above, according to the notification switching condition that is established on the basis of the hit determination becoming the determination result of the hit, it is possible to specify the switching timing after the bonus game state is given, thereby making it possible to The player can play the game in accordance with the change of the notification mode. In addition, the switching timing is specified according to the notification switching condition that is established on the basis of the hit determination becoming the determination result of the hit, and the correlation between the result of the hit determination and the timing at which the notification mode of the notification means changes A relationship is formed, which may increase interest in changes in the notification mode of the notification means.
Further, the present application includes the following technical ideas.
A game ball which flows down at least a specific ball flow down area (21b) of the plurality of ball flow down areas (21a, 21b) is provided at a position where it can win, and the opening / closing control condition advantageous to the player in the hit game And the special winning means (36) capable of opening and closing the winning opening (36a) by the opening / closing means (37),
Main control means (60) having the hit judging means (60a);
And sub-control means (65) having the notification control means (65a) and executing control processing related to effects based on a control signal from the main control means (60),
The notification means (17, 100) is configured to be able to notify in a plurality of notification modes that the operation means (16) is operated in an operation mode for causing the game ball to flow down to the specific flow-down region (21b). ,
The notification control means (65a) can control the notification means (17, 100) to change the notification mode at the switching timing to notify an operation mode for causing the game ball to flow down to the specific flow-down region (21b). Configured and
It is provided with another notification means (59) capable of notifying in the same notification mode that the operation means (16) is operated in the operation mode of causing the game ball to flow down to the specific flow-down region (21b), The main control means (60) comprises another notification control means (60a) for controlling the notification by the notification means (59);
Before and after changing the notification mode of the notification means (17, 100), the other notification control means (60a) so that the another notification means (59) notifies the operation mode of the operation means (16) in the same notification mode. The gist is configured to control.
As described above, when giving a winning game, another informing means may notify in the same informing mode before and after the informing mode of the informing means changes, thereby accurately informing the operation form of the operating means it can. Thus, by combining the notification modes of the plurality of notification means, notification of the operation mode of the operation means can be made in accordance with the game situation.

Further, the present application includes the following technical ideas.
Main control means (60) having the hit judging means (60a);
And sub-control means (65) having the notification control means (65a) and executing control processing related to effects based on a control signal from the main control means (60),
The main control means (60) is configured to output switching information to the sub control means (65) at the switching timing,
The summary is that the notification control means (65a) is configured to be able to control the notification means (17, 100) to change and notify a notification mode based on the input of the switching information.
Thus, by changing the notification mode of the notification means based on the switching information inputted from the main control means at the switching timing, the notification mode of the notification means is combined with various game information determined by the main control means. It is possible to change.

  According to the gaming machine of the present invention, it is possible to appropriately notify the operation mode of the operation means suitable for the state.

It is a front view showing a pachinko machine concerning an example of the present invention. It is a front view which shows the game board which concerns on an Example, Comprising: The game information display part is expanded and shown. (a) is an explanatory view showing a type of hit game triggered by winning in the first start winning portion and conditions for giving a variation state for each hit game, and (b) is for the second start winning portion It is explanatory drawing which shows the provision conditions of the kind of hit game triggered by the winning a prize, and the fluctuation state of each hit game. It is a flowchart which shows the flow of special drawing input processing. It is a flowchart which shows the flow of a special figure start process. It is a flowchart which shows the flow of the process following step B15 of FIG. It is a flowchart which shows the flow of common drawing input processing. It is a flowchart which shows the flow of a common drawing start process. It is a block diagram showing control composition of a pachinko machine. (a) is an explanatory view showing an effective stop position in the effect display unit, a launch operation notification area for notifying an operation form, and a notification area for vibration error, and (b) is a main board in the effect display unit It is explanatory drawing which shows the state in which the error was displayed, and (c) is explanatory drawing which shows the state in which the magnetic board | substrate error was displayed on the effect display part. It is explanatory drawing of the alerting | reporting aspect in an operation mode alerting | reporting part. It is explanatory drawing of the alerting | reporting display in a presentation display part. It is explanatory drawing which shows the relationship between the timing which alert | reports the operation mode of the operating handle, and the notification aspect by an operation mode alerting | reporting part and an effect display part. It is explanatory drawing which shows the relationship between the signal output state from the main control board in the period from a hit game to completion | finish of a deformation | transformation state, and the alerting | reporting aspect by an operation mode alerting | reporting part and a performance display part. It is explanatory drawing of the provision conditions of the variable state included in the 1st-6th provision condition groups. It is explanatory drawing which shows the relationship between hit notification conditions and variation notification conditions. It is explanatory drawing which shows the relationship between the notification mode of the operation type alerting | reporting part in a hit game and a deformation | transformation short term state and a production | presentation display part, the gaming state at the time of a special figure determination, and a special figure per symbol. In the figure, "first right-handed transition notification mode" and "first right-handed transition notification indication" are shown as "first" corresponding to the notification means (the operation type notification unit and the effect display unit) , “Second right-handed transition notification mode” and “second right-handed transition notification indication” are shown as “second”. (a) is an explanatory view showing a state informing the left hitting operation form when transitioning from the short state to the non-short state, and (b) is a state informing the hit game of the right hitting operation form FIG. It is explanatory drawing which shows the kind of error, a priority, and the aspect of error alerting | reporting. (a) is an explanatory view showing a state in which the first type error occurs while informing the operation form in the launch operation informing area, (b) informing the operation form in the launch operation informing area It is explanatory drawing which shows the state in which the 2nd type | mold error generate | occur | produced. (a) is an explanatory view showing the opening and closing operation of the special winning portion in the first special hit game in another embodiment, and the notification state in the operation mode notification unit and the effect display unit, and (b) is in another embodiment It is explanatory drawing which shows the opening / closing operation | movement of the special prize part in a 2nd special hit game, and the alerting | reporting state in an operation form alerting | reporting part and an effect display part.

  Next, a gaming machine according to the present invention will be described below by way of preferred embodiments with reference to the accompanying drawings. In the embodiment, a pachinko machine for playing a game using pachinko balls as game balls will be described as an example. In the following description, "front", "rear", "left", and "right" refer to the pachinko machine viewed from the front side (player side) as shown in FIG. 1 unless otherwise noted. It refers to.

(About the pachinko machine 10)
The pachinko machine 10 according to the embodiment is, as shown in FIG. 1, formed on the front side of the game arcade, and formed on the installation frame base (not shown) of the game arcade. And the front member 13 supported openably and closably with respect to the bases 11 and 12 to form the front face of the gaming machine, and the various bases are installed with the bases 11 and 12 and the front member 13 as the installation base Thus, the gaming machine is configured. Specifically, the base of the pachinko machine 10 is formed in a rectangular frame shape that opens in the front and back, and is provided on the front side of the opening of the outer frame 11 as a fixed frame installed vertically in an installation frame not shown A middle frame 12 as a main body frame is assembled in an open / close and detachable manner, and the game board 20 is detachably disposed on the middle frame 12. Further, on the rear side of the game board 20, an effect display unit (effect display means) 17 as effect execution means capable of displaying effect displays is detachably disposed, and a predetermined start condition is satisfied (described later The effect display section 17 can variably display a symbol for presentation (hereinafter referred to as a decoration drawing) triggered by the winning of the pachinko ball to each start winning opening 33a, 35a). In the embodiment, a liquid crystal display device in which a liquid crystal panel is housed in a housing case is adopted as the effect display unit 17, but the present invention is not limited thereto. A drum type effect display unit 17 or a dot matrix type Various kinds of conventionally known display devices capable of stopping and variably displaying various decoration drawings such as the display device can be adopted.

Then, on the front side of the middle frame 12, a front frame 13 as the front member is formed openably and closably so that a window portion 13b is formed at the position corresponding to the game area 21 of the game board 20. ing. Then, the front frame 13 is covered with the window portion 13b opened in the front and back by a transparent plate 13a formed of a glass plate or a transparent synthetic resin material, and the game board 20 can be viewed from the front side Protecting Further, ball receptacles 14 and 15 capable of storing pachinko balls are provided below the window 13b in the front frame 13, and the ball receptacles 14 and 15 can be opened and closed integrally with the front frame 13. It is supposed to be. An upper ball receiving tray 14 and a lower ball receiving tray 15 are assembled to the front frame 13 of the embodiment in an upper and lower positional relationship. Note that one and both of the upper and lower ball receiving trays 14 and 15 may be assembled to the middle frame 12 separately from the front frame 13. Moreover, it can also be set as the structure provided only with one ball saucer 14 and 15. FIG.
In addition, a lamp device (light emitting means) 18 is disposed in the front frame 13 so as to surround the outer periphery of the window portion 13b, and voices and sound effects are output to upper left and right corners of the front frame 13. Possible speakers (sound output means) 19 are provided. Then, a light emitting body (not shown) such as an LED provided in the lamp unit 18 is lit / flickered, or an appropriate sound is outputted from the speaker 19 so that the symbol variation effect in the effect display unit 17 is produced. It is configured to be able to perform a light emission effect and a sound effect in accordance with the above. That is, the lamp device 18 and the speaker 19 are effect executing means for executing various effects in the pachinko machine 10.

  Further, an operating handle (operating means) 16 is provided at a position where the player can operate at a position on the front right side of the pachinko machine 10 (the front frame 13 in the embodiment). The operating handle 16 is provided with an operating lever 16a biased in the left rotation direction, and the player rotates the operating lever 16a to rotate the operating lever 16a to operate the bat firing device (not shown). The pachinko balls stored in the upper ball receptacle 14 are shot one ball at a predetermined firing interval (for example, a firing interval of 100 balls per minute) toward the game area 21 of the gaming board 20 . Here, according to the amount of rotation of the control lever 16a, the ball striking force of the pachinko ball by the ball striking device is adjustable so as to change strength strongly, and the player adjusts the amount of rotation of the control lever 16a. The position where the pachinko ball can reach (the launch position) in the game area 21 can be arbitrarily changed. As a result, so-called "left-hand" in which pachinko balls flow down the first ball flow down area 21a (described later) formed on the game board 20, and the second ball flow down area 21b (described later) formed on the game board 20. The player can arbitrarily break the so-called "right strike" in which pachinko balls flow down.

(About the game board 20)
The game board 20 is a transparent flat plate member made of a synthetic resin material such as acrylic or polycarbonate, and on the back side of the game board 20, the effect display unit 17 and various movable effect devices and light emission effects are provided. An installation member (not shown) on which the device and the like are disposed is disposed. The installation member is a box opened forward from a substantially rectangular back plate formed to be slightly smaller than the outer shape of the game board 20 and a picture wall projecting forward from the outer peripheral edge of the back board. The gaming board 20 and the installation member are screwed and fixed in a state in which the front end of the opening of the picture wall is in contact with the back surface of the gaming board 20. Then, in the space defined between the installation member and the game board 20, a rendering device 80 for performing effects by operation and light emission is installed so that the installation member can be treated as a single unit as a base material It has become. Further, the effect display unit 17 is disposed in the effect device 80, and the display unit 17a of the effect display unit 17 is on the front side of the game board 20 through the display window 25a of the frame-shaped decorative body 25 described later. It is configured to face. The game board 20 may be decorated by sticking a synthetic resin sheet or the like in which various patterns etc. are drawn on the surface of a wood board such as a veneer board.

  On the front of the game board 20, as shown in FIG. 2, a guide rail 22 curved in a substantially circular shape is disposed, and in the game area 21 defined by the guide rail 22, the ball hitting and launching apparatus The game is to be played by hitting the pachinko ball fired from. In addition, mounting slots (not shown) penetrating in the front and rear direction are opened at appropriate positions in the game board 20, and various game board installation parts are attached to the respective mounting ports, and At the lowermost position, an out port 23 for discharging pachinko balls is opened. Here, in the game board 20 of the embodiment, a frame-shaped decorative body 25 on which the display unit 17a of the effect display unit 17 faces so as to be visible from the front side, and a pachinko ball which flows down the game area 21 can enter the ball. Parts (specifically, the first start winning part 27, the second start winning part 28, the special winning part 36, the first gate 41, the second gate 43, etc. described later) and the like are arranged as game board installation parts ing. Note that the number of the mounting ports formed is appropriately changed according to the number, arrangement position, and the like of various game board installation components attached to the game board 20. Here, entry of the pachinko ball into the ball entrance opening in the game area 21 is generically referred to as "ball entry", and by entering the pachinko ball into the ball entry (by entering the ball), In the case where predetermined game conditions set accordingly (for example, winning balls payout conditions, determination conditions per special drawing described later, determination conditions per common drawing) are satisfied, it may be particularly referred to as "winning".

(About the frame-shaped decoration 25)
In the game board 20 of the embodiment, as shown in FIG. 2, a display window 25a is formed in the front and back in a first mounting opening that opens substantially at the center of the game area 21 surrounded by the guide rails 22. A frame-shaped decorative body 25 also referred to as a played center part is attached, and the display portion 17a of the effect display portion 17 can be viewed from the front of the game board 20 through the display window 25a of the frame-shaped decorative body 25 It is configured. Specifically, the frame-shaped decorative body 25 protrudes forward from the front surface of the game board 20 and extends so as to surround the display window 25a, and separates the display area 17a of the game area 21 and the effect display unit 17 A partition wall portion 25b and a thin plate-like base plate portion 25c extending outward from the rear edge of the partition wall portion 25b are provided. Then, with the base plate portion 25c in contact with the front surface of the game board 20, the frame-shaped decorative body 25 is fixed to the game board 20 by fixing the base plate portion 25c to the game board 20 from the front side by fixing means such as screws. 20, and the game area 21 in which the pachinko ball flows down is defined on the outside of the frame-like decorative body 25 (specifically, between the section wall 25b and the guide rail 22). There is. The base plate portion 25c is formed with a thickness such that pachinko balls can pass on the front side with the frame-shaped decorative body 25 attached to the game board 20. The section wall 25b of the frame-shaped decorative body 25 extends continuously from the substantially middle position of the left edge of the frame-shaped decorative body 25 (base plate 25c) to the upper edge and the lower right edge. The pachinko ball is restricted from flowing (falling) across the front side of the display unit 17 a in the effect display unit 17. In addition, the frame-shaped decorative body 25 is not limited to the form in which the display window part 25a is opened at the front and rear, but may be configured to close the whole or a part of the display window part 25a with a transparent plate or the like.

  Further, the dividing wall 25b is formed to be inclined downward in the left and right direction from the uppermost position, and the pachinko ball punched out in the game area 21 does not get stuck on the dividing wall 25b. It is formed to be guided to the right. That is, in the game area 21 defined in the game board 20 of the embodiment, the first ball flow area 21a reaching the out port 23 by the pachinko balls shot down flowing down the left side portion of the frame-shaped decorative body 25; The punched pachinko ball is divided into a second falling sphere region 21 b which flows down the right side portion of the frame-shaped decorative body 25 and reaches the out port 23. As a result, by rotating the operating lever 16a of the operating handle 16 to adjust the hitting force, the pachinko ball ejected from the launch port 24 is in the first ball falling area (a ball falling area other than the specific ball falling area). The player can select any of the so-called left-handed game operation mode flowing down 21a and the so-called right-handed game operation mode where the pachinko ball flows down the second ball flow area (specific ball flow area) 21b. It is supposed to be able to In the following description, the left hitting game operation mode is referred to as a left hitting operation mode (first operation mode), and the right hitting game operation mode is referred to as a right hitting operation mode (second operation mode). There is a case. Further, in the game area 21, the first and second ball flow areas 21a and 21b merge at the lower position of the frame-shaped decorative body 25, and the first and second ball flow areas 21a and 21b. The out-ports 23 are provided in the area where the out-ports 23 merge so as to discharge the pachinko balls that have flowed down. In the game board 20, a large number of game nails G are provided in the game area 21, and pachinko balls flowing down the game area 21 come into contact with the game nails G so that the flow-down direction is irregular. It is configured to change.

  As shown in FIG. 2, the frame-shaped decorative body 25 is provided with a stage 25d on the lower side of the display window 25a (the inner peripheral lower edge of the frame-shaped decorative body 25) and the left side of the display window 25a. A ball introducing portion 25e is provided which takes in a pachinko ball which opens in the first ball flow area 21a (playing area 21) and flows down the first ball flow area 21a into the inside (stage 25d) of the frame-shaped decorative body 25. And the ball introducing portion 25e is in communication with the stage 25d. And, the pachinko ball sent out from the ball introducing portion 25e to the stage 25d is discharged to the game area 21 after rolling on the stage 25d to the left and right. Here, on the stage 25d, a plurality of discharge units are formed above the first start winning unit 27, and pachinko balls are discharged into the game area 21 from any of the discharge units. There is. Specifically, a discharge unit is provided vertically above the first start winning opening 27a in the first start winning unit 27 and laterally offset from the first start winning opening 27a, and a stage 25d is provided. The upper pachinko ball is discharged by the discharge unit, so that it is easy to win (enter) the first start winning opening 27a. That is, by guiding the pachinko ball to the upper position of the first start winning portion 27 by the stage 25d, the ball introducing portion is not taken in by the ball introducing portion 25e, and the ball introducing portion The probability that the pachinko ball taken into 25e and guided to the stage 25d will win the first starting winning opening 27a is higher.

(About the ball)
As shown in FIG. 2, in the gaming board 20, there are a plurality of ball entry portions (a first start winning portion 27, a second start winning portion 28, a special winning portion) in which pachinko balls flowing down the game area 21 can enter. 36, the first gate unit 41, the second gate unit 43, the first ordinary winning portion 45 and the second ordinary winning portion 46) are provided, and control according to the ball entering portion into which the pachinko ball enters is executed. Can play a game. Specifically, in the pachinko machine 10 of the embodiment, a position where the first starting winning portion 27 and the first gate portion 41 as the ball entering portion can enter the ball at which the pachinko ball flows down the first ball flow area 21a. The special winning portion 36 and the second gate portion 43 as the ball entering portion are provided at positions where the pachinko balls flowing down the second ball flow area 21b can enter the ball. Further, in the embodiment, the second start-up winning portion 28 as the ball entering portion is provided at a position where the pachinko balls flowing down the first ball flow down area 21a and the second ball flow down area 21b can enter the ball. . That is, while the pachinko ball flowing down the first ball flow area 21a can enter (winning) the first start winning portion 27, the second start winning portion 28 and the first gate portion 41, the second ball Pachinko balls flowing down the flow-down area 21b can enter (winning) the second start winning portion 28, the special winning portion 36 and the second gate portion 43, and the left-handed game and the right-handed game Is configured to at least partially differ in the ball entering portion capable of entering the ball. In the game board 20 of the embodiment, ordinary winning portions 45, 46 as ball entering portions are disposed to be positioned in the first and second ball flow areas 21a, 21b respectively, The pachinko ball which has flowed down the two-ball flow-down areas 21a and 21b is designed to be able to win a prize at the regular winning portions 45 and 46.

(About start winning part 27, 28)
The first start winning portion 27 is provided at a position where it is possible to win a pachinko ball flowing down the gaming area 21 at a lower position of the frame-shaped decorative body 25 (a lower position of the stage 25d). The first start winning opening 27a is opened with an opening width of the first starting winning portion 27 and the pachinko ball which has flowed down the game area 21 to the arrangement position of the first starting winning portion 27 is always open with a certain probability It is possible to win a prize. The second start winning portion 28 is provided at a position where a pachinko ball flowing down the game area 21 can be won at a position below the first start winning portion 27. Further, the second start winning portion 28 is configured to open and close the second start winning opening (winning opening) 28a with respect to the game area 21 by the start opening / closing member (opening / closing means) 29, and the start as a driving means In response to the drive of the winning solenoid 30 (see FIG. 9), the start opening / closing member 29 is configured to be displaced to a closed position for closing the second start winning opening 28a and an open position for opening the same. That is, the second start winning portion 28 is configured to change the opening width of the second start winning opening 28a with respect to the game area 21 by driving the start winning solenoid 30, and by opening the start opening / closing member 29, The pachinko ball which has flowed down the game area 21 to the arrangement position of the second start winning portion 28 is configured to easily win the second start winning opening 28a.

  That is, the pachinko machine 10 of the embodiment is a position where the gaming ball which has flowed down a specific ball flow area (second ball flow area 21b) within the ball flow areas 21a and 21b provided on the game board 20 can win a prize The second start winning portion 28 is provided as an opening and closing winning means capable of opening and closing the second start winning opening 28a by the start opening and closing member 29. In addition, the game board 20 flows down the second ball flow area 21b by the arrangement of the game nail G in the game area 21 (first and second ball flow areas 21a and 21b) and the arrangement of other game board installation parts, etc. The pachinko ball flowing down the first ball falling area 21a is configured to reach the disposition position of the first start winning portion 27 more easily than the pachinko ball that does not move, and flows down the first ball flowing area 21a The pachinko ball flowing down the second ball flow area 21b is more easily reached than the pachinko ball at the position where the second starting winning portion 28 is provided. Therefore, in the case of the below-described short-circuited state (specific gaming state) in which the second start winning portion 28 is opened and closed under the opening and closing control conditions advantageous to the player, the right-handed game in which the pachinko ball flows down the second ball flow area 21b. When the player operates the operation handle 16 to play a game, the predetermined game is performed.

  Further, in the discharge path of the pachinko balls that have won the first and second start winning portions 27, 28, the start winning detection sensors 31, 32 (see FIG. 9) as winning detection means for detecting pachinko balls are provided There is. Here, in the embodiment, the start winning detection sensors 31, 32 are individually provided to correspond to the start winning portions 27, 28, respectively, and in the following description, a sensor corresponding to the first start winning opening 27a is used. The first start winning detection sensor 31 is referred to, and the sensor corresponding to the second start winning opening 28 a is referred to as a second start detection sensor 32. The start winning detection sensors 31 and 32 are connected to the main control board 60 (see FIG. 9) disposed on the back side of the pachinko machine 10 by wiring.

  Then, the ball detection signal from the first start winning detection sensor 31 is input to the main control CPU 60a of the main control board 60 (that is, the winning of the pachinko ball to the first start winning portion 27) as a first start condition. The fact that the ball detection signal from the second start winning detection sensor 32 is input to the main control CPU 60a of the main control board 60 (that is, the winning of the pachinko ball to the second start winning portion 28) is taken as the second start condition. The main control CPU 60a of the main control board 60 determines whether or not the special drawing is hit (hit) if either the first start condition or the second start condition is satisfied. At the same time, a predetermined gaming benefit is provided by the determination result per special drawing. Specifically, in the pachinko machine 10 of the embodiment, various types of information (random numbers) are acquired along with detection of the pachinko balls by the first and second start winning detection sensors 31, 32, and based on the acquired information It is configured such that the symbol hitting determination is performed and the symbol variation presentation is executed in the effect display unit 17 based on the result of the special drawing hitting determination. Then, when the determination result of the special image hit determination is a hit determination result, a combination that is displayed as a predetermined hit on the display unit 17a of the effect display unit 17 as a result of the symbol variation effect in the effect display unit 17 A winning game (special game such as a big hit game or a small hit game) which is advantageous to the player is given (occurred) after the effect pattern is displayed on the fixed stop (for example, three sets of the same effect pattern). It has become. Further, a production control board 65 for controlling the execution of the production is connected to the main control board 60 by wiring, and based on the control signal inputted from the main control board 60, the production control board 65 has a production display unit 17 A predetermined symbol variation effect is performed by controlling the symbol.

  In addition, the ball detection signal from any of the start winning detection sensors 31, 32 is input to the main control CPU 60a of the main control board 60 (that is, the winning of the pachinko ball to the first and second start winning openings 27a, 28a) The main control CPU 60a is configured to determine that a predetermined number of pachinko balls are to be paid out as winning balls (winning prizes) as a payout condition of the pachinko balls which are gaming media. That is, based on the input of the ball detection signal from the start winning detection sensor 31, 32, the main control board is a signal (a payout instruction signal) instructing the payout of the pachinko ball and the payout number of the pachinko ball (the number of winning balls). The main control CPU 60a executes control processing so as to output from 60 to the payout control substrate, and the payout control substrate operates the ball payout device 91 based on the payout instruction signal, whereby the pachinko ball is instructed by the payout instruction signal The number of pachinko balls is paid out. That is, the main control CPU 60a according to the embodiment is configured to function as an instruction unit that performs a process of outputting a signal instructing the payout of the game medium (pachinko ball) to the payout control unit based on the fulfillment of the payout condition. Here, in the case where the payout condition is met triggered by the pachinko ball winning in the first and second start winning openings 27a, 28a, it corresponds to the type of the start winning opening 27a, 28a in which the pachinko ball wins. The main control CPU 60a is configured to output a payout instruction signal indicating the number of payouts to the payout control board. In the embodiment, a payout instruction signal instructing payout of three pachinko balls (prize balls) is output in response to the winning of the pachinko ball in the first starting winning opening 27a, and the second starting winning opening 28a is output. In response to the winning of the pachinko ball, it is configured to output a payout signal instructing the payout of two pachinko balls (prize balls). The main control CPU 60a may output payout signals instructing the same number (for example, three) of award ball payouts regardless of the type of the start winning openings 27a and 28a where the pachinko ball has been hit.

  Here, as shown in FIG. 2, the gaming board 20 of the embodiment is provided with a pachinko to the first start winning part 27 on the right side (the second falling ball area 21b side) of the first start winning part 27. A restricting portion 49 that restricts the movement of the ball is provided. That is, while the pachinko ball flowing down the second ball flow area 21b can win the second start winning portion 28 according to the open / close state (opening / closing position) of the start opening / closing member 29, the first start winning portion 27 It is configured to be almost impossible to win. For this reason, in the left hitting game in which pachinko balls flow down the first ball flow area 21a, winnings on the first or second start winning portion 27, 28 (the establishment of the first and second start conditions) are triggered by In a right-handed game in which a pachinko ball flows down the second ball flow area 21b while a hit game can be awarded, a hit triggered by a winning on the second start winning portion 28 (the establishment of the second start condition) The game is granted, and as described later, due to the difference in winning game being triggered by the winning of the first and second start winning portions 27, 28, the right-handed game is hit more and more balls are played along with the game. It is supposed to be earned.

(About special prize part 36)
The special winning portion 36 is disposed on the right side of the start winning portions 27, 28, so that a pachinko ball flowing down the second ball flow area 21b can win a prize. Further, the special winning portion 36 is configured to open and close the special winning opening 36a with respect to the game area 21 by the special opening and closing member (opening and closing member) 37, and a special winning solenoid 38 (see FIG. 9) as a driving means. The special opening and closing member 37 is configured to be displaced to a closed position for closing the special winning opening 36a and an open position for opening the special winning opening 36a in accordance with the drive of. That is, the special winning portion 36 has a closed position where the special opening / closing member 37 prevents the pachinko ball from winning to the special winning opening 36a in response to the driving of the special winning solenoid 38 and the winning of the pachinko ball to the special winning opening 36a. It is configured to move between an open position to allow. Here, the special winning portion 36 is configured to always close the special winning opening 36a by the special opening / closing member 37 (in a state incapable of winning), and the special winning opening 36a is accompanied by the provision of a hit game described later. Is configured to open (make it possible to win). That is, the special winning portion 36 functions as a winning portion configured to be able to open and close under the opening / closing control condition advantageous to the player in the hit gaming state (special gaming state) to which the hit game is awarded. In the case of the hit game (special game state) opened and closed under the opening and closing control conditions advantageous to the player, the player operates the operation handle 16 so that the pachinko ball plays the game in the right hitting game flowing down the second ball flow area 21b. A predetermined game is performed by operating the game.

  Further, the special winning portion 36 is provided with a special winning detection sensor 40 (see FIG. 9) as a winning detection means for detecting a pachinko ball in the discharge path for discharging the pachinko ball which has won the special winning opening 36a. The special winning detection sensor 40 is connected to the main control board 60 by wiring. Then, the ball detection signal from the special winning detection sensor 40 is input to the main control CPU 60a of the main control board 60 (that is, the winning of the pachinko ball to the special winning opening 36a) as the payout condition of the pachinko ball which is the game medium. The main control CPU 60a is configured to decide to pay out a predetermined number of pachinko balls as a winning ball (winning prize). That is, the main control CPU 60a executes control processing to output the payout instruction signal from the main control substrate 60 to the payout control substrate based on the input of the ball detection signal from the special winning detection sensor 40, and the payout instruction signal is output. Based on the operation of the dispensing control board to control the ball dispensing device 91, the pachinko balls of the number instructed by the dispensing instruction signal are dispensed. Here, in the embodiment, a payout instruction instructing payout of a predetermined number (for example, 14) of pachinko balls (prize balls) when a payout condition is met triggered by the winning of the pachinko ball in the special winning portion 36 as a trigger. It is configured to output a signal.

(About the gate parts 41 and 43)
The first gate portion 41 is disposed on the left side of the frame-shaped decorative body 25 as shown in FIG. 2, and is configured to allow passage of a pachinko ball flowing down the first ball flow area 21a. A first gate sensor 42 for detecting a pachinko ball passing through the first gate portion 41 is provided.
Further, the second gate portion 43 is disposed on the right side of the frame-shaped decorative body 25 and is configured to allow passage of a pachinko ball flowing down the second ball flow area 21b, and the second gate portion 43. A second gate sensor 44 is provided to detect the pachinko ball passing through. The first and second gate sensors 42 and 44 are connected to the main control board 60 (main control CPU 60a) by wiring (see FIG. 9), and any gate sensor 42 or 44 detects a pachinko ball. The third start condition is satisfied, where the third start condition is satisfied by the fact that the detection signal is input to the main control substrate 60 (the passage of the first or second gate portion 41, 43), and the main control substrate 60 The control CPU 60a is set so as to make a per-diagram determination (a determination as to whether or not the release operation is permitted). Then, the start winning solenoid 30 is driven so that the start opening / closing member 29 of the second start winning portion 28 is opened when the judgment of the common drawing is determined as the judgment result per open drawing (determination result permitting the release operation). It is supposed to be

(About the normal winning parts 45, 46)
The first ordinary winning portion 45 is provided with a first ordinary winning opening 45a which opens with a fixed opening width in the gaming area 21 (the first falling ball area 21a), and flows down the first falling ball area 21a. Pachinko balls are configured to be able to win with a certain probability. Further, the second ordinary winning portion 46 is provided with a second ordinary winning opening 46a which opens with a constant opening width in the gaming area 21 (second ball flow area 21b), and pachinko that flows down the gaming area 21. The ball is configured to be able to win with a certain probability. The pachinko machine 10 detects a pachinko ball winning in the first ordinary prize detection sensor 47 and the second ordinary prize section 46 as a regular prize detecting means for detecting a pachinko ball which has won in the first ordinary prize section 45. A second ordinary winning detection sensor 48 is provided as a means. The ordinary winning detection sensors 47 and 48 are connected to the main control board 60 (main control CPU 60a) by wiring (see FIG. 9), and ball detection signals from the ordinary winning detection sensors 47 and 48 are transmitted to the main control board 60. The main control CPU 60a determines that a predetermined number of pachinko balls are to be paid out as winning balls (prize prizes) as a payout condition for pachinko balls that are game media to be input, and outputs a control signal to the payout control board Then, the ball dispensing device 91 is configured to dispense a predetermined number of winning balls. In the embodiment, the number of winning balls of the first ordinary winning portion 45 is set to 10, whereas the number of winning balls of the second ordinary winning portion 46 is set to 5.

(About error detection means)
The pachinko machine 10 of the embodiment includes a plurality of error detection means (error detection sensors) capable of individually detecting each of a plurality of types of errors. The pachinko machine 10 according to the embodiment includes, as error detection means, a vibration detection sensor 200 that detects vibration, a magnetic detection sensor 202 that detects magnetism, and the like. The vibration detection sensor 200 and the magnetic detection sensor 202 will be described below. In addition, as the error detection means, various sensors capable of detecting other types of errors, such as a full detection sensor for detecting a full state of the storage section in which the pachinko balls are stored can be provided.

(Vibration detection sensor 200)
The pachinko machine 10 of the embodiment is provided with a vibration detection sensor (vibration detection means) 200 capable of detecting the vibration of the game board 20 (see FIG. 9). The vibration detection sensor 200 is provided with a multivibrator circuit that changes the balance of two state systems when, for example, a shock of a predetermined frequency is detected, and the player makes the front frame 13 of the pachinko machine 10, the upper ball receptacle 14 and the like. Is intentionally detected, the vibration due to this is detected, and a detection signal is output to the main control board 60 (main control CPU 60a). Thus, by intentionally hitting the front frame 13 or the upper ball receptacle 14 of the pachinko machine 10 and giving an impact to the game board 20, pachinko balls that have won in the various winning openings 27a, 28a, 36a, 45a, 46a correspond. When it is detected by the winning detection sensors 31, 38, 47, 48, it becomes possible to generate chattering etc. and to recognize the injustice etc. in which a plurality of pachinko balls win (detect) There is. When a detection signal (vibration detection signal) from the vibration detection sensor 200 is input to the main control board 60 (main control CPU 60a), the main control board 60 (main control CPU 60a) receives error information indicating a vibration detection state. It is configured to be able to output to the effect control board 65 (effect control CPU 65a).

(Magnetic detection sensor 202)
The pachinko machine 10 of the embodiment includes a magnetic detection sensor (magnetic detection means) 202 capable of detecting the magnetism output from the magnetism generating device. The magnetism detection sensor 202 can detect the magnetism generated from the magnetism generating device on the front side of the game board 20 when the above-described winning detection sensors 31, 38, 47, 48 can detect the magnetism. When the magnetism is detected, a detection signal is output to the main control board 60 (main control CPU 60a). Therefore, it is possible for the magnetic detection sensor 202 to recognize an improper act on each of the winning detection sensors 31, 38, 47, 48 using the magnetism-generating device. Also, when a detection signal (magnetic detection signal) from the magnetic detection sensor 202 is input to the main control board 60 (main control CPU 60a), the main control board 60 (main control CPU 60a) generates error information indicating the magnetic detection state. It is configured to be able to output to the effect control board 65 (effect control CPU 65a).

(About the game information display unit M)
At a predetermined position of the gaming board 20 (in the embodiment, at a lower left position outside the gaming area 21), a gaming information display section M is provided which displays various gaming information in accordance with the control processing of the main control CPU 60a. By visually observing the game information display section M, the player can appropriately confirm the game information necessary for the game. That is, the game information display unit M is connected to the main control board 60 by wiring, and each display unit 50A, 50B, 52, 53, 55, 56, 57 according to a signal output based on the control process of the main control CPU 60a. , 59 are configured to display game information by turning on / off the light emitting unit (LED). Here, in the game information display unit M of the embodiment, as shown in FIG. 2, as the display unit for displaying the game information, the special view display units 50A, 50B, the special view suspension display unit 52, 53, the generic view display A section 55, a general drawing reserve display section 56, a round display section 57, a right turn display section 59 and the like are provided. The front surface of the game information display unit M is covered and protected by a light transmissive cover body Ma, so that various game information displayed on the game information display unit M can be confirmed via the cover body Ma. It is configured.

(About special view display parts 50A and 50B)
As shown in FIG. 2, the special view display units 50A and 50B are activated by winning on the first start winning unit 27 and the second start winning unit 28 and are determined per special view (lottery drawing per special view). It is a display part which displays a special symbol for notification (hereinafter referred to as a special view) indicating the result of the symbol so as to be identifiable. Here, the special view display units 50A and 50B start the variation display of the special view with the winning of the first start winning unit 27 as a trigger, and the first special view display unit 50A and the second start winning unit 28 It consists of a second special view display unit 50B that starts variable display of special views triggered by winning, and each of the special view display units 50A and 50B is composed of a plurality (eight in the example) of LED lamps. ing. Then, triggered by the pachinko ball winning the first start winning portion 27 as a trigger, the LED lamp of the first special view display unit 50A is turned on and off sequentially to make a special view fluctuation display is performed to blink, finally the LED One of a plurality of types of special views is displayed according to the lighting position (lighting pattern) at which the lighting of the lamp is determined and stopped. In addition, with the pachinko ball winning the second start winning portion 28 as a trigger, the LED lamp of the second special view display unit 50B is turned on and off, the flickering fluctuation display is performed, and finally the LED lamp is turned on It is configured to display one of a plurality of types of special views according to the lighting position (lighting pattern) at which the determination has been stopped. Although the special view display units 50A and 50B of the embodiment are configured to display the special view according to the lighting positions of the LEDs, the present invention is not limited to this and the lighting positions may be appropriately changed to finally display the lighting. It is possible to employ a display means capable of displaying a 7-segment display, a dot matrix, a small liquid crystal display, and other special figures.

  Specifically, as special views that can be displayed on each of the special view display portions 50A and 50B, 100 types of special views as a hit display (pattern per special view) capable of recognizing the winning of the determination per special view, One kind of special drawing as an out-of-order display (special drawing disappointing symbol) that can recognize the separation of the judgment is set corresponding to each of the special drawing display portions 50A and 50B, and the judgment result per special drawing is determined. One special drawing determined accordingly is displayed as a definite stop on the special drawing display portions 50A and 50B as a result of the special drawing fluctuation display. In addition, the number of special figures per special figure which can be displayed in each special figure display part 50A, 50B mentioned above as a special figure deviation pattern is an example, and it can change it suitably. Then, by displaying a special view (special pattern per special figure) as a hit display on any of the special view display units 50A and 50B, a hit game corresponding to the hit display is successively awarded to the player. It is supposed to be. In the following description, the special view fluctuation display performed by the first special view display unit 50A is referred to as "first special view fluctuation display", and as a result of the first special view fluctuation display, the first special view display unit 50A In some cases, a special figure that is displayed as a fixed stop may be referred to as a special figure 1. Similarly, the special view variation display performed in the second special view display unit 50B is referred to as "the second special view variation display", and as a result of the second special view variation display, the second special view display unit 50B has a determined stop display The special figure to be made may be called special figure 2. That is, the special view display units 50A and 50B of the embodiment perform the variable display according to the detection of the start winning detection sensors 31 and 32, and function as a change display means for displaying the determination result of the determination per the special view. .

  The "fixed stop" is a state in which the special view display units 50A and 50B continuously display (light up) at the same lighting position for a predetermined special view fluctuation interval time (special figure fluctuation standby time). That is, after the special view is displayed on the special view display unit 50A, 50B for a special view interval time and displayed for a decision stop, the next special view fluctuation display can be executed. In the embodiment, 600 ms (milliseconds) is set as the special figure fluctuation interval time (special figure fluctuation standby time) of the symbol fluctuation effect (first special figure fluctuation display) performed based on the first start reservation information, and the second 600 ms is set as a special figure fluctuation interval time (special figure fluctuation standby time) of the symbol fluctuation effect (second special figure fluctuation display) performed based on the start suspension information. The special figure fluctuation interval time is not limited to the above-mentioned time, and may be any time as long as it is possible to identify that the special figure has stopped, and based on each of the first start hold information and the second start hold information It is also possible to make the special figure fluctuation interval time different when the special figure fluctuation display is performed. For example, the second start is achieved by shortening the special view interval time when the special view change display is performed based on the second start hold information than when the special view change display is performed based on the first start hold information. It can be made to progress with good feeling of the design fluctuation production which is done on the basis of reservation information.

(Regarding the special view hold display 52, 53)
The special view reserve display units 52, 53 are winning information (various random number information such as determination random number per special drawing) acquired when the pachinko ball is won in the first and second start winning units 27, 28. This is a display unit that can display the number of holdings of the special view start hold information in a specific manner, when storing the special view start hold information in the storage means (in the embodiment, the main control RAM 60c) inside the machine. Here, as shown in FIG. 2, the special view reserve display units 52, 53 are main control RAM 60c for winning information (various random number information) acquired when the pachinko ball is won in the first start winning portion 27. A first special view hold display unit 52 displaying the number of reservations stored as first special view start reserve information, and winning information (various random number information) acquired when a pachinko ball is won in the second start winning unit 28 The second special view hold display unit 53 displays the number of holdings the main control RAM 60c stores as the second special view start hold information, and each of the special view hold display units 52, 53 is plural (in the embodiment, Each of the two light emitting display portions). A first special view suspension display unit 52 including a light emission display unit formed of a plurality of LEDs (two in the embodiment) for displaying the number of suspension of the first special view start suspension information is provided, and the second special view A second special view hold display unit 53 is provided in which a light emission display unit is configured from a plurality of LEDs (two in the embodiment) for displaying the number of pending hold of the start hold information. In other words, according to the display contents of the first and second special view reserve display sections 52 and 53, the number of times of the first special view variation display and the second special view variation display being suspended (the special The number of times) is notified.

  Here, the number of reservations of the first special view start suspension information displayed on the first special view suspension display unit 52 is incremented by one when the pachinko ball wins the first startup winning unit 27, and 1 Each time a special drawing is determined (that is, the first special drawing fluctuation display (symbol fluctuation presentation)) based on the special drawing start reservation information is performed, 1 is subtracted. Further, the number of reservations of the second special view start suspension information displayed on the second special view suspension display unit 53 is incremented by one when the pachinko ball wins a prize to any of the second startup winning unit 28, It is decremented by one every time a special drawing-performing judgment (second special drawing fluctuation display (symbol fluctuation presentation)) is performed based on the second special drawing start reservation information. In addition, a predetermined upper limit number ("4" for any of the embodiments) is set as the number of reservations of the first and second special view start suspension information, and the first and second special features are set up to the upper limit number. It is set to be able to add the number of pendings of the figure start pending information respectively. Each of the first and second special view reserve display units 52 and 53 is composed of a plurality of (two in the embodiment) adjacent LEDs, and the number of start reserve memories is “1” to “2”. In the case of “], the corresponding special view hold display units 52, 53 are sequentially lighted in a predetermined order (for example, the left side), and the corresponding special view hold when the number of start reserve memories is“ 3 ”to By blinking the display units 52 and 53 in order in a predetermined order (for example, the left side), the player can grasp the number of reservations of each special view start reservation information.

  Further, in the embodiment, as will be described later, the special drawing start reservation information is read out in the order of winning in the first starting winning part 27 and the second starting winning part 28, and the special drawing hit determination is performed. That is, the pachinko machine 10 of the embodiment does not give priority to any of the winnings to the first and second start winning portions 27 and 28. The special drawing start reservation information is given in the winning order to both start winning portions 27 and 28. The main control RAM 60c is configured to be able to recognize the winning order of the special view start suspension information, and the special view start suspension information (first special view startup suspension information and The second special view start reservation information) is stored.

(About the round display unit 57)
In the pachinko machine 10 of the embodiment, when winning is made in the special figure hit determination, one hit game is determined from among a plurality of types of hit games described later. In this winning game, a plurality of types having different prescribed round numbers are set, and a round display unit 57 (see FIG. 9) for notifying the prescribed round number of the winning game won is displayed on the gaming information display unit M. It is provided. In the present embodiment, one type of “two times” is set as the specified number of rounds of the hit game, and the specified number of specified rounds is notified by the round display unit 57 in a distinguishable manner. In addition, as in the embodiment, when the prescribed number of rounds of the hit game set in the pachinko machine 10 is the same, the round display unit 57 can be omitted.

(About the common drawing display unit 55)
The broadcast map display unit 55 is a notification for showing a result of the judgment (release judgment) per broadcast drawing performed upon detection of the pachinko balls of the gate sensors 42 and 44 (passage of the pachinko balls of the gate portions 41 and 43) It is a display part which displays an ordinary symbol (hereinafter referred to as a common figure) in an identifiable manner. Here, as shown in FIG. 2, the common view display unit 55 is composed of a plurality of (two in the embodiment) LED lamps, and detection of the pachinko balls of the gate sensors 42 and 44 (gate unit 41, In response to the passage of 43 pachinko balls), the LED lamp of the common drawing display unit 55 turns on and off one after another. A fluctuating fluctuation display (common drawing fluctuation display) is performed, and finally the LED lamp is decided According to the lighting position (lighting pattern) which has been turned on, one of a plurality of common drawings is displayed. Then, it is possible to recognize a common drawing or an outlier from the final display result of the common drawing display unit 55. That is, the common drawing display unit 55 is a normal symbol display means that changes and stops the normal symbol indicating the determination result of the common drawing hit determination. In the embodiment, the common drawing display unit 55 is configured to display two kinds of common drawing and to display one kind of common drawing. In the following description, a common drawing for recognizing a common drawing may be distinguished from a common drawing per symbol 1 and a common drawing per symbol 2 in the following description. That is, the common view display unit 55 of the embodiment functions as a variable display means for displaying the determination result of the common determination per determination while displaying the change display according to the detection of the gate sensors 42 and 44. Although the common view display unit 55 of the embodiment is configured to display a common view according to the lighting position of the LED, the present invention is not limited to this and the lighting position is appropriately changed to change the display mode to finally display the lighting It may be any form as long as it can be used, and a display unit capable of displaying a 7-segment display, a dot matrix, a small liquid crystal display, and other common figures can be adopted.

  Note that “determination stop” is a state in which the common drawing display unit 55 continuously displays (lights up) at the same lighting position for a predetermined common drawing fluctuation interval time (general drawing fluctuation standby time). That is, after the common drawing is lighted and displayed on the common drawing display unit 55 over the common drawing interval time and displayed in the fixed stop state, the next common drawing fluctuation display can be executed. In the embodiment, 500 ms (milliseconds) is set as the spread fluctuation interval time. The spread map fluctuation interval time is not limited to the above-described time, and may be any time that can identify that the spread map has stopped.

(About the stock map display section 56)
The common drawing reservation display unit 56 stores the opening determination information (various random number information such as the judgment random number per common drawing) acquired when the pachinko ball passes through the gate units 41 and 43, as storage means (inside the machine) The embodiment is a display unit that displays the number of pending general drawing start pending information in a distinguishable manner when the main control RAM 60c) stores the common drawing start pending information. Here, as shown in FIG. 2, the common view suspension display unit 56 is constituted by a plurality of (two in the embodiment) light emission display units, and the display contents of the common view suspension display unit 56 are suspended. The number of fluctuations of the common map being broadcast is reported. When the pachinko ball passes through the gate sections 41 and 43, 1 is added to the number of common drawing start reservation memories displayed on the common drawing reservation display unit 56, and per common drawing determination based on the common drawing start reservation information (general drawing fluctuation Each time display is performed, 1 is subtracted. In addition, a predetermined upper limit number ("4" in the embodiment) is set as the common drawing start reservation memory number, and the common drawing start reservation memory number can be added to the upper limit number.

(About the right-handed display unit 59)
The right-handed display unit (first notification means) 59 is a display unit that can specify that a right-handed gaming state suitable for right-handed gaming is suitable for hitting a pachinko ball into the second falling ball area 21b. . In the embodiment, the specific gaming state (specifically, the winning portion (in the embodiment, the second start winning portion 28) which the pachinko ball flowing down the second ball flow area 21b is likely to win is opened and closed under the opening and closing control conditions advantageous to the player. If the game is in the below-mentioned state or if the special winning portion 36 disposed in the second ball flow area 21b is opened and closed under conditions advantageous to the player, a hit game is being played. The case where it is a state corresponds to the right-handed game state. And the case where it is a gaming state other than the right-handed gaming state (in the example, the non-shortened state) corresponds to the left-handed gaming state. That is, in the right-handed gaming state, the pachinko ball is launched into the first falling ball area 21a by operating the operation handle 16 in the right-handed operation mode to play the pachinko ball into the second falling ball area 21b. The player has many benefits (for example, winning in the second start winning portion 28 or winning in the special winning portion 36 triggered by entering the second gate portion 43) as compared to playing It is a game state that can be acquired. As described above, the right-handed display unit 59 notifies that the operation handle 16 is operated in the right-handed operation mode by lighting (in the right-handed gaming state), and operates the operation handle 16 in the left-handed operation mode when turned off. It is possible to indicate that it is to be done (that is, to be in the left strike game state).

  The right-handed display unit 59 is turned on simultaneously with the transition to the right-handed gaming state, and is turned off as soon as the right-handed gaming state ends. In addition, during the right-handed gaming state, the right-handed display unit 59 is continuously lit. That is, the right-handed display unit 59 is configured to notify in the same manner during the right-handed gaming state. In the embodiment, the first special symbol display unit 50A, 50B is determined and stopped in the special drawing per symbol, and the right hitting display unit 59 is lighted by starting the hit game, and the variation period of the grant period is Main control to turn off the right-handed display unit 59 by satisfying the end condition of the fluctuation state with progress (specifically, symbol fluctuation effect (special figure fluctuation display) of a predetermined number of times of fluctuation is performed after hitting) The CPU 60a outputs a signal to the right-handed display unit 59 to control light emission.

  Here, the right-handed display unit 59 is configured of one LED lamp. That is, the right-handed display unit 59 is a single signal (first signal) for lighting the right-handed display unit 59 from the main control board 60 (main control CPU 60a) in the right-handed gaming state operated in the right-handed operation mode. When the notification signal is output, it is turned on (informing a right-handed operation form), and is controlled to be turned off in response to the output stop of the signal. Here, when the main control board 60 (main control CPU 60a) outputs a control command (opening specification command CMD1 described later) instructing start of notification of right-handed operation to the effect control board 65, the right-handed display unit 59 Is configured to output a signal for lighting up, and the right-handed display unit 59 is lighted (notified) simultaneously with the transition to the right-handed gaming state. Further, the main control board 60 (main control CPU 60a) is a control command instructing an end of notification of the right-handed operation mode (a change game termination command CMD7 described later or a fourth hit notification condition is satisfied) When outputting the end designation command CMD6) to the effect control board 65, the output of the signal to the right-handed display unit 59 is configured to be stopped, and the right-handed display unit 59 is turned off simultaneously with the end of the right-handed gaming state ( End of notification).

  Here, the display area of the game information display unit M is set to be extremely small compared to the display area of the effect or the like executed by the effect display unit 17, and various effects executed by the effect display unit 17 It is difficult for the player who is focused on to easily recognize each piece of information displayed on the game information display unit M. Each of the display units 50A, 50B, 52, 53, 55, 56, 57, 59, etc. of the game information display unit M can be individually controlled to turn on or off as long as the corresponding information can be displayed or notified. A light emitting display unit including a plurality of LEDs, or a 7-segment display, a dot matrix, a small liquid crystal display, or other display means can be employed.

(About effect display unit 17)
In the effect display unit 17, as shown in FIG. 2, three symbol rows of left symbol row L, middle symbol row C and right symbol row R capable of fluctuating display of the decoration drawing are set in the left-right horizontal alignment With the winning of the first starting winning opening 27a or the second starting winning opening 28a as a trigger, the decoration of each symbol row L, C, R is started to change. In the effect display unit 17 of the embodiment, an effective stop position 300 capable of stopping and displaying one decoration figure is set as a result of the symbol variation effect, and each symbol row L, C, R is effective by the symbol variation effect. It is designed to derive a symbol combination of a decoration that is displayed as a fixed stop on the stop symbol effective line in which the stop position 300 is combined. That is, in the effect display unit 17 of the embodiment, one stop symbol effective line is set. In addition, the effect display unit 17 takes a winning on the start winning opening 27a, 28a (specifically, ball detection by the start winning detection sensors 31, 32) as a start condition, and symbol fluctuation effect triggered by the establishment of the start condition. Is configured to run.

  In addition, in the effect display unit 17, before the symbol variation effect is finished, the decoration drawing is temporarily displayed temporarily at the effective stop position 300 of each symbol row L, C, R, and each symbol row L, C, C, One of the symbol variation effects is to be ended by the display of the decoration of R being fixed and stopped and displayed. That is, the symbol fluctuation effect (the first special figure fluctuation display and the second special figure fluctuation display) is decided from the start of the fluctuation of the decoration figure (special figure 1 and special figure 2) to be performed based on one special drawing start reservation information. It is designed to be executed once before stopping. The "variation display" is a state in which the decorative drawings displayed at the effective stop position 300 are changed in a predetermined order in each of the symbol rows L, C, R. And "decision stop" of the decoration figure is a state where the decoration figure is continuously stopped and displayed for a predetermined special figure fluctuation interval time in the effective stop position 300 in each of the symbol rows L, C, R . In addition, with the “temporary stop” of the decoration drawing, the decoration drawing displayed so as to stay at the effective stop position 300 in each of the symbol rows L, C, R does not stop continuously for the special drawing fluctuation interval time is there. That is, the temporary stop of the decoration drawing includes the state in which the decoration drawing is displayed in the fluctuation state at the effective stop position 300 and the state in which the display is stopped and displayed in a shorter time than the special drawing fluctuation interval time.

  Here, in the first special view display unit 50A and the effect display unit 17, the first special view change display and the symbol change presentation relating to the first special view change display are started, and the special view 1 and the decoration view are determined stop display Be done. Similarly, in the second special view display unit 50B and the effect display unit 17, the second special view change display and the symbol change presentation relating to the second special view change display are started, and the special view 2 and the decoration view are determined stop display Be done. In the case where the special view variation display is not simultaneously performed in the first and second special view display units 50A and 50B, and the special view variation display is performed in one of the special view display units 50A and 50B, It is reserved and stored as first or second special drawing start reservation information corresponding to the main control RAM 60c.

  In the effect display unit 17 according to the embodiment, ten kinds of numbers “0” to “9” are set as basic decoration drawings for each symbol row L, C, R, and the basic decoration drawings It is designed to be variably displayed in order with the symbol rows L, C, R. In the embodiment, "J" is set in the middle symbol row C as a special decoration figure (special symbol) separately from the above-mentioned 10 types of basic decoration figures. In addition, as a decoration figure, it is not restricted to this, and it is set as the form which a player can distinguish and distinguish each decoration figure like arbitrary numbers, characters, patterns, etc.

  Then, the decoration drawing of each symbol row L, C, R displayed on the effective stop position 300 (stop symbol effective line) of each symbol row L, C, R in the effect display unit 17 is displayed in the stop combination by the symbol combination of the hit. When there is, it is possible to grasp that the hit game is provided. Here, in the embodiment, a symbol combination (for example, “222”, “777”, etc.) is set such that the same decoration is fixedly displayed at the effective stop position 300 of each symbol row as the symbol combination per special drawing. ing. The symbol combination of the decoration that can recognize the special image is displayed on the special image displayed on the effect display unit 17, and the special winning portion 36 is opened and closed under the opening / closing operation condition advantageous to the player after the symbol variation effect is finished. A hit game is awarded. On the other hand, in the case where the symbols of all the rows displayed in a fixed stop at the effective stop position 300 of the effect display unit 17 are different in type, the symbol combination (for example, "123", "734", "171", etc.) ), It can be recognized in principle that it is an "dropout" in which a hit game is not awarded. The symbol combination of the decoration that can recognize the disappointing is the disappointing display of the effect display unit 17.

  In addition, in the symbol fluctuation rendition, the same decoration figure is stopped and displayed in a specific symbol row (in the embodiment, the left symbol row L and the right symbol row R) among a plurality of symbol rows, and the remaining symbol rows (implemented In the example, the player can recognize that the reach has been generated by the display (reach display) in which the middle symbol row C) is variably displayed. As an example of a specific reach display, it becomes a symbol combination ("1 1 1", "4 4 4", etc.) in which the same decoration is stopped and displayed on the left symbol row L and the right symbol row R. Note that “「 ”indicates that it is in motion. Moreover, the decoration figure of the specific symbol row (left symbol row L and right symbol row R) which forms reach indication is made into the state of temporary stop indication, the decoration figure stops in the remaining symbol row (middle symbol row C) After being displayed (provisional stop display), the decoration figures of all the symbol rows are to be displayed as a fixed stop.

  As a result of the special view variation display in the first special view display unit 50A and the second special view display unit 50B, the effect display unit 17 displays a symbol combination of a decoration according to the special view to be displayed. That is, the special drawing displayed on the first special drawing display unit 50A and the second special drawing display unit 50B respectively correspond to the symbol combination of the decorative drawing displayed on the effect display unit 17, and the symbol variation production is When it is finished, the special drawing is fixedly stopped on the first special drawing display unit 50A and the second special drawing display unit 50B, and the decoration drawing is fixedly displayed on each symbol row L, C, R of the effect display unit 17 It is supposed to be. In addition, the symbol combination of the decoration figure for the special symbol is not limited to one to one, and the symbol combination with one decoration figure is to be selected from the symbol combinations with a plurality of decoration figures for one special symbol There is.

  The effect display unit 17 displays a plurality of layers (layers) capable of displaying an image based on the control of the display control board 70 to display an arbitrary image obtained by superposing the images of the layers. It is configured to earn. That is, the image to be displayed is divided into a plurality of layers and displayed in layers, and an image to be made to be visually recognized by the player is displayed on the layer on the front side of the opaque layer displaying the background etc. By displaying on the layer on the rear side of the opaque layer, only the image that the player wants to visually recognize can be visibly displayed on the display unit 17a. In the image processing using such a layer, the image displayed on the layer on the rear side of the opaque layer is not visible to the player, so it is executed for the player. It is equivalent to not being done. Then, in the effect display unit 17, the symbol display effect, the notification display of the operation form of the operation handle 16 to be described later, and the error display (error notification) can be displayed visually or visible to the player or the store clerk by layer processing. It is arbitrarily possible to make it impossible.

(About a definite change state)
The pachinko machine 10 of the embodiment has a function of providing the first bonus game state as a game state advantageous to the player after the end of the hit game. Here, as the first bonus game state, the winning opportunity of the pachinko ball to the special winning opening 36a is a state where it increases compared to the state where the first bonus game state is not provided. Specifically, in the first bonus game state, it is possible to increase the winning opportunity of the pachinko ball to the special winning opening 36a by changing the probability of winning the determination per special drawing from the low probability to the high probability. In the following description, the first bonus game state is referred to as a "probable change state" for the sake of convenience.

  Here, as described later, when a definite change state is given after the end of the hit game, "1" is set to the definite change flag set in the storage area of the main control RAM 60c, and no definite change state is given. The probability change flag is set to "0". Further, the number of definite variations is set in the fixed variation number counter set in the storage area of the main control RAM 60c, and the value of the counter is decremented by 1 for each of the symbol variation effects (every special figure variation display) to "0". If it does, the probability change flag is set to "0".

(About the change state)
In addition, the pachinko machine 10 of the embodiment has a function of providing a second bonus game state (second game state) as a game state advantageous to the player after the end of the hit game. Here, as the second bonus game state, the winning opportunity of the pachinko ball to the second start winning opening 28a is increased compared to the state (first game state) in which the second bonus game state is not provided. It is an easy winning state (it becomes easy to win). Specifically, in the second bonus game state, (1) shortening the fluctuation time of the spread map fluctuation display, (2) changing the probability per spread map from low to high probability, (3) once per spread map By increasing the opening time of the start opening / closing member 29 for opening the second start winning opening 28a, the winning opportunity of the pachinko ball to the second start winning opening 28a can be increased. In the second bonus game state, the above (1) to (3) can be used alone or in combination. When increasing the opening time of the start opening / closing member 29 for opening the second start winning opening 28a per one common drawing, the opening time of the start opening / closing member 29 may be simply extended, or It can also be realized by increasing the number of times the start opening / closing member 29 is opened, or these may be combined. In the embodiment, the second bonus game state is referred to as a variable state, and the variable state of the embodiment is set by combining the above (1) to (3). Further, a state in which no variable state is given is referred to as a non-variable state. That is, the variable state of the embodiment is a specific gaming state in which the second start winning portion 28 is opened and closed under the opening and closing control conditions advantageous to the player. In the embodiment, 500 ms is set until the next common spread fluctuation is performed (the common spread fluctuation interval) after the display of the common spread is determined and stopped.

  In the embodiment, according to the gaming state at the time of winning the special drawing hit determination and the type of the special drawing per symbol (special drawing 1 or special drawing 2), it is determined whether or not to give or not to give after the hitting hit depending on the type of symbol It is done. That is, a combination of the gaming state at the time of winning the determination per special drawing and the type of symbol per special drawing (per game) as a provision condition for imparting a variation state (specific gaming state) is a symbol per special figure (per game) It is determined for each time, and the fluctuation state is given after the hitting game by the satisfaction of any giving condition. That is, the number of times of variation (the number of times of variation) as the provision period for applying the variation state is determined for each of the provision conditions of the variation state which is established. In addition, the combination of types of gaming state and special pattern (per game) which become the granting conditions for granting the fluctuation state, and the number of times of deformation for each granting condition will be described later in relation to the explanation of the winning game. .

  Here, as described later, when the variable short state is given after the end of the hit game, the variable short flag set in the storage area of the main control RAM 60 c is set to “1” and the short short state is given If not, the variable short flag is set to "0". Further, the number of times of variation is set in the number of times of variation counter set in the storage area of the main control RAM 60c, and the value of the counter is decremented by 1 for each of the symbol variation effects (every special figure variation display). When it becomes “,” the variable short flag is set to “0”.

(About per game)
Next, the hit game provided by the pachinko machine 10 of the embodiment will be described. The hit game is awarded after the symbol is displayed on the first special view display unit 50A or the second special view display unit 50B as a result of the special view change display as the result of the special view change display (the end of the symbol change presentation is ended) The special opening and closing member 37 of the special winning portion 36 is opened and closed in accordance with the type of the winning game (special symbol special symbol). The hit game is started, as shown in FIG. 14, as a result of the special view variation display, the special view is displayed on the special view display portions 50A and 50B for a special view, and an opening effect indicating the start of the hit game is executed. Opening time (starting standby time) and a round game repeated with an interval time between rounds by the specified number of rounds performed after the opening time, and an ending time (ending standby) in which ending effect indicating the end of the hit game is executed Time) and. That is, in the hit game, a round game in which the special opening and closing member 37 is opened and closed is performed after the opening time for holding the special opening and closing member 37 of the special winning portion 36 in the closed state. In the hit game, an ending time for holding the special opening and closing member 37 in the closed state is set after the final round game in which the special opening and closing member 37 of the special winning portion 36 is opened and closed. In addition, although the prescription | regulation round number of the Example is set to the round game of 2 times, it is not restricted to this, It can set suitably. In each figure, "OP" indicates an opening time, "1R" and "2R" indicate corresponding round games, "INT" indicates an inter-round interval time, and "EN" indicates an ending time. ing.

  In addition, one round game is ended when a specified number (for example, eight) of pachinko balls are won in the special winning opening 36a, or a specified time (round game time) has elapsed since the start of each round game. Do. The special opening and closing member 37 is held closed during the inter-round interval time. Then, the main control CPU 60a sets the hitting flag to "1" in the main control RAM 60c with the start of the hitting game, and the hitting flag is "0" when the hitting game is over (the ending of the ending time). Is set so that it is possible to recognize that a game is being played by referring to the award flag.

  Here, the opening operation of the special opening / closing member 37 of the special winning portion 36 in each round game of the hit game is performed under the condition that the pachinko ball is continuously fired at a predetermined firing interval (every 0.6 seconds in the embodiment). , A long time opening operation for continuing the opening for a time when a prescribed number of pachinko balls defined in the round game can be won in one opening operation (operation from opening to closing), and the long time opening operation The special opening / closing member 37 can be configured by any of the short time opening operations in which the opening time of the special opening / closing member 37 is set shorter, or the long time opening operation and the short time opening operation can be combined appropriately. The short-time release operation is set to a time (for example, 40 milliseconds) in which the pachinko ball is substantially impossible to win in one release operation under the condition that the pachinko ball is continuously fired at a predetermined firing interval. Even if the pachinko ball is an open time in which the pachinko ball can win a prize, the predetermined number of pachinko balls can be set to a time substantially impossible (for example, one second). In the embodiment, only one of the long opening operation and the short opening operation is set in each round game. It is also possible to set so as to perform a long time opening operation or a short time opening operation a plurality of times in one round game.

(About the type of hit game)
In the pachinko machine 10 of the embodiment, as shown in FIG. 3, when winning is made per special drawing determination, one hit game is determined from among a plurality of types of hit games that have different values to be given to the player, and the determination is made The hit game is awarded. Here, among the plurality of types of hit games, which hit game is awarded is the type of symbol (special figure 1 and special figure 2) per special figure determined when winning the special figure determination. It is decided based on that. In the embodiment, the special figure 1 as a special figure per symbol which can be displayed on the first special figure display unit 50A is a symbol A, a symbol B, a symbol C, a symbol D, a symbol E, a symbol F, a symbol G, a symbol H, it is classified into nine groups of the symbol I, and a hit game corresponding to the symbol per special image displayed stop fixed on the first special image display unit 50A is provided. Similarly, in the embodiment, the special figure 2 as the 100 types of special figure symbols that can be displayed on the second special figure display unit 50B is a symbol a, a symbol b, a symbol c, a symbol d, a symbol e, a symbol f, a symbol The game is classified into nine groups of g, symbol h, and symbol i, and a hit game corresponding to the symbol per special figure displayed stop fixed on the second special figure display unit 50B is awarded. Here, 100 special characters per special drawing as special design 1 are one type for design A, three types for design B, three types for design C, three types for design D, 17 types for design E, and design F Three types, 20 types for symbol G, 25 types for symbol H, and 25 types for symbol I, respectively. In addition, as special design 2 as 100 kinds of special design per design figure, 1 type in design a, 3 types in design b, 3 types in design c, 3 types in design d, 17 types in design e, 3 in design f There are 20 types for type, symbol g, 25 types for symbol h, and 25 types for symbol i.

(About a hit game based on the first special view start hold information)
If the determination result of the special view-per-minute determination based on the first special view start reservation information (the winning of the pachinko ball to the first start winning opening 27a) is a positive determination, the main control CPU 60a is a plurality of predetermined It is set to determine the symbol per special drawing from among the symbols per kind of special drawing. Specifically, in the embodiment, as shown in FIG. 3 (a), nine types of symbols (symbols) are selected based on the special figure determination random numbers obtained when the pachinko ball has won the first start winning opening 27a. One special drawing per symbol is selected from A to I). In the pachinko machine of the embodiment, when the determination result of the special drawing determination based on the first special drawing start reservation information is an affirmative determination, the symbol A as the special drawing per symbol is selected at a ratio of 1%, 3% The symbol B is selected as a symbol per special figure in proportion, the symbol C as a symbol per special figure is selected as a percentage of 3%, and the symbol D as a symbol per special figure is selected as a percentage of 3%, 17% The symbol E is selected as a symbol per special drawing at a ratio of 10%, the symbol F as a symbol per special drawing is selected at a ratio of 3%, and the symbol G as a design per special drawing is selected at a ratio of 20%, 25 The symbol H as a symbol per special drawing is selected at a ratio of%, and the determination value for special drawing determination is assigned such that the symbol I as a symbol per special drawing is selected at a ratio of 25%. In addition, the distribution ratio of the symbol per special drawing mentioned above is an example, and is not restricted to this.

(About the common part of the first to ninth hit games)
Regarding the first hit game to the ninth hit game (first type game) based on the first special view start hold information shown in FIG. 3A, the common parts will be described first, and the different parts in each hit game Will be explained separately. The first hit game corresponding to the symbol A, the second hit game corresponding to the symbol B, the third hit game corresponding to the symbol C, the fourth hit game corresponding to the symbol D, the symbol The fifth hit game corresponding to E, the sixth hit game corresponding to the symbol F, the seventh hit game corresponding to the symbol G, the eighth hit game corresponding to the symbol H, the symbol I to When the main control CPU 60a determines the first to ninth hit games, each of the corresponding ninth hit games is given a definite change state and a changeable state after the end of the first to ninth hit games. Is set as a possible hit game. In the embodiment, in the first to ninth hit games, the game state (non-probable change state, positive change state, non-change state) at the time when the first to ninth hit games (symbol A to symbol I) are determined And 65) are set to be given regardless of variation conditions.

  In addition, in the first to ninth hit games in the embodiment, the gaming state (non-probable change state, positive change state, non-changeable state) at the time the first to ninth hit games (symbol A to symbol I) are determined Regardless of the state or variation state, the special winning opening 36a of the special winning portion 36 is opened and closed in the same opening and closing manner. Specifically, the first to ninth hit games are hit games in which the prescribed number of rounds is set to "twice", and the upper limit number of prizes for each round game is set to "eight". . In the first to ninth hit games, the opening / closing control condition (first opening / closing control condition) of the special opening / closing member 37 of the special winning portion 36 is “0.04 (second ) Is set, and the special opening / closing member 37 performs the opening operation (short-time opening operation) for up to "0.04 (seconds)" in the first round game, and the second round "25.0 (seconds)" is set as the round game time of the game, in the second round of the round game the special opening and closing member 37 up to "25.0 (seconds)" open operation over (long Time opening operation). That is, the first round game time (0.04 (seconds)) in the first to ninth hit games is the upper limit for the number of winning pachinko balls that win in the special winning opening 36a in one round game. It is set to a time that does not satisfy the number. The inter-round interval time in the first to ninth hit games is set to "2.0 (seconds)". In addition, as described later, the first to ninth hit games can be awarded according to the gaming state (whether the variation state or not) at the time when the special figure determination is made (modification period (modification period) The short number of times is set to any of a plurality of periods (0 times, 1 time, 5 times, 65 in the embodiment), and the degree of advantage associated with the application of the variable state varies depending on the established application conditions. It is configured. That is, when a variable state is to be provided triggered by the winning of the first start winning portion 27, the provision period of the variable state is made to differ in accordance with the provision condition established for each hit game. That is, the first to ninth hit games that can be awarded triggered by a special drawing hit determination based on the first special drawing start and hold information are special in a time when the pachinko ball is substantially impossible to win in a predetermined round game. The special opening and closing member 37 of the winning portion 36 is controlled to perform the opening operation for a short time.

(About the first hit game)
The first hit game corresponding to the symbol A is changed after the first hit game regardless of the gaming state (non-shortened state and shortened state) at the time the symbol A (first hit game) is determined. The short state is set to be given. That is, it is set as a provision condition of the variable state that the symbol A (the first hit game) is determined along with the special drawing hit determination performed in the non-shorted state or the shorted state as the gaming state. The assignment period (number of times of variation) given with the satisfaction of the condition is set to 65 times.

(About the second and third hit game)
The second and third hit games corresponding to the symbol B and the symbol C are a variable state given when the symbol B (second hit game) and the symbol C (third hit game) are determined. The awarding period of is set to be different depending on the gaming state (non-shortening state and shorting state) at the time the symbol B (second hitting game) and the symbol C (third hitting game) are determined There is. Specifically, it is determined that one of the symbol B (second hit game) and the symbol C (third hit game) is determined along with the special drawing hit determination in which the gaming state is performed in the non-shortening state. It is set as the provision condition of the short state, and 25 times is set as the provision period (the number of times of variation) of the variable state to be applied when the provision condition is satisfied. In addition, it is in a state of being short that either of the symbol B (second hit game) or the symbol C (third hit game) is determined along with the special drawing hit determination that the gaming state is performed in the shorted state. The setting condition is set as the giving condition, and 65 times are set as the giving period (the number of times of variation) of the variable state to be given with the establishment of the giving condition.

(About the fourth hit game)
In the fourth hit game corresponding to the symbol D, the symbol D (fourth hit game) is determined as the awarding period of the variable state awarded when the symbol D (fourth hit game) is determined. It is set to be different depending on the gaming state (non-shortened state and variable shorted state) at the time of being played. Specifically, it is set as a provision condition of the variable state that the symbol D (the fourth hit game) is determined along with the special image per-game determination in which the gaming state is performed in the non-shortened state. Twenty-five times are set as the provision period (the number of times of variation) of the variation state to be applied upon establishment. In addition, it is set as a provision condition of the variable state that the symbol D (the fourth hit game) is determined along with the special image per game determination performed in the variable state, and the game state is set, and along with the establishment of the applicable condition. 65 times are set as the provision period (number of times of variation) of the variation state to be given. It should be noted that in the fourth hit game, a hit game is decided among the second to fourth hit games in which 25 times are set as the number of times of variation when winning in the special pattern in the non-shortening state. The ending time when the gaming state at the time point is in the non-shortening state is set as the shortest hit game. In other words, the second and third hit games are hit in the second to fourth hit games where 25 times are set as the number of times of variation when the special figure is won in the non-variable state. The ending time is set as the longest hit game when the gaming state at the time of is determined is non-shortening state.

(About the fifth hit game)
In the fifth hit game corresponding to the symbol E, the symbol E (fifth hit game) is determined as the awarding period of the variable state awarded when the symbol E (fifth hit game) is determined. It is set to be different depending on the gaming state (non-shortened state and variable shorted state) at the time of being played. Specifically, the symbol E (fifth hitting game) is set as the provision condition of the variable state in accordance with the special pattern-per-game determination in which the gaming state is performed in the non-shortened state, and Five times are set as the provision period (the number of times of variation) of the variation state to be applied along with the establishment. In addition, it is set as a grant condition of the variable state that the symbol E (fifth hit game) is determined along with the special image per-game determination performed in the variable state, the game state is set, and with the establishment of the applicable condition. 65 times are set as the provision period (number of times of variation) of the variation state to be given.

(About the sixth hit game)
In the sixth hit game corresponding to the above-mentioned symbol F, the symbol F (sixth hit game) is determined as the awarding period of the variable state given when the symbol F (sixth hit game) is determined. It is set to be different depending on the gaming state (non-shortened state and variable shorted state) at the time of being played. Specifically, the symbol F (sixth hit game) is determined as the award condition of the variable state according to the special pattern-per-game determination in which the gaming state is performed in the non-shortened state, and it is Five times are set as the provision period (the number of times of variation) of the variation state to be applied along with the establishment. In addition, it is set as a provision condition of the variable state that the symbol F (sixth hit game) is determined along with the special image per game determination performed in the variable state, and the game state is set, and along with the establishment of the applicable condition. 65 times are set as the provision period (number of times of variation) of the variation state to be given.

(About the seventh hit game)
In the seventh hit game corresponding to the symbol G, the symbol G (seventh hit game) is determined as the awarding period of the variable state awarded when the symbol G (the seventh hit game) is determined. It is set to be different depending on the gaming state (non-shortened state and variable shorted state) at the time of being played. Specifically, the symbol G (seventh hit game) is determined as the award condition of the variable state in accordance with the special image-per-game determination in which the gaming state is performed in the non-shortened state, and is set as the variable condition One is set as the provision period (the number of times of variation) of the variation state to be applied along with the establishment. In addition, it is set as a grant condition of the variable state that the symbol G (seventh hit game) is determined along with the special image per-page determination performed in the variable state, the game state is set, and with the establishment of the applicable condition. 65 times are set as the provision period (number of times of variation) of the variation state to be given.

(About the eighth hit game)
In the eighth hit game corresponding to the symbol H, the symbol H (eighth hit game) is determined when the variable shorting period is awarded when the symbol H (eighth hit game) is determined. It is set to be different depending on the gaming state (non-shortened state and variable shorted state) at the time of being played. Specifically, it is set as the provision condition of the variable state that the symbol H (eighth winning game) is determined along with the special image per-game determination in which the gaming state is performed in the non-shortened state, Zero is set as the application period (the number of times of variation) of the variation state to be applied upon establishment. In addition, it is set as a provision condition of the variable state that the symbol H (eighth hitting game) is determined along with the special image per-game determination performed in the variable state, and the game state is set, and along with the establishment of the applicable condition 65 times are set as the provision period (number of times of variation) of the variation state to be given. That is, the eighth hit game is set as a hit game in which the variable state is not given if the game state at the time when the eighth hit game is determined is the non-shortened state.

(About the ninth hit game)
In the ninth hit game corresponding to the symbol I, the symbol I (ninth hit game) is determined as the awarding period of the variable state awarded when the symbol I (ninth hit game) is determined. It is set to be different depending on the gaming state (non-shortened state and variable shorted state) at the time of being played. Specifically, it is set as a provision condition of the variable state that the symbol I (ninth hit game) is determined in accordance with the special drawing hit determination that the gaming state is performed in the non-shortened state, specifically, Zero is set as the provision period (the number of times of variation) of the variation state to be provided with the establishment of the assignment condition. In addition, it is set as the provision condition of the variable state that the symbol I (ninth hit game) is determined along with the special image per game determination performed in the variable state, and the game state is set, and along with the establishment of the applicable condition. 65 times are set as the provision period (number of times of variation) of the variation state to be given. That is, as in the eighth hit game, the ninth hit game is a hit game in which the shorting state is not given if the gaming state at the time the ninth hit game is determined is the non-shortening state. It is set as.

(About the hit game based on the second special view start hold information)
If the determination result of the special view-per-minute determination based on the second special view start reservation information (the winning of the pachinko ball to the second start winning opening 28a) is a positive determination, the main control CPU 60a has a plurality of predetermined types It is set to determine the symbol per special drawing out of the symbols per special drawing of. Specifically, in the embodiment, as shown in FIG. 3 (b), nine types of symbols (symbols) are selected based on the special figure determination random numbers acquired when the pachinko ball is won to the second start winning opening 28a. One of the symbols a) to i) is designed to determine the symbol per special drawing. In the pachinko machine of the embodiment, when the determination result of the special drawing determination based on the second special drawing start reservation information is a positive determination, the symbol a as the special drawing per symbol is selected at a ratio of 1%, 3% The symbol b is selected as a symbol per special figure in proportion, the symbol c as a symbol per special figure is selected as a percentage of 3%, the symbol d as a symbol per special figure is selected as a percentage of 3%, 17% The symbol e is selected as a symbol per special drawing at a ratio of 10%, the symbol f as a symbol per special drawing is selected at a ratio of 3%, and the symbol g as a design per special drawing is selected at a ratio of 20%, 25 The symbol h as a symbol per special drawing is selected at a ratio of%, and the determination value for special drawing determination is assigned such that the symbol i as a symbol per special drawing is selected at a ratio of 25%. In addition, the distribution ratio of the symbol per special drawing mentioned above is an example, and is not restricted to this.

(About the common part of the tenth to eighteenth hit games)
The common parts of the tenth to eighteenth winning games based on the second special view start hold information shown in FIG. 3B will be described first, and different parts in each winning game will be individually described. The tenth hit game corresponding to the symbol a, the eleventh hit game corresponding to the symbol b, the twelfth hit game corresponding to the symbol c, the thirteenth hit game corresponding to the symbol d, the symbol The 14th hit game corresponding to e, the 15th hit game corresponding to the symbol f, the 16th hit game corresponding to the symbol g, the 17th hit game corresponding to the symbol h, the symbol i to When the main control CPU 60a determines the corresponding tenth to eighteenth winning games, each of the corresponding eighteenth winning games is given a definite change state and a changeable state after the end of the tenth to eighteenth hits game. Is set as a possible hit game. In the embodiment, the tenth to eighteenth winning games are the gaming state (non-probable changing state, definite changing state, non-changing state) at the time when the tenth to eighteenth hitting games (pattern a to symbol i) are determined And 65) are set to be given regardless of variation conditions.

  In addition, the tenth to eighteenth winning games in the embodiment are the gaming states (non-probable changing state, definite changing state, non-changing short) at the time when the tenth to eighteenth hitting games (the symbols a to i) are determined. Regardless of the state or variation state, the special winning opening 36a of the special winning portion 36 is opened and closed in the same opening and closing manner. Specifically, the tenth to eighteenth winning games are hitting games in which the prescribed number of rounds is set to "twice", and the upper limit number of winnings for each round game is set to "eight". . Further, in the tenth to eighteenth winning games, the opening / closing control condition of the special opening / closing member 37 of the special winning portion 36 is set to “25.0 (seconds)” as the round game time of each round game, and each round game In the above, the special opening and closing member 37 performs an opening operation (opening operation for a long time) over “25.0 (seconds)” at the maximum. The interval time between rounds in the tenth to eighteenth hit games is set to "2.0 (seconds)". In addition, as described later, the 10th to 18th hit games can be awarded according to the gaming state (whether or not the variation state or not) at the time when the special figure determination is made. The short number of times is set to any of a plurality of periods (0 times, 1 time, 5 times, 65 in the embodiment), and the degree of advantage associated with the application of the variable state varies depending on the established application conditions. It is configured. That is, when a variable state is to be provided triggered by the winning of the second start winning portion 28, the provision period of the variable state is made to differ in accordance with the provision condition established for each hit game. As described above, in the embodiment, the tenth to eighteenth winning games (playing per second type) that can be awarded triggered by the special drawing determination based on the second special drawing start reservation information are prescribed numbers in each round game The special opening / closing member 37 of the special winning portion 36 is controlled to perform an opening operation for a long time while continuing the opening only for the time when the pachinko ball of the present invention can be won.

(About the tenth hit game)
The tenth hit game corresponding to the symbol a is changed after the tenth hit game regardless of the gaming state (non-shortened state and shortened state) when the symbol a (tenth hit game) is determined. The short state is set to be given. That is, it is set as a condition for providing the variable short state that the symbol a (tenth winning game) is determined in accordance with the determination of the special drawing hit performed in the non-shortened state or the shorted state as the gaming state. The assignment period (number of times of variation) given with the satisfaction of the condition is set to 65 times.

(About the 11th and 12th hit games)
The eleventh and twelfth hit games corresponding to the symbol b and the symbol c are the variation states given when the symbol b (the eleventh hit game) and the symbol c (the twelfth hit game) are determined. The awarding period of is set differently depending on the gaming state (non-shortening state and shorting state) when symbol b (the eleventh hit game) and symbol c (the twelfth hit game) are determined. There is. Specifically, it is determined that one of the symbol b (the eleventh hit game) and the symbol c (the twelfth hit game) is determined along with the special drawing hit determination in which the gaming state is performed in the non-shortening state. It is set as the provision condition of the short state, and 25 times is set as the provision period (the number of times of variation) of the variable state to be applied when the provision condition is satisfied. Also, it is determined that either the symbol b (the eleventh hit game) or the symbol c (the twelfth hit game) is determined in conjunction with the special drawing hit determination that the gaming state is performed in the variable state. The setting condition is set as the giving condition, and 65 times are set as the giving period (the number of times of variation) of the variable state to be given with the establishment of the giving condition.

(About the 13th hit game)
In the thirteenth hit game corresponding to the symbol d, the symbol d (third hit game) is determined as the awarding period of the variable state awarded when the symbol d (the thirteenth hit game) is determined. It is set to be different depending on the gaming state (non-shortened state and variable shorted state) at the time of being played. Specifically, it is set as the provision condition of the variable state that the symbol d (the 13th hit game) is determined along with the special image per-game determination in which the gaming state is performed in the non-shortened state, Twenty-five times are set as the provision period (the number of times of variation) of the variation state to be applied upon establishment. In addition, it is set as the provision condition of the variable state that the symbol d (the 13th hit game) is determined along with the special image per-page determination performed in the variable state, the game state is set, and along with the establishment of the applicable condition. 65 times are set as the provision period (number of times of variation) of the variation state to be given.

(About the 14th hit game)
The 14th hit game corresponding to the symbol e is determined when the symbol e (14th hit game) is given when the symbol e (14th hit game) is determined. It is set to be different depending on the gaming state (non-shortened state and variable shorted state) at the time of being played. Specifically, it is set as the provision condition of the variable state that the symbol e (fourteenth winning game) is determined along with the special drawing hit determination that the gaming state is performed in the non-shortened state, and the condition of Five times are set as the provision period (the number of times of variation) of the variation state to be applied along with the establishment. In addition, it is set as the provision condition of the variable state that the symbol e (the 14th hit game) is determined along with the special image per game determination performed in the variable state, the game state is set, and with the establishment of the applicable condition. 65 times are set as the provision period (number of times of variation) of the variation state to be given.

(About the 15th hit game)
In the fifteenth hit game corresponding to the symbol f, the symbol f (fifteenth hit game) is determined as the awarding period of the variable state awarded when the symbol f (fifteenth hit game) is determined. It is set to be different depending on the gaming state (non-shortened state and variable shorted state) at the time of being played. Specifically, the symbol f (fifteenth winning game) is determined as the award condition of the variable state in accordance with the special-pattern-per-game determination in which the gaming state is not changed. Five times are set as the provision period (the number of times of variation) of the variation state to be applied along with the establishment. In addition, it is set as the provision condition of the variable state that the symbol f (fifteenth hit game) is determined along with the special image per-page determination performed in the variable state, and the game state is set, and along with the establishment of the applicable condition. 65 times are set as the provision period (number of times of variation) of the variation state to be given.

(About the 16th hit game)
In the sixteenth hit game corresponding to the symbol g, the symbol g (sixteenth hit game) is determined as the provision period of the variable state given when the symbol g (sixteenth hit game) is determined. It is set to be different depending on the gaming state (non-shortened state and variable shorted state) at the time of being played. Specifically, the symbol g (sixteenth winning game) is set as the provision condition of the variable state according to the special pattern-per-game determination in which the gaming state is performed in the non-shortened state, and One is set as the provision period (the number of times of variation) of the variation state to be applied along with the establishment. In addition, it is set as the provision condition of the variable state that the symbol g (sixteenth winning game) is determined along with the special image per-page determination performed in the variable state, and the game state is set, and along with the establishment of the applicable condition. 65 times are set as the provision period (number of times of variation) of the variation state to be given.

(About the 17th hit game)
In the seventeenth hit game corresponding to the symbol h, the symbol h (the seventeenth hit game) is determined when the variable short is awarded when the symbol h (the seventeenth hit game) is determined. It is set to be different depending on the gaming state (non-shortened state and variable shorted state) at the time of being played. Specifically, the symbol h (the seventeenth hit game) is set as the provision condition of the variable state according to the special pattern-per-game determination in which the gaming state is performed in the non-shortened state, and Zero is set as the application period (the number of times of variation) of the variation state to be applied upon establishment. In addition, it is set as a provision condition of the variable state that the symbol h (the seventeenth hit game) is determined along with the special image per-game determination performed in the variable state, and the game state is set, and along with the establishment of the applicable condition. 65 times are set as the provision period (number of times of variation) of the variation state to be given. That is, the seventeenth hit game is set as a hit game in which the variable short state is not given if the gaming state at the time the seventeenth hit game is determined is the non-shortened state.

(About the 18th hit game)
In the eighteenth hit game corresponding to the symbol i, the symbol i (18th hit game) is determined as the awarding period of the variable state given when the symbol i (18th hit game) is determined. It is set to be different depending on the gaming state (non-shortened state and variable shorted state) at the time of being played. Specifically, it is set as the provision condition of the variable state that the symbol i (the eighteenth winning game) is determined along with the special image per game determination that the gaming state is performed in the non-shortened state, and the Zero is set as the application period (the number of times of variation) of the variation state to be applied upon establishment. In addition, it is set as the provision condition of the variable state that the symbol i (the eighteenth winning game) is determined along with the special image per game determination performed in the variable state, the game state is set, and with the establishment of the applicable condition. 65 times are set as the provision period (number of times of variation) of the variation state to be given. In other words, the eighteenth winning game is the same as the seventeenth hitting game, and if the gaming state at the time when the eighteenth hitting game is determined is the non-shortening state, the non-shortening state is not awarded It is set as.

  As described above, the tenth to eighteenth winning games based on the second special view start suspension information can be obtained as compared with the first to ninth per game based on the first special view startup suspension information. It is set as a game that is advantageous in terms of number (a large obtainable profit). Therefore, in a variable state where the winning opportunity of the pachinko ball to the second start winning portion 28 is improved, the game is played in the right hitting game in which the pachinko ball is easier to win to the second starting winning portion 28 than in the left hitting game. As described above, when the player operates the operation handle 16 in the right-handed operation mode, the profits obtainable by the player can be increased. On the other hand, in the non-shortening state in which the winning opportunity of the pachinko ball to the second starting winning portion 28 is low, the game is lined with the left hitting game in which the pachinko ball is easier to win to the first starting winning portion 27 than the right hitting game. As the player operates the operation handle 16 in the left-handed operation mode as described above, the profit that the player can earn increases. That is, in the pachinko machine of the embodiment, the player selects either the left hitting game or the right hitting game depending on whether the gaming state is the non-shortening state or the short-ending state, and the left hand operation form Alternatively, by actively switching to the right-handed operation mode, the pachinko ball can switch the possible winning portion. In addition, by providing the special winning portion 36 in the second ball flow area 21b, the player actively switches the operation handle 16 to the right-handed operation mode in response to the occurrence of a hit game, thereby providing a pachinko ball ball. Can be awarded to the special winning portion 36.

(About control configuration of pachinko machine)
Next, a control configuration of the pachinko machine 10 will be described. In the pachinko machine 10 of the embodiment, as shown in FIG. 9, a main control board (main control means) 60 for controlling the pachinko machine 10 as a whole and outputting a control signal, and control signals from the main control board 60 And sub control boards (sub control means) 65 and 70 for controlling the respective control targets based on the above. That is, in the main control board 60, various processing is executed based on detection signals from various detection sensors (detection means) provided in the pachinko machine 10, and various control signals (control commands) corresponding to the processing result are The sub control boards 65 and 70 are configured to output, and the sub control boards 65 and 70 are configured to execute control related to effects based on control signals from the main control board 60.

  In addition, in the pachinko machine 10 of the embodiment, as a sub control board, an effect control board 65 for controlling the game effect as a whole, a display control board 70 for controlling the display content in the effect display unit 17, and the pachinko machine 10 The lamp control board 72 performs light emission control of the light emitting effect means such as various lamp devices 18 and notification lamps provided in the apparatus, and the sound control board 73 performs sound output control of the speaker 19 provided in the pachinko machine 10. That is, the effect control board 65 is configured to control the display control board 70, the lamp control board 72, and the sound control board 73 based on the control signal (control command) output from the main control board 60, and a pachinko machine It is possible to control various game effects (design variation effects, light emission effects, voice effects) to be executed in 10 in an integrated manner. Here, the display control board 70 displays a symbol variation effect such as a decoration (pattern) or a background image displayed on the effect display unit 17 based on the control signal (control command) output from the effect control board 65. It is configured to control the notification display of the content and the operation form of the operation handle 16 described later. In addition, the lamp control board 72 controls the timing of turning on / off various light emitting effects (the lamp device 18 and the notification lamp) provided in the pachinko machine 10 based on the control signal (control command) output from the effect control board 65. And controlling the light emission aspect such as the light emission intensity, the light emission position, and the light emission color. The sound control board 73 controls the timing and output content of the sound output from the various speakers 19 provided in the pachinko machine 10 based on the control signal (control command) output from the effect control board 65. That is, the light emitters of the notification units 101, 102, and 103 included in the operation mode notification unit 100 described later are controlled to emit light by the lamp control substrate 72 based on the control signal (control command) output from the effect control substrate 65, The effect control CPU 65a included in the effect control board 65 functions as notification control means for performing control processing regarding notification by the operation type notification unit 100.

(About the main control board 60)
As shown in FIG. 9, the main control board 60 is a main control CPU (game control processing means) 60a that executes control processing, a main control ROM 60b that stores a control program to be executed by the main control CPU 60a, and the main control CPU 60a. A main control RAM 60c or the like capable of writing and reading data necessary for processing is provided. And, various sensors such as the start winning detection sensors 31, 32, the special winning detection sensor 40, the gate sensors 42, 44, the vibration detection sensor 200, the magnetic detection sensor 202, etc. are connected to the main control CPU 60a. Further, the main control CPU 60a includes first and second special view display units 50A and 50B, first and second special view hold display units 52 and 53, a common view display unit 55, a common view hold display unit 56, and a round display. Each display unit such as the unit 57 and the right-handed display unit 59 is connected, and each display unit 50A is based on the control process executed by the main control CPU 60a triggered by the detection of each detection sensor 31, 32, 42, 44. , 50B, 52, 53, 55, 56, 57, 59 display control is executed. The main control CPU 60a is also connected to the solenoids 30, 38 provided in the second start winning portion 28 and the special winning portion 36, and each solenoid 30, 30, based on the control processing result in the main control CPU 60a. By driving 38, the corresponding opening and closing members 29, 37 are opened and closed. Then, the main control CPU 60a drives and controls the special winning solenoid 38 so that the special opening and closing member 37 opens and closes in an opening and closing manner according to the type of hit game, and opens the special opening and closing member 37 for a long time The special opening and closing member 37 is configured to execute a short time opening control for opening the short time opening operation.

(About prize information with prize to start prize part)
The main control CPU 60a is a winning of the pachinko ball to the first starting winning portion 27 or the second starting winning portion 28 (more specifically, detection of the pachinko ball by the first starting winning detection sensor 31 or the second starting winning detection sensor 32) The random number for determination as the winning information is set to be acquired when the start condition is satisfied in accordance with). Here, as the judgment random numbers (winning information) acquired by the main control CPU 60a, various random numbers such as a judgment random number per special drawing, a special drawing determination random number, a special drawing fluctuation pattern distribution random number are set. Then, the main control CPU 60a updates these values in a predetermined cycle (4 ms in the embodiment), temporarily stores the updated values in the main control RAM 60c, and rewrites the values before updating, thereby the first or the first. A judgment random number is acquired in accordance with the timing at which the detection signal of the second start winning detection sensors 31, 32 is input to the main control CPU 60a. Further, the main control CPU 60a executes a timer update process that measures time. In the main control RAM 60c, various information (random number value, timer value, flag, etc.) that can be appropriately rewritten during operation of the pachinko machine 10 is stored (set).

  In addition, the winning information (various random number values) acquired when the pachinko ball has won in the first start winning portion 27 or the second starting winning portion 28 corresponds to the corresponding first special view start reservation information and the second special view It is configured to be temporarily stored and held in a predetermined start reservation area (storage area) of the main control RAM 60c as start reservation information. In the first special drawing start reservation information and the second special drawing start reservation information, the starting reservation area to be stored in the order stored in the main control RAM 60c is determined, and symbol variation effect (special drawing is made based on each special drawing start reservation information When the variable display is performed, the special control start reservation information is read out by the main control CPU 60a in the order stored in the main control RAM 60c. In the embodiment, the main control RAM 60c is separately stored in the main control RAM 60c so as to distinguish between first special view start reservation information and second special view start reservation information, and the second special view start reservation information is stored in the main control RAM 60c. When the main control CPU 60a reads one of the first special view start suspension information and the second special view start suspension information in the order stored in the main control RAM 60c, the main control CPU 60a is configured to execute the special view determination in the storage order. It is done.

  The random number for the determination of the special figure is a random number used in the special figure for the determination of whether or not to generate a hit game as a result of the special figure variation display (design variation presentation). In addition, the special figure determination random number causes the first special figure display unit 50A to make a decision stop indication according to the result of the special figure hit determination, and the special figure 1 or the second special figure display unit 50B causes the special figure 2 to make a decision stop indication. It is a random number used when making a decision. Here, in the embodiment, a total of 100 integer values from "0" to "99" are set as random numbers for determining a special drawing, and are updated one by one in a predetermined cycle (4 ms). There is. For each value of the special drawing determination random number, a random number corresponding to one kind of special drawing display showing the aforementioned deviation and a random number corresponding to 100 kinds of special drawing display showing the winning per special drawing are set. The special figure 1 displayed on the first special figure display unit 50A as a fixed stop is specified by the value of the special drawing determination random number, or the special figure 2 displayed on the first special figure display unit 50B as the fixed stop is specified It has become. That is, according to the value of the special drawing determination random number acquired triggered by the detection of the first start winning detection sensor 31, the special drawing 1 which is displayed on the first special view display unit 50A in a fixed stop is specified, and the second start winning The value of the special figure determination random number acquired in response to the detection of the detection sensor 32 identifies the special figure 2 to be displayed on the second special figure display unit 50B in a fixed stop manner. That is, the special view displayed on the first special view display unit 50A as a fixed stop by the value of the special view determination random number acquired triggered by the detection of the first start winning detection sensor 31 (the establishment of the first start condition). 1 is specified, and the second special view display unit 50B is displayed as a fixed stop by the value of the special view determination random number acquired triggered by the detection of the second start winning detection sensor 32 (the establishment of the second start condition). Special figure 2 is identified. In addition, as described above, the special figure 1 and the special figure 2 as the symbols per special figure are classified according to the type of the winning game, and the special figure 1 or the special figure 2 is specified, thereby the special figure The type of hit game to be awarded after the end of the change display (design change effect) is specified. That is, the special drawing determination random number has a function as a random number for determining the type of the hit game. In addition, as described above, it is defined that the probability that the definite change state and the fluctuation state will be given after each game for each kind of hit game, and the random numbers for special drawing determination give the definite change state and the fluctuation state It also has a function as a random number to decide whether or not.

  The special figure fluctuation pattern distribution random number is a special figure fluctuation display that is executed from the start of the first special drawing fluctuation display or the second special drawing fluctuation display to the determination stop display (symbol fluctuation effect) It is a random number used when determining one special figure fluctuation pattern from a plurality of special figure fluctuation patterns (variation patterns) specifying the contents of and the fluctuation time of the special figure fluctuation display (design fluctuation presentation).

  In the pachinko machine of the embodiment, the random number for determination for special drawing, the random number for special drawing determination, and the random number for special pattern fluctuation pattern distribution are that the pachinko ball has won the first start winning opening 27a or the second starting winning opening 28a. (More specifically, with the first start winning detection sensor 31 or the second start winning detection sensor 32 detecting a pachinko ball), each random number temporarily stored in the main control RAM 60c at the same timing The main control CPU 60a is configured to obtain it. In addition, each random number acquired with the pachinko ball winning at the first start winning opening 27a is the same as each random number obtained with the pachinko ball winning at the second starting winning opening 28a. Is commonly used, and the main control CPU 60a acquires a random number corresponding to the timing of winning on each start winning opening 27a, 28a.

(About the judgment value related to judgment per special map)
On the other hand, the main control ROM 60b stores, as a result of the special view variation display (design variation effect), a determination value per special view indicating generation of a special view. The judgment value per special drawing is a judgment value used in the judgment (special judgment per special drawing) whether or not the special drawing per unit is used using the judgment random number per special drawing. Here, the judgment value per special drawing differs in the number of judgment values set depending on whether or not the above-described positive variation state is given at the time of judgment per special drawing. Specifically, the number of judgment values per special drawing set in the case of the definite change state is set larger than the number of judgment values per special drawing set in the case of the non-probability change state. That is, a large hit is likely to occur by increasing the set number of determination values per special drawing in the definite change state.

  Further, the main control ROM 60b stores a determination value for determining a special figure. The determination value for special figure determination is a special figure per special figure symbol to be displayed on the first special figure display unit 50A as a definite stop when the result of the special figure determination is affirmative. It is a determination value determined using a special figure determination random number for a special figure 2 as a special figure per special figure to be displayed as a fixed stop. Here, in the embodiment, an integer value of “0” to “99” corresponding to the above-mentioned 100 types of special drawing determination random numbers is set as the special drawing determination determination value, and the special drawing determination use determination The special figure 1 and the special figure 2 are individually associated with each of the values.

  Further, the main control ROM 60b stores, as a result of the common drawing variation display, a common drawing per-display determination value indicating that the common drawing is to be generated. The judgment value per common drawing is a judgment value used in the judgment (common judgment per common drawing) whether or not per common drawing using the random number per judgment common drawing. Here, the determination value per common drawing is different from the set number of determination values depending on whether or not the above-described variable state is applied at the time of making the determination per common drawing. Specifically, the number of judgment values per common drawing set in the case of the variable short state is set larger than the number of judgment values per common drawing set in the case of the non-shortening state. That is, by increasing the set number of determination values per common drawing in the variable / short state, the common drawing can easily occur.

  Furthermore, the main control ROM 60b stores a plurality of types of special figure fluctuation patterns (variation patterns) for specifying fluctuation contents, and the special figure fluctuation pattern distribution determination value corresponds to each special figure fluctuation pattern. It is memorized. Here, the special figure fluctuation pattern is a display content (display contents of a symbol fluctuation effect, which is executed between the start of the first special figure fluctuation display or the second special figure fluctuation display and the determination stop display. The basic contents of the light emission effect mode and the sound effect mode are specified. In addition, the special figure fluctuation pattern is the fluctuation time (special figure fluctuation display) from the start of the first special figure fluctuation display or the second special figure fluctuation display until the special figure 1 or the special figure 2 is determined and stopped. I have identified. The special figure fluctuation pattern distribution judgment value is a judgment value used to determine the special drawing fluctuation pattern using the special drawing fluctuation pattern distribution random number, and a predetermined judgment value is assigned to each special drawing fluctuation pattern. The special figure fluctuation pattern to which the special figure fluctuation pattern distribution judgment value corresponding to the acquired special figure fluctuation pattern allocation random number is assigned is specified.

(About the open judgment information with the prize to the gate part)
Further, the main control CPU 60a is triggered by the pachinko ball having passed through the gate portions 41 and 43 (more specifically, the gate sensors 42 and 44 have detected the pachinko ball), and various random numbers are used as open determination information. Is set to get Here, as random numbers acquired by the main control CPU 60a triggered by the detection of the gate sensors 42 and 44, various random numbers such as a determination random number per common drawing are set. Then, the main control CPU 60a updates these random number values at a predetermined cycle (4 ms in the embodiment), temporarily stores the updated random number values in the main control RAM 60c, and rewrites the value before updating. A random number is acquired according to the timing at which the detection signals of the sensors 42 and 44 are input to the main control CPU 60a. Further, the main control CPU 60a executes a timer update process that measures time. In the main control RAM 60c, various information (random number value, timer value, flag, etc.) that can be appropriately rewritten during operation of the pachinko machine 10 is stored (set).

  Further, the release determination information (various random number values and ball entry information) acquired when the pachinko ball passes through the gate sensors 42 and 44 is a predetermined spread map storage area of the main control RAM 60 c (Memory area) is configured to be temporarily stored and held. The common drawing storage area storing the common drawing start reservation information in the order to be stored in the main control RAM 60c is determined, and the common drawing display unit 55 executes the common drawing variation display based on the common drawing start holding information. The general control start reservation information is read out by the main control CPU 60a in the order stored in the main control RAM 60c.

  The random number per judgment of the common drawing per common drawing which enables the pachinko ball to win the second start winning opening 28a by opening the starting opening / closing member 29 of the second starting winning part 28 as a result of fluctuation of the common drawing ( It is a random number used in the per-diagram determination (ordinary hit determination) to determine whether it is a normal hit). Further, the main control ROM 60b stores a common drawing determination value indicating that a common drawing is to be generated as a result of the common drawing change effect display. The judgment value per common drawing is a judgment value used in the judgment (common judgment per common drawing) whether or not per common drawing using the random number per judgment common drawing. Then, when the acquired random number per common drawing determination random number matches the common value per judgment value, the main control CPU 60a determines that it is per common drawing, and opens and closes the start opening / closing member 29 after the common drawing fluctuation display is performed. It is supposed to be. Here, the determination value per common drawing is different from the set number of determination values depending on whether or not the above-described variable state is applied at the time of making the determination per common drawing. Specifically, the number of judgment values per common drawing set in the case of the variable short state is set larger than the number of judgment values per common drawing set in the case of the non-shortening state. That is, by increasing the set number of determination values per common drawing in the variable / short state, the common hit per map is more likely to occur than in the non-shorted state. That is, the main control CPU 60a according to the embodiment has a function as an open determination unit that permits an open operation triggered by the detection of the gate sensors 42 and 44.

  The random number for common drawing determination is a common symbol per drawing (symbol 1 per common drawing, symbol 2 per common drawing) to be displayed as a fixed stop on the common drawing display unit 55 when the determination per common drawing is determined as the determination result per common drawing. It is a random number used when making a decision. That is, by the value of the common drawing determination random number acquired triggered by the detection of the gate sensors 42 and 44, the common drawing per symbol described above as the common drawing which is displayed on the common drawing display unit 55 when the common drawing is displayed Is identified. In the case where the determination of the common drawing is a determination result of the removal, the common drawing is identified as the common drawing to be displayed as a fixed stop on the common drawing display unit 55.

(About the judgment value related to judgment per common drawing)
The main control ROM 60b stores a determination value for determining a common drawing. The determination value for the common drawing determination is the gate sensor for the common drawing per symbol 1 to the common drawing per symbol as the common drawing symbol to be decidedly stopped in the common drawing display unit 55 when the result of the common drawing per judgment is affirmative. It is a judgment value determined using the random number for common drawing determination acquired at the time of detection of the pachinko ball by 42,44.

  Here, an open pattern for opening and closing the start-up / closing member 29 is specified according to the game state specified at the time of making the determination for the drawing. In addition, in the case where the gaming state is the non-shortening state, regardless of the type of the symbol per common drawing, an opening pattern of opening 300 ms once is set. In addition, when the gaming state is the non-shortening state, an opening pattern is set in which opening for 1860 milliseconds is performed multiple times (for example, twice) to the symbol 1 per symbol and the symbol 2 per symbol. ing. That is, the common drawing determination random number has a function as information for determining the opening pattern for operating the start opening / closing member 29.

  In addition, according to the game state at the time when the determination of the common drawing is performed, the common drawing change time in which the common drawing change display is performed in the common drawing display unit 55 is set to be different. Specifically, when the gaming state at the time when the determination is made per common drawing is non-shortening state, the common drawing fluctuation time is set to 2000 milliseconds, and the gaming state at that time is in the short state. The spread map fluctuation time is set to 240 milliseconds.

  That is, according to the game state specified based on the game state specifying information (specifically, the variable short flag), the open / close operation condition in which the main control CPU 60a opens / closes the start open / close member 29 of the second start winning portion 28 It is set to be different. Therefore, the winning probability of the pachinko ball for the second start winning portion 28 changes in accordance with the gaming state specified based on the gaming state specifying information. More specifically, in the embodiment, when the gaming state is in the short state as compared with the non-short state in the gaming state, the winning probability of the determination of the common drawing is high and the common view fluctuation display is It is configured to be controlled by the main control CPU 60a so that the second start winning portion 28 is opened under open / close control conditions advantageous to a player who finishes in a short time and further opens the second start winning opening 28a in a long time .

(About processing with main control board)
Next, processing executed by the main control CPU 60a of the main control board 60 based on the control program will be described. The main control CPU 60a executes an initial setting process such as a security check upon powering on the pachinko machine 10, and then shifts to a state in which the pachinko machine 10 can play a game. In this state, normal processing is performed in a predetermined control cycle (every 4 ms). Here, in the normal processing executed by the main control CPU 60a, random number updating processing for updating various random numbers, timer updating processing for measuring time, command input / output processing for inputting / outputting various commands, game information display unit M In addition to executing processing related to the display contents in, flag setting processing, processing related to the execution of the hit game, etc., special map input processing for winning on the starting unit, and special map start processing for determination per special drawing It has become. Hereinafter, the special view input process and the special view start process will be specifically described.

(About special map input processing)
In the special view input process, as shown in FIG. 4, the main control CPU 60a determines whether or not the pachinko ball has won in the first start winning opening 27a of the first start winning portion 27 (step A11). That is, in step A11, the main control CPU 60a determines whether or not a detection signal output when the first start winning detection sensor 31 corresponding to the first start winning opening 27a detects a pachinko ball is input. When the determination result of step A11 is negative, the process proceeds to step A15. If the determination result in step A11 is affirmative, the main control CPU 60a determines whether or not the number of reservations of the first special view start suspension information stored in the main control RAM 60c is less than the upper limit number 4 ( Step A12). If the determination result in step A12 is negative (that is, the number of reservations of the first special view start suspension information is 4), the main control CPU 60a proceeds to step A15.

  If the determination result in step A12 is affirmative (the number of reservations for the first special view start reservation information <4), the number of the first special view start reservation information is increased by one and the first special information stored in the main control RAM 60c is stored. The number of pendings of the figure start pending information is rewritten (step A13). Subsequently, the main control CPU 60a reads out the winning information (the value of the judgment random number for special drawing, the value of the special drawing determination random number and the value of various random numbers such as the special drawing fluctuation pattern distribution random number) from the main control RAM 60c. The winning information (value of random number) is set as a first special drawing start reservation information in a predetermined storage area of the main control RAM 60c associated with the number of reservations (step A14). Thus, the process proceeds to step A15.

  Further, at step A15, the main control CPU 60a determines whether or not the pachinko ball has won in the second start winning opening 28a of the second start winning portion 28. That is, in step A15, the main control CPU 60a determines whether or not a detection signal output when the second start winning detection sensor 32 corresponding to the second start winning opening 28a detects a pachinko ball is input. When the determination result in step A15 is negative, the special map input process is ended. If the determination result in step A15 is affirmative, the main control CPU 60a determines whether or not the number of reservations of the second special view start suspension information stored in the main control RAM 60c is less than the upper limit number 4 ( Step A16). If the determination result in step A16 is negative (that is, the number of reservations for the second special view start suspension information is 4), the main control CPU 60a ends the special view input process.

  If the determination result in step A16 is affirmative (the number of reservations of the second special view start suspension information <4), the number of the second special view start suspension information is increased by one, and the second special function stored by the main control RAM 60c is stored. The number of pendings of the start-up pending information is rewritten (step A17). Subsequently, the main control CPU 60a reads out the winning information (the value of the judgment random number for special drawing, the value of the special drawing determination random number and the value of various random numbers such as the special drawing fluctuation pattern distribution random number) from the main control RAM 60c. The winning information (value of random number) is stored as a second special drawing start reservation information in a predetermined special drawing storage area of the main control RAM 60c associated with the number of holdings (step A18). Thus, the special map input process ends. In addition, eight storage areas of the first to eighth special view storage areas are set in the main control RAM 60c, and the first and second special view start suspension information are configured to be stored in order of acquisition. ing.

(About special processing start processing)
Next, special drawing start processing will be described based on FIG. In the embodiment, the special drawing start reservation information is read in the order of winning in the first start winning opening 27a and the second starting winning opening 28a, and the special drawing hit determination and the like are performed. That is, regarding the first special view start reservation information and the second special view start reservation information stored in the main control RAM 60c when winning in the first and second start winning openings 27a, 28a, the main control CPU 60a has a start winning opening The order of winnings on 27a and 28a can be recognized.

  The main control CPU 60a executes the special drawing start process every predetermined cycle (4 ms in the embodiment). In the special view start process, the main control CPU 60a determines whether the special view 1 or the special view 2 is variably displayed on the special view display portions 50A and 50B and the effect display portion 17, or whether or not the hit game is in progress. To do (step B11). If the determination result in step B11 is affirmative, the main control CPU 60a ends the special drawing start process. On the other hand, when the determination result in step B11 is negative, the number of reservations of the special view start suspension information is read (step B12), and it is determined whether the number of suspension of the special view startup suspension information is larger than "0". (Step B13). When the determination result of step B13 is negative (when the number of holdings of the special drawing start hold information = 0), the main control CPU 60a proceeds to the process of step B16. Further, when the determination result in step B13 is affirmative (the number of holdings of the special drawing start holding information> 0), the main control CPU 60a performs special drawing change processing stored in a predetermined storage area of the main control RAM 60c. A value "1" is set to the flag to indicate that the special figure variation effect is to be performed. Next, the main control CPU 60a subtracts 1 from the number of holdings of the special view start holding information (step B14), and the special view start holding information stored in the predetermined storage area of the main control RAM 60c associated with the holding number. The main control CPU 60a acquires (values of determination random numbers for special drawing, values for special drawing determination random numbers, values for presentation execution determination random numbers, special drawing fluctuation pattern distribution random numbers, etc.) (step B15).

  Here, the main control CPU 60a acquires special view start suspension information (random number) from the first special map storage area in which the special diagram start suspension information stored earliest is stored. Then, after the main control CPU 60a acquires the random number associated with the special view start hold information, the special view start hold information of the second special view storage area in which the special view start hold information stored second earlier is stored. (Random number) is stored in the first special image storage area. Similarly, the main control CPU 60a stores the special view start reserve information of the third special view storage area in the second special view storage area, and the special view start reserve information of the fourth special view storage area in the third special view storage area. To be stored in the 5th Tokushu storage area in the 4th Tokushu storage area, and to 6 in the 5th Tokushu storage area to be stored in the 5th Tokushuku storage area The special view start hold information of the seventh special view storage area is stored in the sixth special view storage area, and the special view start hold information of the eighth special view storage area (latest special view start hold information) is stored in the seventh special view storage area. Store in the area. In this manner, the special drawing start reservation information (first and second special drawing start reservation information) stored in the order of winnings on the start winning openings 27a, 28a is shifted and stored in order in the young special map storage area. That is, the special view start suspension information is read by the main control CPU 60a in the order stored in the main control RAM 60c. Further, the main control CPU 60a changes the display of the first special view suspension display unit 52 or the second special view suspension display unit 53 so as to correspond to the number of suspension of special view start suspension information after subtraction. That is, if the read special view start hold information is the first special view start hold information, the display of the corresponding first special view hold display unit 52 is changed, and the read special view start hold information is the first (2) If it is the special view start reserve information, the display of the corresponding second special view reserve display unit 53 is changed.

  When various random numbers as special view start suspension information are acquired by the process of the step B15, as shown in FIG. 6, the main control CPU 60a stores the acquired value of the random number for determination per special view in the main control ROM 60b. In the special drawing, it is determined whether or not it matches the determination value in the special drawing, and the determination (per lottery) is performed (step B18). In the embodiment, the probability (that is, the big hit probability) that the determination result of the special figure determination is positive in the non-probability variation state (in the low probability state) is set to 2521/65536, and in the probability variation state (high The probability that the judgment result is positive (probability per feature) is set to 2522/65536. And, when the determination result of the special figure hitting determination in step B18 is affirmative (when the hit game occurs), the special figure hitting flag which shows that it is fluctuation per special figure is set “1” (Step B19). And, the main control CPU 60a is a final stop symbol (special figure 1) which is a symbol per special figure displayed on the first or second special figure display portions 50A, 50B on the basis of the acquired special figure determination random number value. Alternatively, the special figure 2) is determined (step B20). Here, since the value for the special drawing determination random number is a symbol per special drawing of the special drawing 1 or the special drawing 2 depending on whether it is the first special drawing start reservation information or the second special drawing start reservation information, The main control CPU 60a determines the symbol per special drawing by determining the special drawing 1 or the special drawing 2 associated with the value of the special drawing determination random number according to the type of the acquired special drawing start reservation information. Become. Then, when the symbol per special drawing (special drawing 1 or special drawing 2) is determined, the main control CPU 60a selects the special drawing fluctuation pattern for per special drawing based on the value of the special drawing fluctuation pattern determination random number. One special figure fluctuation pattern is determined (step B21).

  On the other hand, if the determination result of the special figure hit in step B18 is negative (if it is not the special figure hit), the main control CPU 60a causes the first or second special figure display portions 50A and 50B to display a confirmation stop The determined off symbol is determined as the final stop symbol (special figure 1 or special figure 2) (step B23). Next, the main control CPU 60a selects one special drawing fluctuation from among the special drawing fluctuation patterns for outliers (reach outlier special drawing fluctuation patterns or outlier special drawing fluctuation patterns) based on the value of the special drawing fluctuation pattern distribution random number. A pattern is determined (step B24).

  Here, the main control CPU 60a that has determined the special figure fluctuation pattern and the final stop symbol (special figure 1 or special figure 2) in steps B21 and B24 sets a predetermined control command (step B22). Specifically, the main control CPU 60a designates a special pattern fluctuation pattern that has been determined and instructs a special pattern fluctuation pattern designation command to instruct start of symbol fluctuation, and a special figure 1 or a special image 2 to be a final stop symbol (that is, A special drawing 1 designation command or a special drawing 2 designation command for designating symbols A to I and a to i (special pattern disappointing symbols) per figure is set. Then, the main control CPU 60a ends the special drawing start process.

  On the other hand, if the determination result in step B13 is negative (if the number of holdings of special drawing start holding information = 0), whether or not the main control CPU 60a has already output a demonstration specifying command to start the execution of the demonstration effect Is determined (step B16), and if the determination result is negative, the demonstration designation command is output and the special view start process is ended (step B17). If the determination result in step B16 is affirmative (if the demonstration designation command has already been output), the main control CPU 60a ends the special view start process.

  Here, each control command set in the special view start process is output to the effect control board 65 by the main control CPU 60a in the command input / output process in the above-described normal process, and in the special view fluctuation pattern in the timer update process. Main control CPU 60a starts measurement of the identified fluctuation time, and at the same time, main control CPU 60a controls corresponding special view display portions 50A and 50B to start special view fluctuation display. Then, the main control CPU 60a instructs the fluctuation stop of the decoration drawing based on the fluctuation time defined in the designated special drawing fluctuation pattern, and effects control of all the symbol stop commands for displaying the symbol combination in the decision stop display Output to the substrate 65.

  Here, the main control CPU 60a sets a probability variation flag indicating a probability variation state after the end of the hit game in the flag setting process to “1” when the symbol special symbol grants the probability variation state. The main control CPU 60a is configured to set the probability change flag to “0” in the flag setting process when the probability change state end condition is satisfied. Here, in the embodiment, as described above, regardless of the type of symbol per symbol (symbol A to symbol I, symbol a to symbol i), a definite change state is set to be given after the end of the hit game There is. In addition, the termination condition of the definite change state is satisfied by the next hit game being started or the special figure fluctuation display of a predetermined number of times (65 times in the embodiment) is performed after the hit game, and the main control The CPU 60a sets the probability change flag to "0" before the next symbol change effect (special figure change display) is performed a predetermined number of times after the start of the hit game or after the hit game. That is, the main control CPU 60a can specify the game state by referring to the probability change flag as the game state specification information. Then, in the case of giving a positive change state (when setting a positive change flag to "1"), the main control CPU 60a is configured to output a positive change application command indicating that a positive change state is to be applied to the effect control board 65 . In addition, when the finalization of the definite change state is ended (when the variable short flag is set to “0”), the main control CPU 60 a outputs the definite change end command indicating that the positive change state is ended to the effect control board 65 It has become.

  Further, when the symbol giving a variation state according to the special figure, the main control CPU 60a sets a variation flag representing a variation state after the end of the hitting game in the flag setting process to “1”. The main control CPU 60a sets the variable short flag to “0” in the flag setting process when the variable short flag satisfies the end condition of the variable short state. That is, the main control CPU 60a can specify the game state by referring to the variable short flag as the game state specification information. In the embodiment, the termination condition of the variation condition is the symbol variation effect (the number of variation periods) of the variation condition determined when the game is started per the next special drawing or the winning is made per special drawing ( It is established by executing the special figure fluctuation display), and before the next symbol fluctuation effect (special figure fluctuation display) of the timing when the main control CPU 60a starts the hit game or the number of times of fluctuation is performed Set the short flag to "0". Then, when the variable short state is to be applied (when the variable short flag is set to “1”), the main control CPU 60 a outputs the variable short provision command indicating that the variable short state is to be applied to the effect control board 65 It has become. In addition, when the application of the variation state is ended (when the variation short flag is set to "0"), the main control CPU 60a sends a modification control termination command CMD7 indicating the end of the variation state to the effect control board 65. It is designed to output.

  That is, by referring to the value of the probability change flag, the main control CPU 60a can specify whether the gaming state to which the probability variation state is applied or the non-probability variation gaming state to which the probability variation state is not imparted. In addition, by referring to the game state specification information (the value of the probability change flag or the change short flag), the game state to which the change state is given or the non-change short game state to which the change state is not given is main The control CPU 60a can be specified. As described above, the main control CPU 60a is configured to function as game state determination means capable of specifying a plurality of game states. In addition, when the special figure fluctuation display of specified number of times (65 times in the example) is performed after hitting game and the termination condition of the definite change state is satisfied, the main control CPU 60a controls the definite change end command in the command input / output processing An output to the substrate 65 is made. Similarly, when the termination condition of the variation state is satisfied with the elapse of the assignment period of the variation state, the main control CPU 60a outputs the variation end command CMD7 to the effect control board 65 in the command input / output process. It has become.

  In addition, main control board 60 (main control CPU 60a), special figure fluctuation interval time after the symbol fluctuation production (special figure fluctuation display) which is executed when the decision per special figure becomes the decision result per special figure elapses In the hit game to be performed by the player, various control commands indicating the progress of the hit game are output to the effect control board 65. In the embodiment, as shown in FIG. 14, an opening designating command CMD1 for designating the start of a hit game, round designating commands CMD2 and CMD4 for designating the start of a round game, and a round end designating command for designating the end of the round game The CMD3, the ending designation command CMD5 for specifying the start of the ending time, and the hitting end designation command CMD6 for specifying the ending of the hitting game are outputted to the effect control board 65 at an appropriate timing according to the proceeding of the hitting. Specifically, the opening designating command CMD1 is output when the special drawing fluctuation interval time elapses after the symbol fluctuation rendering (special drawing fluctuation display) which has become the special drawing hit, and the opening time elapses from the start of the hit game The first round is issued when the round designating command CMD2 for designating the start of the first round of the round game is output and the ending condition of the first round of the round game (predetermined number of winnings or the lapse of the predetermined time) is satisfied. A round end designating command CMD3 for designating the end of the round game is output, and at the point of the interval time between rounds (INT) after the end of the first round game, the start of the second round game is designated. The designated command CMD4 is output. Further, in the embodiment, since the second round game is set as the final round game, the point at which the ending condition of the second round game (a predetermined number of winnings or an elapse of a predetermined time) is satisfied. Then, the ending designation command CMD5 for specifying the start of the ending time is outputted, and the hit ending designation command CMD6 is outputted when the ending time has elapsed. In addition, in the case of imparting the variation state (transition to the variation state) after the winning game, the variation assignment command is output along with the output of the hit end designation command CMD6.

  Further, in the pachinko machine 10 of the embodiment, when starting the hit game, as shown in FIG. 14, on the external terminal board 92 (see FIG. 9) based on the control of the main control board 60 (main control CPU 60a). The hit signal (second notification signal) is output as an external output signal to the outside of the pachinko machine through the provided output terminal, and the hall computer HC hits and starts the game based on the hit signal. It can be identified. Here, the hit signal is configured to output the same signal regardless of the type of the hit game and the provision period of the variation state after the hit game. That is, when giving a hit game, the main control board 60 (main control CPU 60a) is configured to output the same signal (single signal) regardless of the degree of advantage associated with the giving of the hit game. The hit signal is continuously output during the hit game, and the output of the hit signal is stopped when the hit game is over. That is, when the main control board 60 (main control CPU 60a) outputs an opening designating command CMD1 described later to the effect control board 65, it controls to output a hit signal from the external terminal board 92, and a hit end specification described later When outputting the command CMD 6 to the effect control board 65, control is performed to stop the output of the hit signal from the external terminal board 92.

  Further, in the pachinko machine 10 of the embodiment, when the gaming state is in the short state, as shown in FIG. 14, provided on the external terminal board 92 based on the control of the main control board 60 (main control CPU 60a). The variable short state signal (third notification signal) is output as an external output signal to the outside of the pachinko machine via the output terminal, and the hole computer HC is in the short short state based on the variable short state signal. It is possible to identify the start. Here, the main control board 60 (main control CPU 60a) outputs the same signal after the end of the game, regardless of the type of the hit game or the provision period of the change state after the hit game, regardless of the type of the hit game Configured That is, the main control board 60 (main control CPU 60a) is configured to output the same signal (single signal) when giving a variable state. The variable state signal is configured to be continuously output during the variable state, and to stop the signal output with the end of the variable state. In the embodiment, the main control board 60 (main control CPU 60a) is configured to output the variable short state signal by setting the variable short flag to “1”, and the variable short flag is set to “0”. The main control board 60 (main control CPU 60a) is configured to stop the output of the variable short state signal. Here, when the gaming state is a definite change state, based on the control of the main control board 60 (main control CPU 60a), a positive change as an external output signal to the outside of the pachinko machine via an output terminal provided on the external terminal board 92 It may be configured to output a status signal. In this case, the main control board 60 (main control CPU 60a) can control the output and stop of the probability change state signal based on the set value of the probability change flag, as in the case of the variation state.

(About the control process accompanying the ball entering the gate parts 41 and 43)
Further, in the normal processing executed by the main control CPU 60a, general drawing input processing relating to winning to the gate portions 41 and 43, and special drawing start processing relating to determination per common drawing are executed. The common drawing input processing and the common drawing start processing will be specifically described below.

(About the common map input process)
In the common drawing input process, as shown in FIG. 7, the main control CPU 60a determines whether or not the pachinko ball has passed through the gate parts 41 and 43 (step C11). That is, in step C11, the main control CPU 60a determines whether or not a detection signal to be output when the gate sensors 42 and 44 corresponding to the gate units 41 and 43 detect a pachinko ball is input. If the result of the determination in step C11 is negative, the general drawing input process is ended. If the determination result in step C11 is affirmative, the main control CPU 60a determines whether or not the number of pending general drawing start suspension information stored in the main control RAM 60c is less than the upper limit number 4 (step C12). ). If the determination result in step C12 is negative (that is, the number of reserved general drawing start suspension information is 4), the main control CPU 60a ends the general drawing input process.

  If the determination result in step C12 is affirmative (the number of reserved general drawing start suspension information <4), the number of reserved general deployment start information is added by 1 and the first generalization start suspension information stored by the main control RAM 60c The number of pending calls is rewritten (step C13). Subsequently, the main control CPU 60a reads out the value of the determination random number per common drawing and the value of the random number for common drawing determination from the main control RAM 60c, and associates the value of the random number with the number of hold of common drawing start suspension information. A predetermined storage area of the main control RAM 60c is set (step C14). Thus, the general drawing input process ends.

(About the common map start process)
Next, common drawing start processing will be described based on FIG. The main control CPU 60a executes a common drawing start process every predetermined cycle (4 ms in the embodiment). In the common drawing start process, the main control CPU 60a determines whether or not the common drawing is being variably displayed in the common drawing display unit 55 or whether or not the common drawing is being performed (step D11). Then, if the determination result in step D11 is affirmative, the main control CPU 60a ends the common drawing start process. On the other hand, when the result of the determination in step D11 is negative, the number of reservations of the general drawing start suspension information is read (step D12), and it is determined whether the number of reservations of the general drawing start suspension information is larger than "0." (Step D13). If the determination result in step D13 is negative (if the number of reserved general drawing start suspension informations is 0), the main control CPU 60a ends the general drawing start processing. Further, when the determination result in step D13 is affirmative (the number of pending general drawing start suspension information> 0), the main control CPU 60a performs the generalization change processing stored in the predetermined storage area of the main control RAM 60c. A value "1" is set to the flag to indicate that the common drawing fluctuation effect is to be executed. Next, the main control CPU 60a subtracts 1 from the number of pendings of the general drawing start suspension information (step D14), and is stored in a predetermined storage area of the main control RAM 60c associated with the number of holdings of the general diagram starting suspension information. The main control CPU 60a acquires the value of the judging random number per common drawing and the value of the common drawing determination random number (step D15).

  Here, the main control CPU 60a acquires a random number from the first common drawing storage area in which the common drawing start suspension information stored most quickly is stored. Then, after the main control CPU 60a acquires the random number associated with the second common drawing start reservation information, the information of the second common drawing storage area in which the common drawing start reservation information stored secondly earlier is stored (random number ) Is stored in the first common drawing storage area. Similarly, the main control CPU 60a stores information (random numbers) of the third common drawing storage area in which the common drawing start reservation information stored third earlier is stored in the second common drawing storage area, and fourthly The information (random number) of the fourth common drawing storage area in which the (generally latest) common drawing start reservation information stored is stored in the third common drawing storage area. That is, the normal drawing start suspension information is read by the main control CPU 60a in the order stored in the main control RAM 60c. Further, the main control CPU 60a changes the display of the common drawing hold display unit 56 so as to correspond to the hold number of common drawing start hold information after subtraction.

  When various random numbers are acquired by the process of the step D15, the main control CPU 60a determines whether the acquired value of the judgment random number per common drawing matches the judgment value per common drawing stored in the main control ROM 60b. Judgment is made on the basis of the map drawing (lottery drawing) (step D16). Here, in the embodiment, the probability that the determination result of the common drawing determination is affirmative (i.e., the common drawing) in the gaming state where the first or second variable state is not provided (in the non-shortening state) The hit probability is set to 1 / 65,536, and the judgment result is positive at the time of the game state where the first and second variation states are given (when in the low probability variation short status state or the probability variation variation short state status) (Probability per drawing) is set to 65535/65536. That is, the main control CPU 60a determines whether or not to permit the opening operation by performing the determination per common drawing based on the gaming state specified by the variation flag.

  Next, the main control CPU 60a determines the opening pattern of the start opening / closing member 29 in accordance with the common drawing (step D18). That is, in step D18, based on the acquired value of the common drawing determination random number as the opening / closing condition of the start opening / closing member 29, the common drawing per symbol to be displayed on the common drawing display unit 55 Is determined by the main control CPU 60a. Then, the main control CPU 60a determines an open pattern corresponding to the determined symbol 1 per symbol 1 to the symbol 2 per symbol based on the gaming state specified by the variation flag.

  Further, when the determination result of the common drawing determination in step D16 is negative (when not per common drawing), the main control CPU 60a determines that the common drawing displayed as fixedly stopped by the common drawing display unit 55 is a deviation While determining the common figure shown as a final stop symbol, the fluctuation time of the common figure fluctuation | variation performed by the common drawing display part 55 is determined (step D19). Then, when the final stop symbol is determined in steps D18 and G19, a process relating to common drawing fluctuation is executed (step D20). Specifically, the main control CPU 60a sets a common drawing change designation command for instructing start of common drawing fluctuation, and an open pattern specification command for specifying an open pattern. Then, the main control CPU 60a ends the common drawing start process.

(About effect control board 65)
The effect control board 65 includes an effect control CPU (effect control processing means) 65a for executing control processing, an effect control ROM 65b for storing a control program to be executed by the effect control CPU 65a, and data necessary for processing the effect control CPU 65a. The effect control RAM 65c etc. which can write in and read out are provided. Then, the effect control CPU 65a updates the values of the various random numbers every predetermined cycle, stores (sets) the updated value in the setting area of the effect control RAM 65c, and rewrites the value before the update.

  Here, the effect control ROM 65b stores an effect pattern for specifying the specific effect contents of the symbol change effect to be executed in the symbol change effect. The effect pattern is associated with the special figure variation pattern, and the effect control CPU 65a determines a corresponding effect pattern based on the special figure variation pattern determined by the main control CPU 60a. The effect pattern is not associated with the special figure fluctuation pattern in a one-to-one relationship, and a plurality of effect patterns are associated with one special figure fluctuation pattern. In addition, stop timing of the decoration figure of each design line L, C, R in the design fluctuation production is decided in the production pattern, according to the stop timing which is decided with the production pattern decoration drawing in each line L, C, R When the lamp is stopped, appropriate sound effects are output from the speaker 19 in accordance with the stop of the decoration, and the lamp unit 18 emits light appropriately. In addition, the effect pattern that can be determined by the effect control CPU 65a is determined for each gaming state, and among the effect patterns included in the effect pattern according to the game state when the effect control CPU 65a determines the effect pattern, it is particularly The effect control CPU 65a determines one effect pattern corresponding to the figure fluctuation pattern. Here, the effect patterns that can be determined in each gaming state are set to differ at least in part, and by determining the effect pattern based on the special pattern variation pattern, effects unique to each gaming state are performed It is supposed to be.

(About per game play effect)
In addition, when the hit game is performed, the effect control CPU 65a is controlled to perform a hit game effect according to the progress of the hit game by the effect display unit 17. That is, in the effect control ROM 65b described later, a hit game effect pattern is stored which specifies the contents of the effect of the hit game effect executed in the hit game. Also, the hit game effect pattern is associated with the hit game type, and the hit game type determined by the main control CPU 60a (ie, the game state determined when the determination result for the special view is determined). The effect control CPU 65a is configured to determine a corresponding hit game effect pattern based on the type of symbol per figure), and a hit effect corresponding to each game is performed. That is, the hit game effect pattern corresponds to a notification condition (specifically, a hit notification condition) which is satisfied when the determination result of the special drawing is reached. As the winning game effect pattern, a pattern unique to a specific notification condition and a pattern common to a plurality of notification conditions are set. Specifically, when the first, second, fourth and fifth hit notification conditions are satisfied, the hit control effect pattern unique to each hit notification condition is determined by the effect control CPU 65a, and the third When the hit notification condition is satisfied, the hit control effect pattern common to the hit notification conditions is determined by the effect control CPU 65a.

  Then, the effect control CPU 65a executes control to output a control command to the display control board 70 or the lamp control board 72 based on the determined winning game effect pattern, and displays an effect game effect according to the hit effect pattern. The control unit 17, the speaker 19, and the lamp unit 18 perform the process. The hit game effect pattern includes the effect contents of the opening effect to be executed in the opening time, the effect contents of the round game effect to be executed during each round game, the effect contents of the interval effect to be executed in the inter-round interval time, and the ending The effect content of the ending effect to be executed in time is specified for each type of game.

  Here, the first and second introduction effects are set as the opening effects of the hit game effects, and the first and second transition effects, the continuous effects, and the end effects are set as the ending effects of the hit game effects. As shown in FIG. 17, in the embodiment, the first introduction effect is a common effect to be executed when the second to fourth hit notification conditions are satisfied, and the start of the hit game can be identified. In addition to displaying characters such as "hit start" and images and images, an effect of displaying a first right-handed shift notification display described later in the launch operation notification area 206 is set. In addition, the second introduction effect of the embodiment is considered as a common effect to be executed when the first and fifth hit notification conditions are satisfied, and it is possible to identify the start of the hit game "hit start". And the like, and an effect of displaying a second right-turning shift notification display described later in the launch operation notification area 206 is set. That is, in the hit game, the second introduction effect is displayed at the start of the hit game, so that the game state after the hit game becomes the most advantageous game state (certain change state and 65 change states). It is possible for the player to recognize.

  In addition, the first transition effect of the embodiment is a common effect to be executed when the third to fourth hit notification conditions are satisfied, and it is possible to identify the end of the hit game and to change the state. In addition to displaying characters, images and images that can be identified to be assigned, an effect of displaying a first right strike transition notification display described later in the launch operation notification area 206 is set. The second transition effect of the embodiment is a common effect to be executed when the first and second hit notification conditions are satisfied, and it is possible to identify the end of the hit game and give a variable state. In addition to displaying characters, images, and images that can be identified, an effect of displaying a second right-handed shift notification display described later in the launch operation notification area 206 is set. That is, in the hit game, by displaying the first and second introduction effects at the end of the hit game, the player can recognize that the variation state is given after the hit game. There is.

  Further, as shown in FIG. 12F, the continuation effect of the embodiment is an effect to be executed when the fifth hit notification condition is satisfied, and the gaming state after the hit game is most advantageous. A unique image or picture (eg, radially) that is displayed only in the case of a hit game in which characters such as "RUSH!" Are displayed to indicate that it is in a state, or a win is made per special drawing determination in a variable state. While an image representing a state where a light beam is emitted, a maker logo image, etc.) is set, an effect is set such that neither of the first and second right-turning transition notification displays described later is displayed in the launch operation notification area 206 It is done. The finish effect of the embodiment is, as shown in FIG. 12 (g), a unique effect to be executed when the fourth hit notification condition is satisfied, and a hit game is made without shifting to the reduction state. A character such as "Matsuke" is displayed to indicate that the game is ending, or a distinctive image or video displayed only in the case of a hit game that does not shift to a state of variation will be described later. An effect is set in which neither of the first and second right-turning shift notification displays is displayed in the launch operation notification area 206. That is, in the hit game, the continuation effect is displayed at the end of the hit game, suggesting that the most advantageous gaming state (65 times of variable state being given) is given after the hit game, and right-handed It indirectly notifies that the operation mode is operated. In addition, in the hit game, by displaying an end effect at the end of the hit game, it is indirectly indicated that the operation in the left hitting operation mode is indirectly suggested that the fluctuation state is not given after the hit game. It has become.

  In addition, the effect control board 65 is provided with a fluctuation number counter CN (fluctuation number measuring means) CN for measuring the number of fluctuation of the symbol fluctuation production performed after the winning game, and it is Every time a fluctuation pattern is input), the effect control CPU 65a adds one by one to the count number of the fluctuation number counter CN. Here, it is also possible to add the count number of the variation number counter CN based on the input of the all symbol stop command. Further, the count value of the fluctuation number counter CN is configured to be initialized by the effect control CPU 65a every time a hit game is performed. That is, by referring to the count value of the fluctuation number counter CN, the effect control CPU 65a can identify the fluctuation number of the symbol fluctuation effect performed after the winning game.

  The effect control program for controlling the display control board 70, the lamp control board 72 and the sound control board 73 in an integrated manner is stored in the effect control ROM 65b. When the effect control CPU 65a inputs various control commands, the effect control CPU 65a executes various controls based on the effect control program.

(About display control board 70)
Next, the display control board 70 will be described based on FIG. The display control board 70 is provided with a display control CPU 70a. A display control ROM 70b and a display control RAM 70c are connected to the display control CPU 70a. Further, the effect display unit 17 is connected to the display control board 70 (display control CPU 70a). A display control program for controlling the display content of the effect display unit 17 is stored in the display control ROM 70b. The display control ROM 70b also displays various images and video data (symbols, various background images, etc.) to be displayed on the effect display unit 17 such as symbol variation effects, hit game effects, error displays, and notification displays of operation modes of the operating handle 16. Image data such as characters and characters are stored. Furthermore, various types of information that can be appropriately rewritten during operation of the pachinko machine 10 are stored (set) in the display control RAM 70 c.

(About the dispensing control board)
As shown in FIG. 9, an external terminal board 92 is connected to the payout control board, and a hall computer HC is connected to an output terminal provided on the external terminal board 92. The main control board 60 (main control CPU 60a) sends various information such as the operating state of the pachinko machine 10 and error information to the hall computer HC via the payout control board and the output terminal of the external terminal board 92 ( Signal) can be output.

(About the processing with the effect control board)
Next, processing executed by the effect control CPU 65a of the effect control board 65 based on the control program will be described. The effect control CPU 65a executes an initial setting process such as a security check upon powering on the pachinko machine 10, and then shifts to a state in which the pachinko machine 10 can play a game. In this state, normal processing is performed in a predetermined control cycle (every 4 ms). Here, in the normal processing executed by the effect control CPU 65a, random number update processing for updating various random numbers for effect control, timer update processing for measuring time, command input / output processing for inputting / outputting various commands, symbol A process relating to the execution of effects at the time of variation, a process of setting flags, and a process relating to the execution of effects at the time of hitting a game are executed.

  That is, the effect control CPU 65a of the effect control board 65 determines and determines the effect pattern to be executed in the symbol change effect based on the special view change pattern designation command input from the main control board 60 (main control CPU 60a). The effect pattern designating command for designating the effect pattern is outputted to the display control board 70, the lamp control board 72, the sound control board 73 and the like. When the special control 1 designation command or the special view 2 designation command is input, the effect control CPU 65a causes each symbol row L to be displayed on the final display on the effect display unit 17 in accordance with the stop symbol designation of the special view corresponding to the command. Determine the decoration of C and R. That is, when the symbol designated by the special figure 1 designation command or the special figure 2 designation command is a symbol per special figure, the effect control CPU 65a causes each symbol row L to be a symbol combination of a decoration display to be hit display. The decoration of C and R is determined.

  Further, the effect control CPU 65a sets the probability variation information flag and the variation information flag based on the command output from the main control CPU 60a. Specifically, when the special figure 1 or the special figure 2 specified by the special figure 1 designation or the special figure 2 designation command corresponds to a special figure per symbol drawing which gives a definite change state, a probability change information flag indicating a definite change state is displayed The probability variation information flag is set to “0” when it is set to “1” and the symbol per winning drawing is not given a definite variation state. In addition, when the special figure 1 or the special figure 2 specified by the special figure 1 designation or the special figure 2 designation command corresponds to the special figure per special figure which gives the variation state, the variation information flag showing the variation state is displayed The variable short information flag is set to “0” when it is set to “1” and the special drawing per symbol that does not give the variable short state corresponds to the symbol. Further, the probable change information flag is set to “0” based on the probable change end command output from the main control board 60, and the variable short information flag is set to “0” based on the variation end command CMD7. That is, in the pachinko machine 10 of the embodiment, the game control can be specified in the effect control CPU 65a.

  Then, at the stop timing of the decoration drawing of each of the symbol rows L, C, R specified by the effect pattern, the decoration drawing designation command of each row is output to the display control board 70, the lamp control board 72, the sound control board 73, etc. Do. Specifically, the effect control CPU 65a starts measurement of time by the timer means (not shown) at the same time as the special figure fluctuation pattern designation command is input, and the left decoration at the stop timing of the decoration of the left symbol row L A figure designation command is outputted, a right decoration figure designation command is outputted at the stop timing of the decoration figure of the right symbol row R, and a middle decoration figure designation command is outputted at the stop timing of the decoration figure of the middle pattern row C.

  Further, the effect control CPU 65a determines a symbol combination capable of recognizing the off when the stop symbol designated by the special drawing designation command is the off symbol. In addition, when the special figure fluctuation pattern for out-of-reach reach effect is indicated, the effect control CPU 65a determines a symbol combination that can recognize out-of-focus including the reach formation pattern. On the other hand, the effect control CPU 65a determines a symbol combination capable of recognizing an outlier not including the reach formation pattern, when the special view fluctuation pattern for the outlier effect is indicated. Further, when the effect control CPU 65a inputs the all symbol stop command, the effect control CPU 65a outputs the command to the display control board 70, the lamp control board 72, the sound control board 73 and the like.

(About display control)
In the display control board 70, when the effect pattern specification command is input, the display control CPU 70a selects display data indicating the effect content corresponding to the effect pattern specified by the command, and the display content corresponding to the effect pattern The effect display unit 17 is controlled to execute the symbol variation effect. Then, the display control CPU 70a counts an elapsed time from the start of the effect along with the start of the symbol variation effect, and a predetermined image is displayed on the effect display unit 17 so that an image based on the effect pattern is displayed every measured time Switch every cycle of Then, when the symbol stop command of each symbol row L, C, R is input, the display control CPU 70a displays the decoration drawing designated by the decoration drawing specification command at the valid stop position 300 of the corresponding symbol row L, C, R. Temporarily stop, and when the all symbol stop command is input, the effect display unit 17 causes the effect display unit 17 to display the decoration drawing instructed by the decoration drawing specification command at the effective stop position 300 of each symbol row L, C, R The display content of the effect display unit 17 is controlled to end the symbol variation effect.

(About notification of operation form)
Next, notification of the operation form of the operation handle 16 will be described. As described above, the pachinko machine 10 of the embodiment plays the game by operating the operation handle 16 in the left strike operation mode in which the pachinko ball flows down the first ball flow down area 21a when the gaming state is the non-short state. Thus, the game is performed under a control condition that is more advantageous to the player than playing the game by operating the operation handle 16 in a right-handed operation mode in which pachinko balls flow down the second ball flow area 21b. On the other hand, when the gaming state is in the short state, or in the case of hitting the gaming state to grant a winning game to open the special winning portion 36, the second ball flow area 21b is operated in a right-handed operation mode By playing the game by operating the handle 16, the game is performed under a control condition that is more advantageous for the player than operating the operation handle 16 in the left strike operation mode in which the pachinko ball flows down in the first ball flow down area 21a. It is supposed to be done. Therefore, notification means 17, 59, 100 for notifying the player of the operation mode of the operation handle 16 suitable for the control execution conditions (playing state (changed state, hit state, etc.)) of the pachinko machine 10 are provided. . That is, each of the notification means 17, 59, 100 generates the left-handed notification mode (first operation notification mode) for notifying that the operation handle 16 is operated in the left-handed operation mode, and the operation handle 16 in the right-handed operation mode. In the right-handed notification mode (second operation notification mode) for notifying operation, the operation mode can be notified, and based on the notification by the notification means 17, 59, 100, the left-handed operation mode and the right When the player operates the operation handle 16 so as to switch to the striking operation mode, a game suitable for the situation of the game can be performed. In other words, the notification means 17, 59, 100 notify whether the gaming state is the non-shortening state or not, and the notification means 17, 59, 100 of the embodiment is the second falling ball region 21b (a specific falling ball It is possible to notify whether a pachinko ball flowing down the area) can win a special winning portion 36 or is in the middle of playing a game.

Here, in the pachinko machine 10 of the embodiment, the right-handed display unit 59 of the game information display unit M is used as a first notification means for notifying the operation mode of the operation handle 16 based on the control of the main control CPU 60a. The operation mode of the operation handle 16 can be appropriately selected according to the display state of the right-handed display unit 59 (the lighting state of the LED lamp). Further, in the pachinko machine 10 of the embodiment, as Ruho known means to inform the operation mode of the operating handle 16 under the control of the performance control CPU 65a, notification only for the purpose of notification of the operation mode of the operating handle 16 It provided with a control mode informing section 100 as informing means comprises the representation display section 17 as the notification means of the effect shared for reporting execution and the control mode of the presentation, those 該報 known means (an operation mode notification unit The operation form of the operation handle 16 can be appropriately selected in accordance with the notification of the display 100 and the effect display section 17). Here, the right-handed display unit 59 is provided to be located outside the game area 21 surrounded by the guide rails 22, and the operation mode notification unit 100 and the effect display unit 17 are configured by the guide rails 22. It is provided to be located inside the enclosed (on the side of the game area 21). That is, the operation mode notification unit 100 or the effect display unit 17 is formed at a position where the notification of the operation mode is far larger than the right-handed display unit 59, and the operation mode notification unit 100 or the effect display unit 17 The player's interest is directed to the notification mode in

(About the operation form notification unit)
As shown in FIGS. 2 and 11, the operation mode notification unit ( third notification means) 100 is arranged to be positioned inside the display window 25a of the frame-shaped decorative body 25 in a front view, It is configured to be visible from the front side of the machine 10. That is, the operation mode notification unit 100 is provided at a position where the player's line of sight naturally comes into play when playing a game. In the embodiment, the operation form is notified when the line of sight is moved to the whereabouts of the pachinko ball which is disposed at the inner upper position of the display window 25a of the frame-shaped decorative body 25 and emitted from the outlet 24 into the game area 21. The part 100 and the pachinko ball can be viewed simultaneously. In the embodiment, the operation mode notification unit 100 is disposed at a position adjacent to the second falling ball region 21b.

  The operation mode notification unit 100 includes, as shown in FIG. 11, a plurality of display units 101, 102, and 103 for notifying the operation mode (the launch position of the pachinko ball) of the operation handle 16, and the plurality of displays One or more of the units 101, 102, and 103 are configured to be notified. That is, the operation mode notification unit 100 includes a switching notification unit 101 capable of notifying each of the left-handed operation mode and the right-handed operation mode, a left-handed notification unit 102 capable of notifying the left-handed operation mode, and a right-handed operation mode. Pachinko is provided with a plurality of notification modes by combining a notification unit that performs notification within the switch notification unit 101, the left notification unit 102, and the right notification unit 103 that is provided with a right-handed notification unit 103 that can be notified. It is comprised so that the game form of a ball | bowl can be alert | reported. That is, the operation mode notification unit 100 operates the operation handle between the left-handed notification mode (first operation notification mode) and the right-handed notification mode (second operation notification mode) by the combination of the plurality of display units 101, 102, and 103. It is comprised so that alerting | reporting of 16 operation forms is possible.

  Here, the switching notification unit 101 is an LED or the like that can control light emission so as to emit light in a plurality of different colors behind the filter in which the characters “left-handed” and “right-handed” are displayed in an overlapping manner. A light emitter is provided, and by switching the light emission color of the light emitter, the character displayed through the filter is configured to be switched to "left-handed" or "right-handed". In addition, the filter of the switching notification unit 101 is half-mirror processed, and in the state where the light emitter is turned off, the characters “left-handed” and “right-handed” become invisible from the front side of the game board 20 It is configured. That is, the lamp control board 72 controls the light emission color, light emission and extinguishment of the light emitters of the switching notification unit 101 based on the control command of the effect control CPU 65a, whereby the switching notification unit 101 emits the character "left-handed" The displayed notification mode (first operation notification mode), the notification mode (second operation notification mode) in which the character "right-handed" is displayed in a luminous manner, and the characters "left-handed" and "right-handed" are not displayed It is configured to be able to switch to the notification mode. In the embodiment, the character "left-handed" is displayed in green and the character "right-handed" is displayed in red.

  The left-handed notification unit 102 is configured to include a light emitter such as an LED whose light emission can be controlled on the rear side of the cover on which the left-pointing arrow is displayed. That is, by controlling the light emission and extinguishment of the light-emitting body of the left hitting notification unit 102, the notification mode (first operation notification mode) in which the left pointing arrow of the left hitting notification unit 102 is lighted and displayed, and the left pointing arrow It is comprised so that it can switch to the alerting | reporting aspect which extinguished. In the left-handed notification unit 102, a plurality of (two in the embodiment) left-directed arrows are formed in the left-right arrangement. Similarly, the right-handed informing unit 103 is configured to include a light emitter such as an LED whose light emission can be controlled on the rear side of the cover on which the arrow pointing to the right is displayed. That is, by controlling the light emission and extinguishment of the light emitter of the right-handed informing unit 103, the right-pointed arrow in the right-handed informing unit 103 is a light-indicating indicator mode (second operation informing mode) and the right-pointed arrow It is comprised so that it can switch to the alerting | reporting aspect which extinguished. In the right-handed informing unit 103, a plurality of (two in the embodiment) right-pointing arrows are formed in a vertical array.

  Here, in the embodiment, when notifying the left hitting game (in the non-shortening state in the embodiment), the switching notification unit 101 is displayed by lighting the letter of "left hitting" and notifying the left hitting notification. The effect control CPU 65a is configured to control the operation mode notification unit 100 to notify the unit 102. In addition, when notifying a right-handed game (in a state of being shorted or running a hit game), the switch notification unit 101 lights and displays the character "right-handed" and the right-handed notification unit 103 The effect control CPU 65a is configured to control the operation type notification unit 100 so that notification is made or notification is made only by the right-handed notification unit 103 without notification by the switching notification unit 101.

  That is, in the pachinko machine 10 of the embodiment, as shown in FIG. 11B, based on the control command (control information) output to the lamp control board 72 by the control of the effect control CPU 65a at predetermined left-handed notification timing. , A lamp so as to be a left-handed notification mode (hereinafter sometimes referred to as a left-handed transition notification mode) in which the operation mode notification unit 100 simultaneously lights and displays the "left-handed character" and the "left-pointing arrow" The control board 72 controls the light emission, and as shown in FIG. 11C, based on the control command (control information) output to the lamp control board 72 by the control of the effect control CPU 65a at predetermined left-handed notification timing, The lamp is controlled so that the left indicator notification mode (hereinafter, may be referred to as a left strike error notification mode) in which the form notification unit 100 blinks and displays only the “left-handed character” Substrate 72 is adapted to the light emission control. Here, as shown in FIG. 13, the effect control CPU 65a is triggered by the transition to the non-shortening state with the end of the shorting state or the hit game (that is, the establishment of the left hitting transition condition described later) ), When the control command for notifying in the left-turning transition notification mode is output to the lamp control board 72 and it is triggered by the operation in the right-turning operation mode in the non-shortening state (that is, the first And the control command for notifying in the left hitting error notification mode is output to the lamp control board 72. Note that the left-handed shift notification mode and the left-handed error notification mode are not limited to the above-described modes, and these modes can be distinguished to be distinguishable.

  Further, in the pachinko machine 10 of the embodiment, as shown in FIG. 11D based on the control command (control information) output to the lamp control board 72 by the control of the effect control CPU 65a at the predetermined first right-handed notification timing. As shown, the lamp control board 72 emits light so that the operation mode notification unit 100 displays a right-handed notification mode (hereinafter, may be referred to as a first right-handed transition notification mode) in which only the “right-pointing arrow” is displayed. As shown in FIG. 11 (e), based on a control command (control information) output which is controlled and output to the lamp control board 72 by the control of the effect control CPU 65a at a predetermined second right-handed notification timing, as shown in FIG. The warning unit 100 is configured to be in a right-handed notification mode (hereinafter sometimes referred to as a second right-handed transition notification mode) in which the “right-handed character” and the “right-pointing arrow” are simultaneously lit and displayed. Shown in FIG. 11 (f) based on the control command (control information) output to the lamp control board 72 under the control of the effect control CPU 65a at the predetermined third right-handed notification timing. As described above, the lamp control board 72 emits light so that the right-handed notification mode (hereinafter, may be referred to as a right-handed error notification mode) in which the operation type notification unit 100 blinks and displays only the "right-handed character". It is supposed to control. Here, as shown in FIG. 13, the effect control CPU 65a is triggered by the fact that the hit game is awarded, or triggered by the fact that a variable state is imparted after the hit game (that is, the right as described later) To the lamp control board 72 in the first or second right-handed transition notification mode, and triggered by the left-handed operation mode in the variable length state. In this case (that is, the second operation error condition described later is satisfied), a control command for notifying in the right-handed error notification mode is output to the lamp control board 72. The first and second right-handed transition notification modes and the right-handed error notification mode are not limited to the above-described modes, and these modes can be distinguished and distinguished. In addition, based on the control command output by the control of the effect control CPU 65a, the lamp control board 72 controls the light emission so that the operation mode notification unit 100 is in the non notification mode in which none of the display units 101, 102, and 103 is notified. It is supposed to be. Thus, the operation mode notification unit 100 is configured to be able to notify the same operation mode of the operation handle 16 in a plurality of different notification modes.

(About notification display of the operation form in the effect display unit)
Further, the display control ROM 70 b stores data of a predetermined number of images, videos, etc. for directly (intuitively) notifying the operation form (the launch position of the pachinko ball) of the operation handle 16. In the following description, an image for notifying the operation mode of the operation handle 16 displayed on the effect display unit 17 may be referred to as a notification display. That is, based on the control command of the effect control CPU 65a, the display of the effect display unit 17 is performed so as to display a notification display for directly (intuitively) notifying the operation form (the launch position of the pachinko ball) of the operation handle 16 The display control board 70 is configured to control. In the embodiment, as the notification display that can be displayed on the effect display unit 17, a plurality of left-handed notification displays (first operation notification manners) as a left-handed notification manner for notifying a left-handed operation manner are provided. Data such as an image corresponding to a plurality of right-handed notification displays (second operation notification mode) as the right-handed notification mode is set in the display control ROM 70b, and any notification according to the control condition of the pachinko machine 10 The effect control CPU 65a is configured to cause the effect display unit 17 to display the display. That is, the player operates the operation handle 16 based on the image displayed on the effect display unit 17 to be suitable in the left hitting operation form and the right hitting operation form according to the control condition of the pachinko machine 10 It is configured to select the operation mode. In the following description, an image for notifying the operation mode of the operation handle 16 displayed on the effect display unit 17 may be referred to as a notification display.

  Specifically, as a left-handed notification display that can be displayed on the effect display unit 17, as shown in FIG. 12, a left-handed notification mode in which the characters "Please return to left-handed" are displayed in the launch operation notification area 206. A left-handed notification mode (hereinafter referred to as a left-handed error notification display in which a left-handed arrow is displayed along with a left-pointing arrow in the launch operation notification area 206) And may be referred to). Here, the left hitting error notification display is set to be a display form that can draw the player's attention more strongly than the left hitting transition notification display, and in the embodiment, it is displayed by the left hitting error notification display. The character "left strike!" Is displayed larger than the character "return to left" displayed in the left strike transition notification display, and the left-pointing arrow displayed in the left strike error notification display is significantly noticeable Is set to display. In addition, the display content of the left hitting transition informing display and the left hitting error informing display is not limited to this, and can be any display content.

  Then, in the pachinko machine 10 of the embodiment, as shown in FIG. 12A, based on the control command (control information) output to the display control board 70 by the control of the effect control CPU 65a at predetermined left-handed notification timing. The display control board 70 (display control CPU 70a) controls the display of the effect display unit 17 so as to display the left strike transition notification display, and is output to the display control board 70 by control of the presentation control CPU 65a at predetermined left strike notification timing. 12B, the display control board 70 (display control CPU 70a) is configured to control the display of the effect display unit 17 so as to display a left-handed error notification display based on the control command . Here, as shown in FIG. 13, the effect control CPU 65a is triggered by the transition to the non-shortening state with the end of the shorting state or the hit game (that is, the establishment of the left hitting transition condition described later) ), When the control command for displaying the left hitting transition notification display is outputted to the display control board 70 and it is triggered by the operation in the right hitting operation mode in the non-shortening state (that is, the first And the control command for displaying the left hitting error notification display is output to the display control board 70.

  In addition, as the right-handed notification display that can be displayed on the effect display unit 17, as shown in FIG. 12, a right-handed notification mode (hereinafter referred to as the first right) displaying only the “right-pointing arrow” in the launch operation notification area 206. Right-handed notification mode (hereinafter referred to as second right-handed transition notification) in which the characters “Aim for the right!” Are displayed together with the “right-pointing arrow” in the launch operation notification area 206. In some cases, a right-handed notification mode (hereinafter referred to as a right-handed error notification display) may be displayed in which the word "right-turning arrow" is displayed in the launch operation notification area 206 together with the word "right-turning arrow". And is set. Here, the second right-handed transition notification display is set to be a display mode that can attract the player's attention more strongly than the first right-handed transition notification display, and the second embodiment While displaying the characters "Aim for the right!" In the right-handed transition notification display, the "right-pointing arrow" displayed in the second right-handed transition notification display is displayed in the first right-handed transition notification display It is set to be displayed so as to stand out larger than the “right-pointing arrow”. In addition, the right-handed error notification display is set to be a display mode that can draw the player's attention more strongly than the second right-handed transition notification display. In the embodiment, the right-handed error notification display is displayed Is displayed larger than the character "Aim for the right!" Displayed in the second right-handed shift notification display, and the "right-pointing arrow" displayed in the right-handed error notification display is displayed. The second right-handed shift notification display is set to be displayed so as to stand out more than the “right-pointing arrow”. Note that the display contents of the first right-handed transition notification display, the second right-handed transition notification display, and the right-handed error notification display are not limited to this, and these may be distinguished and distinguished. Can.

  Then, based on the control command (control information) output to the display control board 70 under the control of the effect control CPU 65a at a predetermined first right-handed notification timing, as shown in FIG. 12 (c), the first right The display control board 70 (display control CPU 70 a) controls the display of the effect display unit 17 so as to display a strike transition notification display. Further, as shown in FIG. 12D, based on the control command (control information) output to the display control board 70 by the control of the effect control CPU 65a at a predetermined second right-handed notification timing, the second right The display control board 70 (display control CPU 70a) is configured to control the display of the effect display unit 17 so as to display the strike transition notification display. Furthermore, based on the control command (control information) output to the display control board 70 by the control of the effect control CPU 65a at a predetermined third right-handed notification timing, as shown in FIG. The display control board 70 (display control CPU 70 a) controls the display of the effect display unit 17 so as to display a display. Here, as shown in FIG. 13, the effect control CPU 65a is triggered by the fact that the hit game is awarded, or triggered by the fact that a variable state is imparted after the hit game (that is, the right as described later) And the control command for displaying the first or second right-handed transition notification display is output to the display control board 70, and the trigger operation is performed in the left-handed operation mode in the variable length state. In this case (that is, the second operation error condition described later is satisfied), a control command for displaying the right-handed error notification display is output to the display control board 70.

  Here, as shown in FIG. 10A, the effect display unit 17 is a launch operation notification area that displays a notification display (left hit notification display, right hit notification display) that notifies the operation mode of the operation handle 16. Two or more 206 are set. Then, the launch operation for displaying the notification display (left hit notification display, right hit notification display) in accordance with the type and notification timing of the notification display (left hit notification display, right hit notification display) displayed on the effect display unit 17 A notification area 206 is set. In the embodiment, as the launch operation notification area 206, a first launch operation notification area 206A and a second launch operation notification area 206B are set in the effect display unit 17. The first launch operation notification area 206A is set to a wider area at the center side of the display unit 17a of the effect display unit 17 compared to the second launch operation notification area 206B, and the second launch operation is performed. The case where the notification display is displayed in the first launch operation notification area 206A is configured to be more prominent than when the notification display is displayed in the notification area 206B. In the embodiment, at the lower position of the effective stop position 300 of the effect display unit 17, the first launch operation notification area 206A is set so as to form a horizontally long strip, and the corner portion of the display unit 17a of the effect display unit 17 (FIG. In 10 (a), the second launch operation notification area 206A is set in the lower right portion of the display unit 17a so as to be narrower than the first launch operation notification area 206A. The positions and sizes of the first and second launch operation notification areas 206A and 206B can be appropriately changed.

  Then, a notification display accompanying the establishment of the first or second operation error condition is displayed in the first launch operation notification area 206A, and the left launch transition condition is displayed in the second launch operation notification area 206B. Alternatively, it is configured to display a notification display accompanying the establishment of the right-handed shift condition. That is, when the operation mode of the operation handle 16 is not suitable for the game situation (satisfaction of the first or second operation error condition), a notification display (left-handed error notification display is displayed in the first launch operation notification area 206A And the right-handed error notification display) to prompt the player to correct the operation mode of the operation handle 16 at an early stage. Also, regardless of whether the operation mode of the operation handle 16 is suitable for the game situation, according to the progress of the game like transition of the game state (transition between variable short state and non change short state) or start of the hit game When it is necessary to change the operation mode (left hit transition condition or right hit transition condition satisfied), the second launch operation notification area 206B displays a notification (left hit transition notification display, first and second By prompting the user to change the operation of the operation handle 16, the notification display does not disturb the symbol variation effect or the hit game effect displayed on the effect display section 17 by displaying the right-handed transition notification display). Specifically, when control commands for displaying a left-handed error notification display and a right-handed error notification display are output from the effect control board 65 (effect control CPU 65a), these notification displays are displayed in the first launch. The control command to be controlled by the display control board 70 to be displayed in the operation informing area 206A and to display the left hitting transition indication and the first and second right hitting transition indication is the effect control board 65 (effect control When output from the CPU 65a), the display control board 70 controls such notification display in the second launch operation notification area 206B.

  Further, in the embodiment, when the control command for displaying the first and second right-handed shift notification indicators on the effect display unit 17 at the start of the hit game is output from the effect control board 65 (effect control CPU 65a) The display control board 70 controls the notification display in the first launch operation notification area 206A for a predetermined period. The display control board 70 controls the notification display in the second launch operation notification area 206B after the predetermined period has elapsed. That is, in the initial stage where it is necessary to change the operation mode in accordance with the progress of the game, a notification display (first or second right-hand transition notification display) is displayed in the first launch operation notification area 206A. By doing this, the change of the operation of the operation handle 16 is strongly urged, and after the predetermined period has elapsed, the notification display is displayed in the second hitting operation notification area 206B, whereby the effect display section 17 is displayed. The notification display does not disturb the symbol change effect or the hit game effect.

  Specifically, when the control command (specifically, the opening designation command CMD1) indicating the start of the hit game is output from the main control board 60 (main control CPU 60a), these notification displays are displayed first The effect control CPU 65a outputs a control command to the display control board 70 to control to display in the operation notification area 206A, and the timer (clocking means) included in the effect control board 65 measures a predetermined period (for example, 5 seconds). The control command (area switching command) is output from the effect control board 65 (effect control CPU 65a) to control these notification displays in the second launch operation notification area 206B by the display control board 70. It has become so. In addition, it is possible to measure a predetermined period using a timer (clocking means) included in the display control board 70. In this case, it is necessary to output a region switching command from the effect control board 65 (effect control CPU 65a) There is no. When a control command (specifically, a variation assignment command) indicating the start of the variation status is output from the main control board 60 (main control CPU 60a), the notification display indicates the first launch operation notification area. The effect control CPU 65a is configured to output a control command to the display control board 70 to perform control so as not to display in 206A.

(Indirect display)
Further, the display control ROM 70b stores data of a predetermined number of images, videos, etc. for indirectly notifying the operation mode (the launch position of the pachinko ball) of the operation handle 16. In the following description, an image, a video, etc. for indirectly notifying the operation mode of the operation handle 16 may be referred to as an operation suggestion display, in particular, to distinguish it from the notification display for directly notifying the operation mode. . That is, the effect display unit 17 is configured to be able to display a notification display to indirectly notify (suggest) the operation form (the launch position of the pachinko ball) of the operation handle 16. That is, the notification display (indication to the left hitting transition, the left hitting error indication, the first and the second right transition noticing display, the right hitting, the right hitting notification indication displayed on the effect display unit 17) In addition to the error notification display), the player operates the operation handle 16 based on the indirect notification display to be suitable in the left hitting operation form and the right hitting operation form according to the control condition of the pachinko machine 10 The operation mode is configured to be selectable.

  In the embodiment, as the operation suggestion display that can be displayed on the effect display unit 17, data such as an image corresponding to a plurality of operation suggestion displays (hereinafter referred to as first operation suggestion display) suggesting a left hitting operation form is displayed It is set in the ROM 70b, and the effect control CPU 65a causes the effect display unit 17 to display any operation indication according to the control condition of the pachinko machine 10. In the embodiment, the display contents of the end effect performed in the ending time at the end of the hit game correspond to the operation suggestion display (hereinafter, the first operation suggestion display), and the continuation performed in the ending time at the end of the hit game The display content of the effect corresponds to the operation suggestion display (hereinafter, the second operation suggestion display).

  That is, the first operation suggestion display is set to be displayed in the ending effect performed in the ending time of the hit game without transitioning to the variable state after the end of the hit game, and the second operation suggestion display is changed It is set to be displayed in the continuation effect which is performed in the ending time of the hit game which is shifted to the variable state after the end of the hit game in which the win is made in the special figure hit determination. That is, in the pachinko machine 10 of the embodiment, the first based on the control command (specifically, the ending designation command CMD5) output to the display control board 70 by the control of the effect control CPU 65a at predetermined right-handed notification timing. The display control board 70 (display control CPU 70 a) controls the display of the effect display unit 17 so as to display the operation suggestion display and the second operation suggestion display. Here, the effect control CPU 65a outputs, to the display control board 70, a control command for displaying the first operation suggestion display in the hit game in which the fourth hit notification condition described later is satisfied, which will be described later. In the hit game in which the hit notification condition of 5 is satisfied, a control command for displaying the first operation indication is output to the display control board 70.

  Here, the operation suggestion display is different from the launch operation notification area 206 where the notification display (left hit notification display, right hit notification display) for directly giving notification of the operation form of the operation handle 16 is displayed. It is configured to display. In the embodiment, the operation suggestion display is configured to be displayed on the entire surface of the display unit 17a of the effect display unit 17, and the first and second operation suggestion displays that indirectly notify the operation form of the operation handle 16 are By displaying in a wider range than the direct notification display (left-handed notification display, right-handed notification display), the player can recognize the operation suggestion display. In addition, the display contents of the first operation suggestion display and the second operation suggestion display are not limited to the display contents of the continuation effect described above and the display contents of the end effect, and can be any display contents. .

(On the conditions for notifying the left hitting operation form and the right hitting operation form)
In the embodiment, the first operation error condition (first left hitting notification condition) is determined as the notification condition of the left hitting operation form established with the operation in the right hitting operation form in the non-shortening state. Transition to the non-shortening state with the end of the short-term or the hit game (specifically, the end of the eighth, ninth, seventeenth, eighteenth hit games won in the non-short-ending state) The left strike transition condition (second left strike notification condition) is defined as the notification condition of the left strike operation form established as a trigger, and when these conditions are met, the operation handle 16 is operated in the left strike operation form The operation mode notification unit 100 and the effect display unit 17 are configured to notify the user of the change. In the example, the second operation error condition (the first right-handed notification condition) as the notification condition of the right-handed operation form established upon being operated in the left-handed operation form in the variable state or hitting game The right-handed transition condition (second right-handed notification condition) is defined as the notification condition of the right-handed operation form that is established with the transition to the variation state or the hit game as a trigger. By being established, the operation mode notification unit 100 and the effect display unit 17 notify that the operation handle 16 is operated in the right-handed operation mode.

  Then, the operation mode notification unit 100 and the effect display unit 17 respond to each condition of the first operation error condition established in the non-shortened state and the left hitting transition condition satisfied with the end of the shorted state. The notification control mode (notification display) to be notified is defined, and the effect control CPU 65a controls the operation type notification unit 100 and the effect display unit 17 so as to notify the operation in the left hitting operation form in the mode according to the satisfied conditions. Configured. Here, when the operation mode notification unit 100 or the effect display unit 17 reports an operation in the left-handed operation form triggered by the operation in the right-handed operation form in the non-shortened state, the invariable state or hit game The effect control CPU 65a is configured to notify in a different mode when an operation in the left hitting operation mode is notified by the operation mode notification unit 100 or the effect display unit 17 triggered by the transition to the non-shortening state with the end of the event. Are configured to control. That is, by notifying the left hitting operation form in different modes depending on whether the first operation error condition is met and the left hitting transition condition is met, it is possible to appropriately prompt changing of the operation form. As well as being able to, the player can be notified of the state accurately.

  Specifically, in the embodiment, when the operation is performed in the non-shortening state in the right-handed operation mode (that is, the first operation error condition is satisfied), the predetermined notification time (second left) During the hit notification time), the operation form notification unit 100 notifies the operation in the left hit operation form in the left hit error notification aspect (first aspect) of the left hit notification aspects, and the left hit notification aspect The effect control CPU 65a controls the effect display unit 17 to notify an operation in the left hitting operation mode in the left hitting error notification display (first mode). Then, when transitioning to the non-shortening state with the end of the short-circuiting state or the hit game (that is, establishment of the left hitting transition condition), a predetermined notification time (first left hitting notification time) ), The operation form informing section 100 reports the operation in the left hitting operation form in the left hitting transition notifying aspect (second aspect) in the left hitting informing aspect, and the left hitting in the left hitting informing aspect The effect control CPU 65a is configured to control the effect display unit 17 to notify the operation in the left hitting operation mode in the transition notification display (second mode). That is, in the case of notifying an operation in the left hitting operation form triggered by transitioning to the non-shortening state with the end of the change state or the hit game, the operation form notification unit 100 is in the left hit error notification mode. There is no notification, and the left hit error notification display is not displayed on the effect display unit 17. Therefore, by reporting by the left hit error notification mode or the left hit error notification display, the variation state or hit game The player can identify that is taking place.

  Similarly, according to the second operation error condition established in the variable state and the right transition condition established by imparting the variable state or the hit game, the operation form notification unit 100 or the effect display The notification control mode (notification display) notified by the unit 17 is defined, and the effect control CPU 65a causes the operation control notification unit 100 or the effect display unit 17 to notify the operation in the right-handed operation control in the control according to the satisfied condition. Configured to control the Here, when the operation mode notification unit 100 or the effect display unit 17 reports an operation in the right-handed operation form triggered by the game state becoming a reduced state or a hit game, the left state in the changed state or a hit game In the case where the operation mode notification unit 100 or the effect display unit 17 reports an operation in the right-handed operation mode triggered by determining that a game is being performed in the striking operation mode, an effect is provided to be notified in a different mode The control CPU 65a is configured to control. That is, by notifying the right-handed operation form in different modes depending on whether the second operation error condition is satisfied or the right-handed transition condition is satisfied, it is possible to appropriately prompt changing of the operation form. While being able to do, it is possible to accurately inform the player of the state of the game.

  Concretely, in the example, when it is triggered to be operated in the left hitting operation form in the variable state or hitting game (that is, the second operation error condition is satisfied), a predetermined notification time (right hitting) During the notification time), the operation mode notification unit 100 notifies the operation in the right-handed operation mode in the right-handed error notification mode in the right-handed notification mode, and at the right-handed error notification display in the right-handed notification mode. The effect control CPU 65a controls the effect display unit 17 to notify an operation in the right-handed operation mode. And when it is triggered that a hit game is given (ie, right-handed shift condition is met), notification established when triggered by the fact that the main control CPU 60a makes a judgment as a result of making a judgment as a result of making a judgment as per a special drawing. Depending on the condition, when it is triggered by the fact that the variation state is granted after the hit game (ie the establishment of the right-handed transition condition), as described later, is established corresponding to the hit game to be granted According to the application condition, the operation mode notification unit 100 notifies the operation in the right-handed operation mode in the first and second right-turn transition notification modes among the right-hand notification modes, and also, within the right-hand notification mode The effect control CPU 65a controls the effect display unit 17 to notify an operation in the right-handed operation mode by the first and second right-handed notification displays. That is, in the case of notifying the operation in the right-handed operation form triggered by the short-circuited state or becoming a hit game, the operation type informing unit 100 does not notify in the right-handed error notification mode, and the effect display unit Since the right-handed error notification display is not displayed at 17, the player can be informed that the variation state and the hit game are being performed by giving notification by the right-handed error notification mode and the right-handed error notification display. It can be identified.

  Here, the main control CPU 60a operates the operation handle 16 in a left-handed operation mode by the pachinko ball passing (detected by the first gate sensor 42) through the first gate portion 41 disposed in the first falling ball area 21a. And the pachinko ball passes (detected by the second gate sensor 44) through the second gate 43 arranged in the second ball flow area 21b, so that the operation handle 16 is in the right-handed operation mode. It is possible to determine that it is being operated. As described above, the main control CPU 60a functions as an operation determination unit capable of determining the operation mode of the operation handle 16. That is, the detection signal of the second gate sensor 44 is input to the main control CPU 60a in the non-shortening state, whereby the first operation error condition is satisfied, and the first gate sensor 42 is detected in the shorting state or hit game. The second operation error condition is satisfied by inputting a signal to the main control CPU 60a. Then, when the detection signal of the second gate sensor 44 is input to the main control CPU 60a in the non-shortened state, the main control board 60 (main control CPU 60a) generates a first operation error specification command (first operation error information). ) Is output to the effect control board 65, and the detection signal of the first gate sensor 42 is input to the main control CPU 60a in a variable state or hit game, whereby the main control board 60 (main control CPU 60a) The operation error specification command (second operation error information) is configured to be output to the effect control board 65, and the effect control CPU 65a is configured to output the first operation error condition and the second operation error condition based on each operation error specification command. Can be identified.

  That is, based on the first operation error designation command output from the main control board 60 (main control CPU 60a), the effect control board 65 (effect control CPU 65a) outputs a control command to the display control board 70 or the lamp control board 72. By doing this, the effect display unit 17 and the operation mode notification unit 100 are configured to notify in an aspect (left strike error alert mode, left strike error alert display) corresponding to the first operation error condition. Similarly, based on the second operation error designation command output from the main control board 60 (main control CPU 60a), the effect control board 65 (effect control CPU 65a) sends control commands to the display control board 70 and the lamp control board 72. By outputting, the effect display unit 17 and the operation mode notification unit 100 are configured to notify in the mode corresponding to the second operation error condition (right-turn error notification mode, right-turn error notification display).

  In addition, effect control board 65 (effect control CPU 65a), based on the control process performed by the main control CPU 60a, special figure 1 or special figure 2 (that is to say special pattern per symbol A ~ I, a ~) to be the final stop symbol i, the special figure specification command (special figure 1 specification command or special figure 2 specification command) which designates special figure disappointing design, the definite variation grant command which shows giving definite variation state, that the termination condition of the definite variation state is satisfied A definite change end command indicating (the end of the definite change state), a variable short provision command indicating that the variable short state is to be given, and that the end condition of the variable short state is satisfied with the elapse of the fixed period of the variable short state Various commands such as a variable end command CMD7 indicating the end of the opening command CMD1 indicating the start of the hit game, a hit end specification command CMD6 etc indicating the end of the hit game (elapsed of the ending time) The control command (control information) is input from the main control board 60 (main control CPU 60a) in accordance with the progress of the game. That is, it is possible to identify that the leftward shift condition and the rightward shift condition are satisfied based on the control command input according to the progress status of the game.

  For example, the effect control CPU 65a can identify that the left hitting transition condition to shift to the non-variable state with the end of the variable state is satisfied by the input of the variable length end command CMD7, specifying After the special figure designation command corresponding to the eighth game, the ninth, the seventeenth and the eighteenth game is input, the hit termination specification command CMD6 is input and the non-competitive game is terminated. It is possible to identify that the left strike transition condition for transitioning to the fluctuation state is established. Further, the effect control CPU 65a establishes a right-handed transition condition triggered by the hitting game being awarded based on the presence or absence of the input of the variation giving command and the type of the special drawing designation command corresponding to the symbol per special drawing. Can be identified, and after the special figure designation command corresponding to the specific hit game (eighth, ninth, seventeenth, eighteenth hit games) is input, the hit game is input by the hit end designation command CMD6 being input. It is possible to identify that the left-turning transition condition for transitioning to the non-variable state is established with the end of. The control command for determining whether the leftward shift condition or the rightward shift condition is established is not limited to this, and is input from the main control board 60 (main control CPU 60a) according to the progress of the game. The effect control CPU 65a can be configured to identify based on one or more control commands.

  Thus, the pachinko machine 10 of the embodiment notifies the operation in the left-handed operation form triggered by the signal output (output of control command) from the main control board 60 (main control CPU 60a) to the effect control board 65. And the operation mode notification unit in the case of notifying the operation in the left-handed operation mode triggered by the main control CPU 60a determining that the game is being performed in the right-handed operation mode in the non-shortening state The effect control CPU 65a is configured to control so that the left hitting operation form is notified in a mode in which 100 and the effect display unit 17 are different. Similarly, in the pachinko machine 10 of the embodiment, when the gaming state specified by the main control CPU 60a is changed to the short state, the main control CPU 60a in the short state is notified of an operation in the right-handed operation mode. In response to the determination that the game is being played in the left-handed operation mode, the left-handed operation is performed in a mode in which the operation mode notification unit 100 and the effect display unit 17 are different from when the operation in the right-handed operation mode is notified. The effect control CPU 65a controls to notify the operation mode.

(About notification control of the operation form in the variable short state)
Next, in the case where the right-handed transition condition described above is satisfied, notification control of the operation mode in the variable state will be specifically described. In the pachinko machine 10 of the embodiment, as described above, a plurality of award conditions for awarding the variable state are determined for each hit game, and the right according to the award conditions established corresponding to the hit game awarded. A combination of the strike display unit 59 and either or both of the operation form notification unit 100 and the effect display unit 17 provides notification (notification of a variation state) that the operation handle 16 is to be operated in the right strike operation form. Ru. That is, the provision condition of the variation state is a notification condition (a variation condition at the time of variation) specifying the notification form for notifying the operation form of the operation handle 16 in the variation state. Here, as described above, the right-handed display unit 59 controls the main control CPU 60a to turn off the LED lamp in the non-variable state to notify that the gaming state is suitable for the left-handed gaming state. The main control CPU 60a is controlled to light up the LED lamp in the case of the short-circuit condition and to notify that the game condition is suitable for playing the game with the operation handle 16 in the second operation mode. That is, the right-handed display unit 59 is controlled by the main control CPU 60a to notify the variable state (specific gaming state) in which the operation handle 16 is in the second operation mode in the same notification mode (that is, lighting of the LED lamp). In other words, the right-handed display unit 59 operates the operation handle 16 continuously in the same notification mode during the variable state by the establishment of any of the application conditions for giving the variable state according to the drawing of the special figure. The form is to be notified. In addition, the right-handed display unit 59 is controlled by the main control CPU 60a to turn off the LED lamp with the end of the variation state.

  Further, as shown in FIG. 11, when the operation mode notification unit 100 gives the variable state, the first operation is performed by the switch notification unit 101 and the right-hand notification unit 103 based on the control of the effect control CPU 65a. It is comprised so that it can be alert | reported by the alerting | reporting aspect in either a right-handling transition alerting | reporting aspect or a 2nd right-handling transition alerting | reporting aspect. That is, operation mode notification unit 100 is configured to be able to notify of the variable state (specific game state) operated in the right-handed operation mode in a plurality of different notification modes, and is realized corresponding to the hit game to be awarded The effect control CPU 65a is controlled to notify in any of the notification modes based on the conditions (see FIGS. 15 and 17). Specifically, among the provision conditions determined to provide the variation state after the winning game, the first right-handed shift in the operation mode informing unit 100 (the switching informing unit 101 and the right informing unit 103) The application condition of the variable state which can be notified in the notification mode, and the application condition of the variable state which can be notified in the second right-handed transition notification mode in the operation type notification unit 100 (the switch notification unit 101 and the right notification unit 103) Are determined, and the operation mode notification unit 100 is configured to notify according to the first right-handed transition notification mode or the second right-handed transition notification mode according to the granted application condition. Note that, as shown in FIG. 15, the application condition of the variable state which can be notified in the first right-handed transition notification mode in the operation mode notification unit 100 is referred to as a first application condition group, and in the operation mode notification unit 100. The provision condition of the variable state which can be notified in the second right-handed shift notification mode may be referred to as a second provision condition group. That is, the first and second provision condition groups are a set of one or more provision conditions of provision conditions for providing the variation state defined for each hit game (special symbol per symbol) described above.

(About the first grant condition group)
Here, as shown in FIG. 15, in the first provision condition group, the first group hit game is triggered by the fact that the determination per special drawing performed in the non-shortening state becomes the determination result per special drawing. (In the embodiment, there is a provision condition for giving a variable state under the condition that the winning game corresponding to the symbols G and g is determined per special drawing. That is, when any of the provision conditions included in the first provision condition group is satisfied and the main control CPU 60a imparts a variation state after the hit game, the operation mode notification unit 100 performs the first right shift. The effect control CPU 65a is controlled to notify in the notification mode. In addition, when any of the provision conditions included in the first provision condition group is satisfied, the operation mode notification unit 100 continues the first condition while the variation condition is applied (during the variation condition). The effect control CPU 65a is configured to control to notify in the right-handed shift notification mode.
That is, when the operation mode notification unit 100 notifies in the first right-handed transition notification mode, the variation state is given after the elapse of a first notification switching period (one variation number in the embodiment) to be described later. It can not be identified by the player from the notification mode of the operation mode notification unit 100. Therefore, when notified in the first right-handed shift notification mode in the operation mode notification unit 100, there is a possibility that the winning opportunity (variable state) to the second start winning portion 28 may end in a short period of time. Can be recognized by the player, and the player can select whether to launch the pachinko ball in the right-handed game mode. In other words, it is possible that switching from the right-handed game mode to the left-handed game mode may be necessary by notifying the operation mode notification unit 100 in the first right-handed transition notification mode. It can be reported from the middle. In addition, by notifying with the first right hitting transition notice mode which is not noticeable in the operation mode notification unit 100, the right hitting game mode or the left hitting game mode is estimated to be left and the left hitting game mode is selected, The player can appropriately select whether to watch the progress of the game without launching the pachinko ball.

  Specifically, the effect control CPU 65a is a lamp to notify in the first right-handed shift notification mode by the hit end designation command CMD6 being output from the main control board 60 (main control CPU 60a) with the end of the hit game. The control command is output to the control board 72, and along with the end of the first notification switching period (end of one symbol change effect (special figure change display)) from the end of the hit game (start of giving the variable state) The main control board 60 (main control CPU 60a) outputs the variation termination command CMD7 by satisfying the termination condition of the variation status (the assignment period of the variation status elapses), thereby causing the first right-handed shift. The effect control CPU 65a is configured to output a control command to the lamp control board 72 to control the operation mode notification unit 100 so as to end the notification in the notification mode.

  Here, when the variable reduction end command CMD7 is output, the state shifts to the non-shortened state (left transition transition condition is satisfied), so the effect control board 65 (effect control CPU 65a associated with the output of the variable reduction end command CMD7). The operation mode notification unit 100 is controlled by the lamp control board 72 to notify the left strike operation mode in the left strike transition notification mode based on the control command from the. As described above, the control command (the variation termination command CMD7) output from the main control board 60 (main control CPU 60a) along with the transition of the gaming state (the transition from the variation state to the non-variation state) is an operation mode It functions as switching information for instructing switching of the notification mode in the notification unit 100. Here, the effect control CPU 65a determines whether or not the provision period of the variation state has elapsed (transition of the gaming state) based on the input of the special view fluctuation pattern designation command or the all symbol stop command, and the transition of the gaming state It is also possible to switch the notification mode in the operation mode notification unit 100 in accordance with (transition from the variation state to the non-variation state). That is, the special figure fluctuation pattern specification command and the all symbol stop command function as notification information (notification signal) instructing the operation form notification unit 100 to notify, and also function as switching information instructing switching of the notification mode It is a thing. Note that the effect control CPU 65a can determine based on the change number counter CN included in the effect control board 65 whether the imparting period of the fluctuation state has elapsed.

(About the second grant condition group)
In the embodiment, as shown in FIG. 15, the second application condition group is triggered by the fact that the determination per special drawing performed in the non-shortening state becomes the determination result per special drawing. There is a provision condition that gives a variable state under the condition that the hit game (in the example, the hit game corresponding to the symbols A to C, E, a to c, e per special image) is determined. . In addition, in the second provision condition group, a third group of hit games (in the embodiment, a symbol per special figure), triggered by the fact that the determination per special figure performed in the variable length condition becomes the determination result per special figure. There is a provision condition for giving a variation state on condition that a winning game corresponding to A to I and a to i is determined. That is, when any of the provision conditions included in the second provision condition group is satisfied and the main control CPU 60a imparts a variation state after the hit game, the operation mode notification unit 100 reports the second right-handed shift. The effect control CPU 65a is controlled to notify in the form. If any of the provision conditions included in the second provision condition group is satisfied, the operation mode notification unit 100 continuously outputs the second right while the variation state is provided (during the variation state). The effect control CPU 65a is configured to control to notify in the strike transition notification mode. That is, when the operation mode notification unit 100 notifies in the second right-hand transition notification mode, the number of deformation states longer than the first notification switching period (one in the embodiment) is given. The player is able to grasp what happened. Therefore, when notified in the second right-handed shift notification mode in the operation mode notification unit 100, the player is made to recognize that the winning opportunity to the second start winning portion 28 continues for a long time, and the right-handed game mode is performed. The player can be urged to launch a pachinko ball in As described above, the provision condition of the variable state included in the second provision condition group is a notification switching condition for specifying a notification switching timing (switching timing) for switching the notification mode of the operation mode notification unit 100.

  Specifically, the effect control CPU 65a is a lamp to notify in the first right-handed shift notification mode by the hit end designation command CMD6 being output from the main control board 60 (main control CPU 60a) with the end of the hit game. The control command is output to the control board 72, and the lapse of the provision period of the variable state according to each provision condition from the end of the hit game (the start of provision of the variable state) (in this case, five times, 25 times, 65 times) The main control board 60 (main control CPU 60a) outputs the variation termination command CMD7 by satisfying the termination condition of the variation status along with the symbol variation effect (special symbol variation display)). The effect control CPU 65a outputs a control command to the lamp control board 72 to control the operation mode notification unit 100 so as to end the notification in the right-handed shift notification mode of 1. Here, when the variable reduction end command CMD7 is output, the state shifts to the non-shortened state (left transition transition condition is satisfied), so the effect control board 65 (effect control CPU 65a associated with the output of the variable reduction end command CMD7). Is controlled by the lamp control board 72 so that the operation mode notification unit 100 reports the operation in the left-handed operation mode in the left-handed shift notification mode based on the control command from the. As described above, the control command (the variation termination command CMD7) output from the main control board 60 (main control CPU 60a) along with the transition of the gaming state (the transition from the variation state to the non-variation state) is an operation mode It functions as switching information for instructing switching of the notification mode in the notification unit 100. In addition, as mentioned above, based on the input of the special figure fluctuation pattern specification command and the all symbols stop command, the effect control CPU 65a determines whether or not the imparting period of the fluctuation state has elapsed (transition of the gaming state), It is also possible to switch the notification mode in the operation mode notification unit 100 in accordance with the transition of the gaming state (transition from the variable short state to the non-shortened state).

  Further, the assignment condition of the variable state included in the second assignment condition group is a notification switching condition in which the notification switching timing (switching timing, that is, the assignment period of the variation condition) of the notification mode of the operation mode notification unit 100 is different. It has become. That is, the pachinko machine 10 of the embodiment outputs from the main control board 60 (main control CPU 60a) at the notification switching timing determined in accordance with the provision condition (notification switching condition) established with the determination result per special drawing being triggered. The effect control CPU 65a is configured to be able to control to change the notification mode and notify the operation mode of the operation handle 16 based on the change end command CMD7.

(About the 3rd grant condition group)
Further, in the pachinko machine 10 of the embodiment, among the provision conditions determined to provide the variable state after the hit game, the notification mode in the operation mode notification unit 100 is a process from the start of the provision of the variable state. The grant conditions that change according to the period are defined. That is, when the operation mode notification unit 100 notifies the variation state, the notification mode according to the elapsed period from the start of the application of the variation state based on the provision condition established corresponding to the hit game to be provided. The effect control CPU 65a is configured to be able to control to change and notify. Here, there may be a case in which the provision condition of the variable state controlled by the effect control CPU 65a to change the notification mode in the operation mode notification unit 100 is referred to as a third provision condition group. This third awarding condition group is a set of one or more awarding conditions for awarding the variable state determined for each hit game (special pattern per symbol) described above, and in the embodiment, the third awarding condition group A plurality of provision conditions are included in the three provision condition groups.

  Here, as shown in FIG. 15, in the third application condition group of the embodiment, the determination per special drawing performed in the non-shortening state is triggered by the determination result per special drawing being a trigger for the fourth group. There is a provision condition for giving a variable state under the condition that the hit game (in the embodiment, the hit game corresponding to the symbols D, F, d, f per special drawing) is determined. That is, when any of the provision conditions included in the third provision condition group is satisfied and the main control CPU 60a imparts a variation state after hitting a game, notification is made according to an elapsed period from the start of the variation state provision. The operation mode notification unit 100 is controlled by the effect control CPU 65 a so as to change the mode. Here, when any of the provision conditions included in the third provision condition group is satisfied, any notification is made in the operation mode notification unit 100 while the variation condition is applied (during the variation condition). The effect control CPU 65a is configured to control to notify in an aspect. That is, when any of the application conditions included in the third application condition group is satisfied, the right-handed display unit 59 performs the same notification mode before and after changing the notification mode in the operation mode notification unit 100. The main control CPU 60a is configured to control to notify at. Thus, the provision condition of the variable state included in the third provision condition group is a notification switching condition for specifying a notification switching timing (switching timing) for switching the notification mode of the operation mode notification unit 100.

  More specifically, in the embodiment, when any of the provision conditions included in the third provision condition group is satisfied and the main control CPU 60a imparts a variation state after the hit game, the satisfied provision condition is satisfied. The effect control CPU 65a controls the operation mode notification unit 100 to notify in the first right-handed transition notification mode along with the start of provision of the variation state due to the end of the hit game according to the start of the provision of the variation state from the start The effect control CPU 65a is configured to control the operation mode notification unit 100 to notify in the second right-turn transition notification mode after the elapse of the notification switching period of 1. That is, when the fourth, sixth, thirteenth, and fifteenth hit games are awarded with the special view hit in the non-shortened state, until the first notification switching period after the hit game. During the period, the operation form informing unit 100 makes a notification in the inconspicuous notification mode (the first right-handed transition notification mode), and there is a possibility that the winning opportunity to the second start winning portion 28 may end in a short period of time Of the pachinko ball in the right-handed game mode can be urged to the player while making the player recognize the game, and after the elapse of the first notification switching period, the informing notification mode (the second right The notification of the operation mode notification unit 100 in the transition notification mode) causes the player to recognize that the winning opportunity to the second start winning portion 28 continues for a long time, and the launch of the pachinko ball in the right-handed game mode is performed. It can prompt the player. Here, the first notification switching period is a period in which the main control CPU 60a gives a variable state when one of the provision conditions included in the first provision condition group is satisfied (that is, one time after the game. The period until the symbol variation effect (special figure variation display) is determined and stopped is set. Therefore, during the first notification switching period notified by the operation mode notification unit 100 in the first right-handed transition notification mode, it is not possible to distinguish from the operation mode notification unit 100 whether or not the variation state continues, and the operation An interest in the notification mode of the form notification unit 100 can be gathered.

  Here, among the provision conditions included in the third provision condition group, the symbol D, d per special figure is triggered by the fact that the determination per special figure performed in the non-shortening state becomes the determination result per special figure. When the provision condition of the variable state is established by the main control CPU 60a determining the corresponding fourth or thirteenth hit game, as described above, as the provision period (number of times of variable) of the variable state. Twenty-five times are determined by the main control CPU 60a. That is, in this case, the operation mode notification unit 100 notifies in the second right-handed shift notification mode until 24 special display change displays are performed after the elapse of the first notification switching period. On the other hand, among the granting conditions included in the third granting condition group, the symbol F, f per special drawing is triggered by the fact that the judgment per special drawing performed in the non-shortening state becomes the judgment result per special drawing. When the provision condition of the variable state is satisfied by the main control CPU 60a determining the corresponding sixth or fifteenth hit game), as described above, the provision period of the variable state (number of variations). Are determined by the main control CPU 60a as five times. That is, in this case, the operation mode notification unit 100 notifies in the second right-handed shift notification mode until four special view change displays are performed after the elapse of the first notification switching period. In this way, even after the notification mode in the operation mode notification unit 100 changes from the first right-hand transition notification mode to the second right-hand transition notification mode, the operation mode notification unit 100 determines how long the fluctuation state lasts It can not be identified, and an interest in the notification mode of the operation mode notification unit 100 can be gathered.

  Specifically, the effect control CPU 65a outputs a control command to the lamp control board 72 by outputting the hit end designation command CMD6 from the main control board 60 (main control CPU 60a) with the end of the hit game, and the first It is controlled to notify in the right-handed shift notification mode. Then, the first notification switching period elapses from the end of the hit game (the start of giving the variable state) (the end of one symbol change effect (special figure change display)) and the next (in this case, the second change) The effect control CPU 65a controls the lamp control board 72 by outputting a control command (for example, a special figure change pattern designation command) indicating execution of the symbol change effect (special figure change display) from the main control board 60 (main control CPU 60a). Control command to output a control command to notify in the second right-handed shift notification mode. That is, the control command (special pattern variation pattern designation command) output from the main control board 60 (main control CPU 60a) functions as switching information for instructing switching of the notification mode in the operation mode notification unit 100. Here, the effect control CPU 65a can determine whether the notification switching period has elapsed, based on the change number counter CN included in the effect control board 65.

  In addition, all symbol stop commands output from the main control board 60 (main control CPU 60a) to display a symbol combination in a decided stop display are all the relevant switch information for instructing switching of the notification mode in the operation mode notification unit 100 It is also possible to control the effect control CPU 65a to switch the notification mode in the operation mode notification unit 100 by determining that the first notification switching period has elapsed based on the symbol stop command. That is, the special view variation pattern designation command and the all symbol stop command function as switching information instructing switching of the notification mode in the operation mode notification unit 100 without transition of the gaming state.

  In addition, the provision condition of the variable state included in the third provision condition group is during the game state in which the notification switching timing of the notification mode of the operation mode notification unit 100 is the same (specifically, during the provision of the variable state). The notification switching condition is set to. That is, the pachinko machine 10 of the embodiment outputs from the main control board 60 (main control CPU 60a) at the notification switching timing determined in accordance with the provision condition (notification switching condition) established with the determination result per special drawing being triggered. The effect control CPU 65a can be controlled to notify the operation mode of the operation handle 16 by changing the notification mode during application of the variation state based on the control command (special figure variation pattern specification command or all symbol stop command) Is configured.

  In this manner, the hit end designation command CMD6 functions as an informing signal output from the main control board 60 (main control CPU 60a) to the effect control board 65 in the case of the right hitting game state operated in the right hitting operation mode. Based on the hit end designation command CMD6 as a notification signal input to the effect control board 65, the effect control CPU 65a is controlled to notify the operation mode notification unit 100 of the right-handed operation mode.

  Here, as described above, the hit game corresponding to the symbols D and d in the special drawing is triggered by the fact that the special drawing hit determination performed in the non-shortening state results in the determination result per special drawing. When the provision condition of the variable state (the provision condition included in the third provision condition group) is satisfied by the main control CPU 60a determining the hit game), the determination per special figure performed in the non-shortage state is In the special pattern hit when it becomes the decision result per special figure hitting game which corresponds to the pattern B, C, b and c (the 2nd specified hitting game) it is change condition by being decided with main control CPU60a In the same first specific application period (25 times) as in the case where the application condition (application condition included in the second application condition group) is satisfied, the fluctuation state is applied. Similarly, when the special figure-per-minute determination performed in the above-mentioned non-shortening state becomes the determination result per special figure as a trigger, the special game per special figure corresponds to the symbols F and f. Is determined by the main control CPU 60a, and when the application condition for variable state (the application condition included in the third application condition group) is satisfied, the determination per special drawing performed in the non-short state is per special image The main control CPU 60a determines the hit game (second specific hit game) corresponding to the special pattern per symbol E, e triggered by the determination result of the second condition (the second condition of the variable condition (second The variation state is provided in the same second specific application period (five times) as in the case where the application condition included in the application condition group is satisfied.

  That is, the pachinko machine 10 according to the embodiment has a first specific award period or a second specific period after the first specific hit game (specifically, the fourth, sixth, thirteenth, and fifteenth hit games). When the variation state is given in the assignment period, the notification is made in the first right-handed transition notification mode along with the start of the variation state, and the start of the first notification switching period from the start of the variation state The effect control CPU 65a is configured to be able to control the operation mode notification unit 100 so as to notify in the second right-handed transition notification mode after the elapse, and the second specific hit game (specifically, the second, third, In the case of granting a specific gaming state in the first specific awarding period or the second specific awarding period after the fifth, tenth, eleventh and fourteenth winning games), during the particular awarding period, The effect control CPU 65a is operated to notify in the right strike transition notification mode of 2. The state notification unit 100 is configured to be controllable. As described above, when the variable short state is given in the same giving period (the first specific giving period or the second specific giving period), the notification mode in the second right-hand transition notification mode is made different. Thus, the second right-handed transition notification mode and the period during which the fluctuation state continues are heightened.

  Further, in the embodiment, any of the provision conditions included in the second and third provision condition groups is satisfied and the hit game (a specific type of hit game, ie, the first to sixth and eighth in the embodiment) In the case where the variable state is given triggered by the provision of the fifteenth and sixteenth to eighteenth hit games, the variable state from the short state to the non-short state with the elapse of the provision period of the variable state At this time, the effect control CPU 65a controls the operation mode notification unit 100 to notify in the left hitting notification mode corresponding to the non-shortening state. That is, when transitioning to the non-shortening state after the shorting state continues for a certain period (the applying period of the shorting state), the operation mode notification unit 100 notifies in the left-handed notification mode. The player is prevented from continuing the game in the right-handed operation mode as it is. On the other hand, in the embodiment, any of the provision conditions included in the first provision condition group is satisfied and the hit game (the second specific type of hit game, ie, the seventh and sixteenth examples in the embodiment) Operation is performed for a predetermined period of time when the variable state is changed from the short state to the non-short state with the elapse of the grant period of the variable state when the variable state is given triggered by the hit game) being awarded The effect control CPU 65a is configured to control the mode notification unit 100 to be in the non-informing mode. That is, when the variation state ends at one time, the operation state notification unit 100 does not notify in the left-handed notification form along with the transition to the non-reduction state, so The player can play a game not conscious of switching. In the embodiment, if any of the provision conditions included in the first provision condition group is satisfied and the variable state is given after the game, the predetermined period from the subsequent to the non-short state is After the elapse, the effect control CPU 65a controls the operation mode notification unit 100 to notify in the left-handed notification mode. Here, as a period until the operation mode notification unit 100 notifies in the left-handed notification mode, it can be a period until a symbol variation effect of a predetermined number of changes (for example, three times) is performed. Thus, after the predetermined period has elapsed, the player can be made to recognize that the non-shortening state is reliably by notifying the operation mode notification unit 100 in the left-handed notification mode.

(About notification display on the effect display unit 17)
Further, as shown in FIG. 12, when the effect display unit 17 gives a variable state, the first right-handed transition notification display or the second right-handed transition notification is based on the control of the effect control CPU 65a. It is configured to be able to display any notification display of the display. Specifically, among the provision conditions determined to provide the variation state after the winning game, the provision condition of the variation state capable of displaying the first right-handed transition notification display in the effect display unit 17; In the effect display unit 17, the second right-handed transition notification display can be displayed and the additional condition of the variable state capable of being displayed is determined, and the first right-handed transition notification display or the second right according to the satisfied additional condition. The effect display unit 17 can be notified by the strike transition notification display. Note that, as shown in FIG. 15, the provision condition of the variable state capable of displaying the first right-turning shift notification display in the effect display unit 17 is referred to as a fourth provision condition group, and the second display condition in the effect display unit 17. The assignment condition of the variable state capable of displaying the right-handed transition notification display may be referred to as a fifth assignment condition group. That is, the fourth and fifth provision condition groups are a set of one or more provision conditions of provision conditions for providing the variation state defined for each hit game (special symbol per symbol) described above. In the embodiment, the provision conditions included in the fourth and fifth provision condition groups are set to overlap any of the provision conditions included in the second provision condition group, and the fourth and fifth provision condition groups are set. If the application condition included in the condition is satisfied, the application condition included in the second application condition group is satisfied, and the notification by the operation mode notification unit 100 and the notification by the effect display unit 17 can be simultaneously executed. It has become. Further, the fourth and fifth provision condition groups are provision conditions (second specific provision condition) of the variable length state controlled by the effect control CPU 65a so as not to change the notification display on the effect display unit 17.

(About the 4th grant condition group)
Here, as shown in FIG. 15, in the fourth provision condition group, the fifth group is hit when the determination per special drawing performed in the non-shortening state becomes the determination result per special drawing. (In the embodiment, there is a provision condition for giving a variable state under the condition that the winning game corresponding to the symbols B and b is determined per special drawing. That is, when any of the provision conditions included in the fourth provision condition group is satisfied and the main control CPU 60a imparts a variation state after the hit game, the effect display unit 17 displays the first right-hand transition notice. Is controlled by the effect control CPU 65a to notify at. In addition, when any of the provision conditions included in the fourth provision condition group is satisfied, the effect display unit 17 continues the first condition while the variation condition is provided (during the variation condition). The effect control CPU 65a is configured to control to notify by a right-handed shift notification display.

Further, the provision condition included in the fourth provision condition group is set to overlap with the provision condition included in the second provision condition group, and the first notification switching period (the number of times of variation in the embodiment) The player can grasp that a longer number of times of fluctuation state is given once). Therefore, when the first right-handed transition notification display is displayed on the effect display unit 17, the player is made to recognize that the winning opportunity to the second start winning portion 28 continues for a long time, and in the right-handed game mode The player can be urged to launch a pachinko ball. Further, among the provision conditions included in the second provision condition group, at least immediately after the end of the hit game when the provision conditions not included in the fourth and fifth provision condition groups are satisfied (first The effect control CPU 65a controls not to display the first and second right-turning shift notification displays on the effect display unit 17 during the notification switching period). That is, when the first right-handed shift notification display is displayed on the effect display unit 17 while notifying in the second right-handed shift notification mode in the operation mode notification unit 100 with the end of the hit game, after the hit game 25 times of that until JP diagram variable display is performed in which the variable short condition is applied while the player may identify the second right-handed shifts reported in the control mode informing unit 100 at the end of the per game in effect the display unit 17 as well as notification in a manner when not displaying the first and second right-handed migration notification display, giving a period of varying short state after per game (5 times or 25 times) player exactly Can not be identified. As described above, depending on whether or not the first right-handed transition notification display is displayed on the effect display unit 17 with the end of the hit game, the right-handed game is enhanced while raising the interest of the player for the continuation of the shorting state. The player can be urged to hit the pachinko ball in the form.

  Specifically, the effect control CPU 65a displays the notification of the first right-handed shift notification display by outputting the hit end designation command CMD6 from the main control board 60 (main control CPU 60a) with the end of the hit game. The control command is output to the control board 70, and the grant period of the variable state according to each provision condition elapses from the end of the hit game (the start of the provision of the variable state) (in this case, 25 symbol variation effects (special The main right control board 60 (main control CPU 60a) outputs the variation termination command CMD7 by satisfying the termination condition of the variation status), and the first right-handed shift notification is issued. The effect control CPU 65a is configured to output a control command to the display control board 70 to control the effect display unit 17 so as to end notification on display.

  Here, when the variable reduction end command CMD7 is output, the state shifts to the non-shortened state (left transition transition condition is satisfied), so the effect control board 65 (effect control CPU 65a associated with the output of the variable reduction end command CMD7). Is controlled by the display control board 70 so that the effect display unit 17 notifies the left hitting operation form in the left hitting transition notification display based on the control command from. As described above, the control command (the variation termination command CMD7) output from the main control board 60 (main control CPU 60a) along with the transition of the gaming state (the transition from the variation state to the non-variation state) It functions as switching information for instructing switching of the notification mode in the unit 17. Here, the effect control CPU 65a determines whether or not the provision period of the variation state has elapsed (transition of the gaming state) based on the input of the special view fluctuation pattern designation command or the all symbol stop command, and the transition of the gaming state It is also possible to switch the notification display on the effect display unit 17 in accordance with (transition from the variable state to the non-variable state). That is, the special figure fluctuation pattern specification command and the all symbol stop command function as notification information (notification signal) instructing the effect display unit 17 to notify and function as switching information instructing switching of the notification display. It is a thing. Note that the effect control CPU 65a can determine based on the change number counter CN included in the effect control board 65 whether the imparting period of the fluctuation state has elapsed.

(About the fifth grant condition group)
Further, in the embodiment, as shown in FIG. 15, the fifth application condition group is triggered by the fact that the judgment per special drawing performed in the non-shortening state becomes the judgment result per special drawing. There is a provision condition for giving a variation state on condition that a hit game (in the embodiment, a hit game corresponding to the symbol A, a per special drawing) is determined. That is, when any of the provision conditions included in the fifth provision condition group is satisfied and the main control CPU 60a imparts the variation condition after the hit, notification is made according to the elapsed period from the start of the variation condition provision. The effect display unit 17 is controlled by the effect control CPU 65 a to change the display. Here, when any of the provision conditions included in the fifth provision condition group is satisfied, any notification display on the effect display unit 17 while the variation condition is applied (during the variation condition). The effect control CPU 65a is configured to control to notify at. That is, when any of the provision conditions included in the fifth provision condition group is satisfied, the right-handed display unit 59 performs the same notification mode before and after changing the notification display in the effect display unit 17 and notifying the same. The main control CPU 60a controls to notify. As described above, the provision condition of the variable state included in the fifth provision condition group is a notification switching condition that specifies the display switching timing (switching timing) for switching the notification display of the effect display unit 17.

  More specifically, in the embodiment, when any of the provision conditions included in the fifth provision condition group is satisfied and the main control CPU 60a imparts a variation state after the hit game, the satisfied provision condition is satisfied. The effect control CPU 65a controls the effect display unit 17 to notify by the second right-handed shift notification display along with the start of provision of the variable state according to the end of the hit game according to the predetermined display from the start of the application of the variable state. The effect control CPU 65a is configured to control the effect display unit 17 so as to notify by the first right-turning shift notification display after the display period has elapsed. Here, the display time for displaying the second right-handed shift notification display on the effect display unit 17 is set to a time shorter than the change time of the symbol change effect performed on the effect display unit 17, and the symbol change effect is In the middle, the display of the effect display unit 17 is configured to end switching to the second right-hand notice display first right-hand notice display. Specifically, the display time is set to a time shorter than the shortest fluctuation time (2.5 seconds in the embodiment) among fluctuation times defined in the special pattern fluctuation pattern which can be determined by the main control CPU 60a in the fluctuation state. Be done. That is, by notifying in the second right-hand drive transition notification display in the effect display unit 17, the player is made to recognize that the longest number of the number of the variation states have been imparted within the assignable assignment period. The player can be urged to launch a pachinko ball in the right-handed game mode. Then, after the predetermined display period has elapsed, the first rightward transition notification display is displayed inconspicuously in the second launch operation notification area 206B which is less noticeable, thereby notifying the operation form of the operation handle 16 Also, it is possible to prevent the display for informing the operation form from disturbing the effect display of the symbol change effect performed by the effect display unit 17 and to increase interest in the symbol change effect.

  Specifically, the effect control CPU 65a outputs a control command to the display control board 70 by outputting a hit end designation command CMD6 from the main control board 60 (main control CPU 60a) with the end of the hit game, and the second It controls to notify in the right-handed shift notification display. Then, when a predetermined display period elapses from the end of the hit game (the start of provision of the variation state), the effect control CPU 65a outputs a control command to the display control board 70 and notifies by the first right-hand transition notification display Configured to control. And, from the end of the hit game (the start of the grant of the variable status) to the lapse of the grant period of the variable status according to each grant condition (in this case, the end of the symbol variation effect of 65 times (special figure variable display)) At the same time, the main control board 60 (main control CPU 60a) outputs the variable length end command CMD7 by satisfying the end condition of the variable length state, so that the notification in the first right-handed transition notification display is ended. The effect control CPU 65 a outputs a control command to the display control board 70 to control the effect display unit 17. Here, switching to the first right-handed shift notification display can be performed by measuring a predetermined display period by the timer means provided in the effect control board 65 from the input of the hit end designation command CMD6. That is, the control command (hit end designation command CMD6) output from the main control board 60 (main control CPU 60a) functions as switching information for instructing switching of the notification mode in the operation mode notification unit 100. As described above, the pachinko machine 10 according to the embodiment notifies the notification mode (notification display) during provision of the variable state based on the control command (fall end designation command CMD6) output from the main control board 60 (main control CPU 60a). The effect control CPU 65a is configured to be controllable to notify the operation mode of the operation handle 16 by changing.

(About the 6th grant condition group)
Further, in the pachinko machine 10 of the embodiment, of the provision conditions determined to provide the variable state after the winning game, the notification display on the effect display unit 17 is an elapsed period from the start of the provision of the variable state. There are defined grant conditions to be changed according to the That is, when notifying the variation state, the effect display unit 17 displays the notification according to the elapsed period from the start of the application of the variation state based on the provision condition established corresponding to the hit game to be awarded. The effect control CPU 65a can be controlled to change. Here, there may be a case where the application condition (second specific application condition) of the variable length state controlled by the effect control CPU 65a to change the notification display on the effect display unit 17 is referred to as a sixth application condition group. This sixth provision condition group is a set of one or more provision conditions of the provision condition for providing the variation state defined for each hit game (special pattern per pattern) described above, and in the embodiment, the sixth provision condition group The six application condition groups include a plurality of application conditions.

  Here, as shown in FIG. 15, in the sixth application condition group of the embodiment, the fourth group is triggered by the fact that the determination per special drawing performed in the non-shortening state becomes the determination result per special drawing. The same hit game as the hit game (In the example, the bonus game corresponding to the symbols D, F, d, f per special image) is included. . The provision conditions included in the sixth provision condition group are the same as the provision conditions included in the third provision condition group. Then, when any of the provision conditions included in the sixth provision condition group is satisfied and the main control CPU 60a imparts a variation state after the hit game, the effect display unit 17 displays the first right-hand transition notice. Is controlled by the effect control CPU 65a. That is, when any of the provision conditions included in the sixth provision condition group is satisfied and the main control CPU 60a imparts the variation state after the hit game, notification is made according to the elapsed period from the start of the variation state provision. The effect display unit 17 is controlled by the effect control CPU 65 a to change the display. As described above, the provision condition of the variable state included in the sixth provision condition group is a notification switching condition that specifies the display switching timing (switching timing) for switching the notification display of the effect display unit 17.

  More specifically, in the embodiment, when any of the provision conditions included in the sixth provision condition group is satisfied and the main control CPU 60a imparts a variation state after the hit game, the satisfied provision condition is satisfied. The effect control CPU 65a controls the effect display unit 17 so as not to display the first and second right-turning transition notification display with the start of the application of the variable state according to the end of the hit game according to the start of the application of the variable state. The effect control CPU 65a controls the effect display unit 17 to display the first right-turning shift notification display after the predetermined period has elapsed.

  Here, the predetermined period from the start of the application of the variation state to the display of the first right-turn transition notification display is set to coincide with the first notification switching period. That is, when the fourth, sixth, thirteenth, and fifteenth hit games are awarded with the special view hit in the non-shortened state, until the first notification switching period after the hit game. In the meantime, by not displaying the first and second right-turning transition notification displays on the effect display unit 17, it is possible that the winning opportunity to the second starting winning portion 28 may be ended in a short period of time. While prompting the player to launch a pachinko ball in the right-handed game mode by the notification of the operation mode notification unit 100 while making the player recognize it, the operation mode notification unit 100 causes the player to recognize after the first notification switching period has elapsed. By displaying the first right-turning transition notification display on the effect display unit 17 as well as the notification of the second, the player is made to recognize that the winning opportunity to the second start-up winning portion 28 continues for a long time, Encourage players to launch pachinko balls in It can be. As described above, the period from the start of the application of the deformation state to the display of the first right-handed transition notification display matches the first notification switching period in which the notification form of the operation mode notification unit 100 switches. 2) It becomes possible to strongly impress the player on the change of the winning opportunity to the start winning portion 28.

  Specifically, the first notification switching period elapses after the hit end designation command CMD6 is output from the main control board 60 (main control CPU 60a) with the end of the hit game (a symbol change effect (special figure change (special figure change Control command (for example, special figure fluctuation pattern specification command) which shows execution of the next (in this case 2 fluctuation eyes) design fluctuation production (special figure fluctuation display) is main control base 60 (main control) By being output from the CPU 60a), the effect control CPU 65a is configured to output a control command to the display control board 70 so as to control to notify by the first right-handed shift notification display. That is, the control command (special figure fluctuation pattern specification command) output from main control board 60 (main control CPU 60a) is a switch instructing switching from the non-display state of notification display on effect display unit 17 to the display state It functions as information. Here, the effect control CPU 65a can determine whether the notification switching period has elapsed, based on the change number counter CN included in the effect control board 65. As described above, the all symbol stop command output from the main control board 60 (main control CPU 60a) can also be switching information for instructing switching of notification display on the effect display unit 17.

  In this manner, the hit end designation command CMD6 functions as an informing signal output from the main control board 60 (main control CPU 60a) to the effect control board 65 in the case of the right hitting game state operated in the right hitting operation mode. Based on the hit end designation command CMD6 as a notification signal input to the effect control board 65, the effect control CPU 65a is controlled to notify the right-handed operation mode in the effect display unit 17.

  Further, in the embodiment, the provision conditions included in the first provision condition group (the first group hit game (triggered by the fact that the determination per special drawing performed in the non-shortening state becomes the determination result per special drawing) In the embodiment, the hit game corresponding to the symbols G and g is determined per special drawing) displays the right-handed notification display (first or second right-handed transition notification display) in the effect display unit 17 It is not set as a condition. That is, when the seventh or sixteenth hit game (special symbol G, g) is determined in the non-shortened state, the right-handed notification display is displayed on the effect display unit 17 in the shortened state after the hit game. Do not show. That is, it is possible to urge the player to launch the pachinko ball in the right-handed game mode by the display mode and the display timing of the right-handed notice display displayed on the effect display unit 17 in the reduced state after hit.

  That is, when the pachinko machine 10 according to the embodiment gives the variable state by the first specific application condition (specifically, the fourth or fifth application condition group) being satisfied, the variation may occur. The effect control CPU 65a is configured to be able to control the effect display unit 17 so as to display a right-handed notification display (first or second right-handed transition notification display) from the start of application of the state, and the second specific application condition ( Specifically, when the variation condition is given by the establishment of the sixth assignment condition group, the right-handed notification display (first right-handed transition) after a predetermined period has elapsed from the start of the application of the variation condition. The effect control CPU 65a is configured to be able to control the effect display unit 17 so as to display the notification display. As described above, by changing the notification timing of the variable state by the effect display unit 17 according to the applied condition that is satisfied, the operation mode notification unit 100 notifies the user while raising interest in the period of the variable state to be provided. The player is prompted to launch the pachinko ball in the right-handed game mode, and the player can play the game in accordance with the provision period of the variation state.

(About notification control of the operation form in the hit game)
Next, in the case where the right-handed transition condition described above is satisfied, notification control of the operation form in the hit game will be specifically described. In the pachinko machine 10 of the embodiment, the notification mode of the operation type notification unit 100 in accordance with the notification condition (hit notification condition) established with the determination that the main control CPU 60a performs the determination per special drawing becomes the determination result per special drawing. And the notification display of the effect display unit 17 is defined, and when the hit game is granted after the end of the symbol change effect (special figure change display), the notification mode according to the hit notification condition established (front display) Is configured to notify the operating mode of the operating handle 16. Here, as described above, the main control CPU 60a turns off the LED lamp to notify that the game state is suitable for the left-handed game state when the right-handed display unit 59 does not perform a hit game. The main control CPU 60a is controlled to turn on the LED lamp when the hit game is being played, and to notify that the game state is suitable for the right-handed game state. That is, when the hit game (the hit game in which the operation handle 16 is set to the right-handed operation mode) is determined, the right-handed display unit 59 operates the operation mode of the operation handle 16 in the same notification mode. Is controlled by the main control CPU 60a to notify the user. In other words, the right-handed display unit 59 of the embodiment continues to perform the same notification mode while the hit game is performed, provided that the determination of the special view is a determination result of the special view and the hit game is started. It is supposed to be informed. Here, the main control board 60 (main control CPU 60a) instructs the effect control board 65 to hit the game at the timing when the control signal to turn on the LED lamp is output to the right-handed display unit 59. It is designed to output information (opening command).

  In the embodiment, the gaming state when the determination result per special drawing is determined, and the type of symbol per special drawing determined on the basis of the determination result per special drawing (that is, the type of determined per game) In accordance with the notification condition of the hit time is determined, and the notification mode of the operation mode notification unit 100 and the notification display of the effect display unit 17 are determined for each hit notification condition. That is, the notification modes of the operation mode notification unit 100 and the effect display unit 17 are determined at least according to the type of hit game. Here, in the embodiment, five types of hit notification conditions (hereinafter referred to as first to fourth) are based on the gaming state at the time of the determination result per special drawing and the type of symbol per special drawing (per game). 5) is defined as the hit notification condition of 5), and the operation form notification unit 100 and the effect display unit 17 notify the operation form of the operation handle 16 in a mode corresponding to each established hit notification condition. It has become. In the embodiment, according to the start of the hit game, a plurality of modes (the first or second right-handed shift notification mode in the operation mode notification unit 100, the first or second right-handed shift notification in the effect display unit 17 The operation mode notification unit 100 and the effect display unit 17 are controlled by the effect control CPU 65 a so as to notify in any mode of “display”.

(About notification of the operation mode notification unit 100 when the first hit notification condition is satisfied)
In the pachinko machine 10 of the embodiment, the first hit notification condition is that the predetermined hit game is determined with the determination that the special drawing determination performed in the non-shortening state becomes the determination result per special drawing. It is fixed. In the embodiment, as shown in FIG. 16, as a hit game in which the first hit notification condition is satisfied, a hit game corresponding to the symbols A and a per special figure included in the above-mentioned second and sixth groups is used. It is set. Then, when the first hit notification condition is satisfied and the main control CPU 60a grants a hit game after the symbol change effect, as shown in FIG. 17, the operation type notification unit 100 performs the first right-handed shift. It is configured to be controlled by the effect control CPU 65a so as to emit light in the notification mode and the second right-handed transition notification mode to notify the operation mode of the operation handle 16. That is, when the first hit notification condition is satisfied, the notification mode of the operation mode notification unit 100 is changed according to the elapsed period from the start of the hit game to notify the operation mode of the operation handle 16 The control CPU 65a is configured to be able to control. That is, the first hit notification condition is defined as a notification switching condition for switching the notification mode of the operation type notification unit 100, and the notification of the operation type notification unit 100 is made according to the establishment of the first hit notification condition. The notification switching timing (switching timing) of a predetermined number of times (one in the embodiment) for switching the mode is specified, and the notification mode of the operation mode notifying unit 100 is changed at the notification switching timing to notify the operation mode of the operation handle 16 It is supposed to Thus, in the pachinko machine 10 of the embodiment, when the first hit notification condition is satisfied, the right-handed display unit 59 changes before and after changing the notification mode in the operation mode notification unit 100. The main control CPU 60a controls to notify the operation mode of the operation handle 16 in the same notification mode.

  More specifically, as shown in FIG. 17, when the first hit notification condition is satisfied and the main control CPU 60a grants a hit game, a predetermined notification start timing along with the start of the hit game. The operation mode notification unit 100 starts the notification in the first right-handed transition notification mode at (the start timing), and becomes the first notification switching timing from the start of the hit game (the notification switching period elapses). In the right-handed transition notification mode, the operation control unit 100 controls the effect control CPU 65a to end the notification by the operation type notification unit 100 by notifying the predetermined notification end timing (end timing). ing. When the first hit notification condition is satisfied, the start point of the hit game is set as the notification start timing, and the end point of the hit game (the end time of the ending time) is set as the notification end timing.

  Here, as shown in FIG. 17, the first notification switching timing to switch the notification mode of the operation mode notification unit 100 when the first hit notification condition is satisfied is set before the start of the first round game. ing. That is, in the embodiment, when the first hit notification condition is satisfied, the operation mode notification unit 100 is different in notification mode between the opening time and the first round game to be performed after the opening time. It is configured to notify. In the embodiment, the point in time when the opening time has elapsed (the start of the first round) is used as the notification switching timing.

  Specifically, as shown in FIGS. 14 and 17, when the first hit notification condition is satisfied, the opening specifying command CMD1 output from the main control CPU 60a with the start of the hit game, and the opening time From the main control board 60 (main control CPU 60a) round specification command CMD2 for specifying the start of the first round of the round game output from the main control CPU 60a by passing (notice switching timing), and when the ending time has elapsed The effect control board 65 (effect control CPU 65a) outputs a control command to the lamp control board 72 based on the hit end designation command CMD6 to be output in a notification mode according to the elapsed period from the start of the hit game. Control so that the operation mode notification unit 100 notifies the operation mode of the operation handle 16 It is. That is, in the hit game with the establishment of the first hit notification condition, the opening designation command CMD1 output from the main control CPU 60a is used as notification indication information instructing to start the notification by the operation type notification unit 100 associated with the hit game. It functions, and round designation command CMD2 output from main control board 60 (main control CPU 60a) functions as notification switching information (switching information) instructing switching of the notification mode of operation mode notification unit 100 in the hit game . As described above, when the first hit notification condition is satisfied, the main control board 60 (main control CPU 60a) is configured to output notification switching information to the effect control substrate 65 at the notification switching timing. The control CPU 65a is configured to be able to control the operation mode notification unit 100 so as to change the notification mode and notify based on the input of the notification switching information. In the same manner, when the second to fifth hit notification conditions are satisfied, the effect control CPU 65a changes the notification mode based on the input of the notification switching information output from the main control board 60 (main control CPU 60a). It is supposed to be notified.

  Here, in a hit game in which the first hit notification condition is satisfied, a period from the notification start timing to the first notification switching timing (a period until the opening time elapses) is another hit notification condition (specifically, The first notification specification that the operation type notification unit 100 notifies in the same notification mode (the first right-handed transition notification mode) in the same period of the game in which the second to fourth hit notification conditions are satisfied It is a period (specific period), and the notification modes in the period after the first notification specific period are configured to be different. As described above, when the first hit notification condition is satisfied, a unique pattern different from the other hit notification condition is satisfied (specifically, the second switched at the time when the opening time has elapsed). By changing the notification mode of the operation mode notification unit 100 according to the right hitting transition notification mode and continuing the pattern until the end of the game, a specific gaming state (this In this case, it can be informed that the definite variation state and the longest variation period (65 times) can be given.

(About notification of effect display unit 17 when the first hit notification condition is satisfied)
In addition, when the first hit notification condition is satisfied and the main control CPU 60a grants a hit game after the symbol variation production, the launch operation notification area of the effect display unit 17 (first or second launch operation It is configured to be controlled by the effect control CPU 65a to notify the operation form of the operation handle 16 by displaying the first right-handed transition notification display and the second right-handed transition notification display in the notification areas 206A, 206B). . That is, when the first hit notification condition is satisfied, as shown in FIG. 17, the notification display (notification mode) of the effect display unit 17 is changed according to the elapsed period from the start of the hit game, and the operation is performed. The effect control CPU 65a can be controlled to notify the operation mode of the steering wheel 16. That is, the first hit notification condition is defined as a notification switching condition for switching the notification display (notification mode) of the effect display unit 17, and the effect display unit 17 is established with the establishment of the first hit notification condition. The display switching timing (switching timing) of the predetermined number of times (three times in the embodiment) for switching the notification display (informing mode) is specified, and the notification display of the effect display unit 17 is changed at the display switching timing to operate the operation handle 16 The operation mode of is reported. Thus, when the first hit notification condition is satisfied, the right-handed display unit 59 operates the operation handle 16 in the same notification mode before and after changing the notification display in the effect display unit 17 and notifying the user. The main control CPU 60a controls to notify the form.

  More specifically, as shown in FIG. 17, when the first hit notification condition is satisfied and the main control CPU 60a grants a hit game, a predetermined display start timing along with the start of the hit game. The second introduction effect that displays the second right-handed shift notification display at (start timing) is displayed on the effect display unit 17, and the first right-handed display switching timing from the start of the hit game causes the first right-handed hit. A transition notification display is displayed on the effect display unit 17, and a second right-handed transition notification display is displayed on the effect display unit 17 by the second display switching timing from the start of the hit game, and 3 on the start of the hit game. The second transition effect for displaying the second right-handed transition notification display is displayed on the effect display unit 17 by becoming the second display switching timing, and the effect display is achieved by the predetermined display end timing (end timing). The effect control CPU 65a is configured to control to end the notification in the section 17. When the first hit notification condition is satisfied, the start point of the hit game is the display start timing, and the end point of the hit game (the end point of the ending time) is the display end timing.

  Here, as shown in FIG. 17, the first display switching timing for switching the notification display of the effect display unit 17 when the first hit notification condition is satisfied is set before the start of the first round game, The second display switching timing is set before the start of the round game (second round in the embodiment) in which winning of the pachinko ball is practically permitted, and the third display switching timing is virtually winning of the pachinko ball It is set after the end of the final round game (the second round in the embodiment) to be regulated. In the embodiment, the point in time when the opening time has elapsed (the start of the first round) is set to be the first display switching timing, and the ending point of the first round game is the second display switching timing. It is set so that the end point of the final round game (the start point of the ending time) will be the third display switching timing. That is, when the first hit notification condition is satisfied, the second right-handed shift notification display in the second introduction effect is an effect display in the opening time of the hit game based on the control command of the effect control CPU 65a. The first or second rightward transition notification display is displayed in the first launch operation notification area 206A of the section 17 and after the start of the first round of the round game, the second launch operation of the effect display section 17 It is displayed in the notification area 206B. As described above, in the embodiment, when the first hit notification condition is satisfied, the notification mode different in the effect display unit 17 between the opening time and the first round game performed after the opening time has elapsed. It is comprised so that it may alert | report by. Further, when the first hit notification condition is satisfied, notification is made in the notification mode different in the effect display unit 17 between the last round game before the ending time and the ending time after the last round game. It is configured as follows.

  Specifically, as shown in FIGS. 14 and 17, when the first hit notification condition is satisfied, an opening designating command CMD1 output from the main control CPU 60a with the start of the hit game, and an opening time From the main control CPU 60a, the round designating command CMD2 for designating the start of the first round game, which is outputted from the main control CPU 60a by the passage of (switching timing), and the first game round game end condition is satisfied. The round end designation command CMD3 to be outputted, the ending designation command CMD5 outputted from the main control CPU 60a when the round game ending condition of the final round is satisfied, and the ending time elapses, the main control board 60 (main control CPU 60a Output from) The presentation control board 65 (production control CPU 65a) outputs a control command to the display control board 70 on the basis of the game termination designation command CMD6, thereby displaying a notification (informing form) according to the elapsed period from the start of the hit game The effect display unit 17 is controlled to notify of the operation mode of the operation handle 16 in the above. That is, in the hit game with the establishment of the first hit notification condition, the opening designation command CMD1 output from the main control CPU 60a is a notification instruction instructing to notify the operation display mode of the operation handle 16 by the effect display unit 17 Each of the round designation command CMD2, the round end designation command CMD3 and the ending designation command CMD5 which functions as information and is outputted from the main control CPU 60a switches display information (switching information) of the effect display section 17 (display information) Functions as a). As described above, when the first hit notification condition is satisfied, the main control board 60 (main control CPU 60a) is configured to output display switching information to the effect control board 65 at the display switching timing. The control CPU 65a is configured to be able to control the effect display unit 17 so as to change and notify the notification display based on the input of the display switching information. In the same manner, when the second to fifth hit notification conditions are satisfied, the effect control CPU 65a changes the notification display based on the input of the display switching information output from the main control board 60 (main control CPU 60a). Are configured to provide notification.

  Here, in a hit game in which the first hit notification condition is satisfied, a period from the display start timing to the first notification switching timing (a period until the opening time elapses) is another hit notification condition (specifically, A first display specific period in which the same notification mode (second right-handed shift notification display) is displayed on the effect display unit 17 in the same period of the hit game in which the fifth hit notification condition is satisfied. (Specific period), and the notification display in the period after the first display specific period is configured to be different. As described above, when the first hit notification condition is satisfied, the operation handle 16 is changed by changing the notification display of the effect display unit 17 with a unique pattern different from the other hit notification condition. It is possible to notify that a specific gaming state (in this case, a variation state in a probability variation state and the longest awarding period (65 times) in this case) is given after notifying the operation mode of.

  That is, when the first hit notification condition is satisfied, the player is made to recognize that the special winning portion 36 is opened by the notification of the operation type notification unit 100, and the operation of the operation handle 16 in the right hitting operation is performed. Not only by prompting the operation but also by the operation mode notification unit 100 in an inconspicuous notification mode (first right-handed transition notification mode) from the start of the hit game for a certain period (during the opening time elapses) , It can be recognized that there is a possibility that the grant period of the variable state given after the hit game may not be granted for a short period of time, and then the operation mode in the notice mode (second right hitting transition notification mode) By notifying the notification unit 100, it is possible to make the player recognize that the fluctuation state is given in the longest giving period after the winning game and the expectation that the hitting game is continuous is high.

  Then, when the first hit notification condition is satisfied, the player is made to recognize that the special winning portion 36 is opened by the display of the effect display portion 17, and the operation of the operation handle 16 in the right-handed operation mode is performed. Not only prompting the player, but also displaying a notice display (the second right-handed shift notice display) that stands out from the start of the hit game and notifying the effect display unit 17, the change in the longest grant period after the hit game It is possible to make the player recognize that the state is granted and the expectation of hitting is continuous is high, and it is inconspicuous while the round game (the first round) in which the pachinko ball is substantially impossible to win is played By changing the display to the notification display (first right-turn transition notification display) and notifying the effect display unit 17, it is possible for the player to adjust the operation of the operation handle 16 arbitrarily. Furthermore, before the round game in which the pachinko ball is allowed to be won is performed, the display is changed to a prominent notification display (the second right-hand transition notification display) and the effect display unit 17 notifies that the right-hand operation The player can be urged to operate the operation handle 16 in the form.

(About notification after hitting game when the first hit notification condition is established)
Here, when the first hit notification condition is satisfied, the provision condition included in the above-described second provision condition group is satisfied. That is, as shown in FIG. 16, when the first hit notification condition is satisfied, the notification mode at the end of the hit game (ie, when the hit game is ended and the giving of the variable state is started) The effect control CPU 65a is configured to control the operation mode notification unit 100 so as to notify the operation mode of the operation handle 16 in the same notification mode as the second right-turn transition notification mode). Specifically, when the ending time has elapsed in the hit game, the effect control board 65 (effect control CPU 65a) outputs a control command to the lamp control board 72, and after the end of the hit game, as described above. The operation mode notification unit 100 is controlled to notify the operation mode of the operation handle 16 in a notification mode according to the satisfied application condition (second application condition group) (see FIG. 17).

  Further, when the first hit notification condition is satisfied, the provision condition included in the above-described fifth provision condition group is satisfied. That is, as shown in FIG. 16, when the first hit notification condition is satisfied, the notification mode at the end of the hit game (ie, when the hit game is ended and the giving of the variable state is started) The effect display unit 17 is rendered to notify the operation form of the operating handle 16 by the same notification display (that is, the second right-turn transition notification display) displayed in the second transition effect (second right-turn transition notification display) The control CPU 65a is configured to control. Specifically, when the ending time has elapsed in the hit game, the effect control board 65 (effect control CPU 65a) outputs a control command to the display control board 70, and after the end of the hit game, as described above. The effect display unit 17 is controlled to notify the operation mode of the operation handle 16 by a notification display according to the satisfied application condition (fifth application condition group) (see FIG. 17).

  Here, the command output process from the effect control board 65 to the display control board 70 and the lamp control board 72 at the end of the game, triggered by the establishment of the first hit notification condition, is the ending time in the hit game It can be performed based on the hit end designation command CMD6 output from the main control circuit board 60 (main control CPU 60a) at the time point when it is done. Further, the command output process is performed based on the ending designation command CMD5 output from the main control board 60 (main control CPU 60a), the timer (clocking means) provided in the effect control board 65 corresponds to each hitting ending time It can also be performed based on measuring. The same is true for the command output process from the effect control board 65 to the display control board 70 and the lamp control board 72 at the end of the hit game triggered by the establishment of the second to fifth hit notification conditions described later. It can be performed by processing (processing based on the hit end designation command CMD6 or processing based on timer measurement).

(About notification of the operation mode notification unit 100 when the second hit notification condition is satisfied)
In the pachinko machine 10 of the embodiment, the second hit notification condition is that the predetermined hit game is determined with the determination that the special drawing determination performed in the non-shortening state becomes the determination result per special drawing. It is fixed. In the embodiment, as shown in FIG. 16, the hit game corresponding to the symbols B and b included in the above-mentioned second and fifth groups is a hit game in which the second hit notification condition is satisfied. It is set. And like the first hit notification condition described above, the second hit notification condition is defined as a notification switching condition for switching the notification mode of the operation type notification unit 100, and the second hit notification condition is The notification switching timing (switching timing) of the predetermined number of times (one in the example) at which the notification form of the operation form notifying unit 100 is switched with the establishment of the notification condition is specified, and the operation form notifying unit 100 is The notification mode is changed to notify the operation mode of the operation handle 16. As described above, in the pachinko machine 10 of the embodiment, when the second hit notification condition is satisfied, the right-handed display unit 59 changes before and after changing the notification mode in the operation mode notification unit 100. The main control CPU 60a controls to notify the operation mode of the operation handle 16 in the same notification mode. Note that the notification start timing and the notification end timing when the second hit notification condition is satisfied are set to the same timing as when the first hit notification condition is satisfied.

  Here, as shown in FIG. 17, when the second hit notification condition is satisfied, the first notification switching timing to switch the notification mode of the operation mode notification unit 100 is that the winning of the pachinko ball is practically permitted. It is set before the start of the round game (the second round in the embodiment). In the embodiment, the end point of the round game of the first round is used as the notification switching timing.

  Specifically, as shown in FIG. 14 and FIG. 17, when the second hit notification condition is satisfied, the opening specifying command CMD1 output from the main control CPU 60a with the start of the hit game, and the first round The round end specification command CMD3 output from the main control CPU 60a when the round game end conditions are satisfied, and the hit end specification command CMD6 output from the main control board 60 (main control CPU 60a) when the ending time has elapsed. Based on the output control board 65 (effect control CPU 65a) outputs a control command to the lamp control board 72, the operation mode notification unit 100 operates the operation handle 16 in the notification mode according to the elapsed period from the start of the hit game. It is controlled to notify the operation mode of That is, in the hit game accompanied by the establishment of the second hit notification condition, the opening designation command CMD1 output from the main control CPU 60a is notified information to instruct the start of the notification by the operation type notification unit 100 accompanied by the hit game. Function, and the round end designation command CMD3 output from the main control board 60 (main control CPU 60a) functions as notification switching information (switching information) instructing switching of the notification mode of the operation mode notification unit 100 in the hit game There is.

  Here, as shown in FIG. 17, in a hit game in which the second hit notification condition is satisfied, a period from the notification start timing to the first notification switching timing (period until the end of the first round game) Is the other hit notification condition (specifically, the fourth hit notification condition) is satisfied in the same period of the game in the same period of the game operation mode notification unit 100 in the same notification mode (first right-handed transition notification mode) It is a second notification specific period (specific period) to be notified, and the notification modes in the period after the second notification specific period are configured to be different. As described above, when the second hit notification condition is satisfied, a unique pattern different from the other hit notification condition is established (specifically, switching is performed at the end of the first round game) By changing the notification mode of the operation mode notification unit 100 according to the second right-handed transition notification mode and continuing the pattern until the end of the game, the operation mode of the operation handle 16 is notified, and after the hit game specific It can be informed that the gaming state (in this case, the variation state in the probability variation state and the first specific assignment period (25 times)) is provided.

(About notification of effect display unit 17 when the second hit notification condition is satisfied)
Further, as shown in FIG. 17, the second hit notification condition is set as a notification switching condition for switching the notification display (notification mode) of the effect display unit 17 as in the first hit notification condition described above. The display switching timing (switching timing) of a predetermined number of times (three times in the example) is specified by switching the notification display (notification mode) of the effect display unit 17 with the establishment of the second hit notification condition. At the display switching timing, the notification display of the effect display unit 17 is changed to notify the operation mode of the operation handle 16. As described above, when the second hit notification condition is satisfied, the right-handed display unit 59 operates the operation handle 16 in the same notification mode before and after the notification display is changed and notified in the effect display unit 17. The main control CPU 60a controls to notify the form. The display start timing and the display end timing when the second hit notification condition is satisfied are set to the same timing as when the first hit notification condition is satisfied.

  Here, as shown in FIG. 17, when the second hit notification condition is satisfied, the first introduction effect is displayed to display the first right-handed shift notification display along with the start of the hit game. It is different from the notification display displayed on the effect display unit 17 when the above-described second hit notification condition is satisfied, in that the display unit 17 is configured to display. In addition, the display switching timing of each time for switching the notification display of the effect display unit 17 when the second hit notification condition is satisfied is notification of the effect display unit 17 when the first hit notification condition described above is satisfied. It is set to the same timing as the display switching timing of each time of switching the display. That is, as shown in FIG. 14 and FIG. 17, when the second hit notification condition is satisfied, the first introduction effect is selected in the opening time of the hit game based on the control command of the effect control CPU 65a. The right strike transition notification display of 1 is displayed in the first launch operation notification area 206A of the effect display unit 17, and after the start of the round game of the first round, the first or second right strike transition notification display effects It is displayed in the second launch operation notification area 206B of the display unit 17. As described above, when the second hit notification condition is satisfied, notification modes different in the effect display unit 17 are different between the final round game before the ending time and the ending time after the final round game. It is configured to notify.

  Specifically, as shown in FIG. 14 and FIG. 17, when the second hit notification condition is satisfied, an opening specifying command CMD1 output from the main control CPU 60a with the start of the hit game, and an opening time From the main control CPU 60a, the round designating command CMD2 for designating the start of the first round game, which is outputted from the main control CPU 60a by the passage of (switching timing), and the first game round game end condition is satisfied. The round end designation command CMD3 to be outputted, the ending designation command CMD5 outputted from the main control CPU 60a when the round game ending condition of the final round is satisfied, and the ending time elapses, the main control board 60 (main control CPU 60a Output from) The presentation control board 65 (production control CPU 65a) outputs a control command to the display control board 70 on the basis of the game termination designation command CMD6, thereby displaying a notification (informing form) according to the elapsed period from the start of the hit game The effect display unit 17 is controlled to notify of the operation mode of the operation handle 16 in the above.

  Here, in a hit game in which the second hit notification condition is satisfied, a period from the display start timing to the second notification switching timing (a period until the end of the first round game of the round) is notified of another hit. A second notification mode in which the same notification mode (first right-handed shift notification display) is displayed on the effect display unit 17 in the same period of the game in which the condition (specifically, the fourth hit notification condition) is satisfied. It is a display specific period (specific period), and the notification display in the period after the second display specific period is configured to be different. As described above, when the second hit notification condition is satisfied, the operation handle 16 is changed by changing the notification display of the effect display unit 17 with a unique pattern different from the other hit notification condition. It is possible to notify that a specific gaming state (in this case, a probability change state and a variation state in the first specific provision period (25 times) in this case) is given after notifying the operation mode of ing.

  That is, when the second hit notification condition is satisfied, the player is made to recognize that the special winning portion 36 is opened by the notification of the operation type notification unit 100, and the operation of the operation handle 16 in the right hitting operation is performed. In addition to prompting the operation, the operation type notification unit 100 notifies in an inconspicuous notification mode (first right hit transition notification mode) from the start of the hit game for a certain period (during the end of the first round game) Accordingly, it is possible to recognize that there is a possibility that fluctuation state is not given after the hit game, and thereafter, the operation mode notification unit 100 notifies in the conspicuous notification mode (second right hitting transition notification mode) As a result, it is possible to make the player recognize that the expectation of continuous hit is high when the variation state is given in the longest grant period after the hit game.

  When the second hit notification condition is satisfied, the player is made to recognize that the special winning portion 36 is opened by the display of the effect display portion 17, and the operation of the operation handle 16 in the right-handed operation mode is performed. Not only prompting the player, but also displaying an inconspicuous notification display (first right-handed transition notification display) from the start of the hit game for a certain period of time (while the opening time elapses), and the effect display unit 17 notifies By this, it is possible to make the player recognize that there is a possibility that the variation state is not given after the winning game, and until the round game (the first round) in which the winning of the pachinko ball is substantially impossible is performed The player can arbitrarily adjust the operation of the operation handle 16 by maintaining the inconspicuous notification display (the first right-handed transition notification display) and notifying the effect display unit 17 during this period. . Furthermore, before the round game in which the pachinko ball is allowed to be won is performed, the display is changed to a prominent notification display (the second right-hand transition notification display) and the effect display unit 17 notifies that the right-hand operation The player can be urged to operate the operation handle 16 in the form.

(About notification after hitting game when the second hit notification condition is established)
Here, when the second hit notification condition is satisfied, the provision condition included in the above-described second provision condition group is satisfied. That is, as shown in FIG. 16, when the second hit notification condition is satisfied, the notification mode at the end of the hit game (ie, when the hit game is ended and the giving of the variable state is started) The effect control CPU 65a is configured to control the operation mode notification unit 100 so as to notify the operation mode of the operation handle 16 in the same notification mode as the second right-turn transition notification mode). Specifically, when the ending time has elapsed in the hit game, the effect control board 65 (effect control CPU 65a) outputs a control command to the lamp control board 72, and after the end of the hit game, as described above. The operation mode notification unit 100 is controlled to notify the operation mode of the operation handle 16 in a notification mode corresponding to the established application condition (second application condition group).

  Further, when the second hit notification condition is satisfied, the provision condition included in the above-described fourth provision condition group is satisfied. That is, as shown in FIG. 16, when the second hit notification condition is satisfied, the notification display at the end of the hit game when the hit game is ended and the giving of the variable state is started (ie, The effect control CPU 65a is configured to control the effect display unit 17 so as to notify the operation mode of the operation handle 16 by the notification display different from the second right-turn transition notification display displayed in the second transition effect. Specifically, when the ending time has elapsed in the hit game, the effect control board 65 (effect control CPU 65a) outputs a control command to the display control board 70, and after the end of the hit game, as described above. The effect display unit 17 is controlled to notify the operation mode of the operation handle 16 by the notification display according to the satisfied application condition (the fourth application condition group).

(About notification of the operation mode notification unit 100 when the third hit notification condition is satisfied)
In the pachinko machine 10 of the embodiment, the third hit notification condition is that the predetermined hit game is determined with the determination that the special drawing determination performed in the non-shortening state becomes the determination result for the special drawing. It is fixed. In the embodiment, as shown in FIG. 16, as the winning game in which the third hit notification condition is satisfied, the symbol C is included in the special figure included in the first group, the second group, and the fourth to sixth groups described above. A hit game corresponding to ~ G, c ~ g is set. And, similar to the first hit notification condition described above, the third hit notification condition is defined as a notification switching condition for switching the notification mode of the operation type notification unit 100, and the third hit notification condition is The notification switching timing (switching timing) of the predetermined number of times (two times in the example) for switching the notification mode of the operation mode notification unit 100 with the establishment of the notification condition is specified, and the operation mode notification unit 100 is The notification mode is changed to notify the operation mode of the operation handle 16. Thus, in the pachinko machine 10 of the embodiment, when the third hit notification condition is satisfied, the right-handed display unit 59 is changed before and after changing the notification mode in the operation mode notification unit 100. The main control CPU 60a controls to notify the operation mode of the operation handle 16 in the same notification mode. Note that the notification start timing and the notification end timing when the third hit notification condition is satisfied are set to the same timing as when the first and second hit notification conditions are satisfied.

  Here, as shown in FIG. 17, when the third hit notification condition is satisfied, the first notification switching timing to switch the notification mode of the operation mode notification unit 100 is that the winning of the pachinko ball is practically permitted. The second display switching timing is set before the start of the round game (the second round in the embodiment), and the second display switching timing is after the end of the final round game (the second round in the embodiment) in which winning of the pachinko ball is effectively regulated. It is set to. In the embodiment, the end point of the round game of the first round is set as the notification switching timing, and the end point of the final round game (the starting point of the ending time) is set as the second notification switching timing. That is, when the third hit notification condition is satisfied, the operation mode notification unit 100 notifies in the notification mode different between the last round game before the ending time and the ending time after the last round game. It is configured to

  Specifically, as shown in FIGS. 14 and 17, when the third hit notification condition is satisfied, an opening specifying command CMD1 output from the main control CPU 60a with the start of the hit game, and the first round Based on the round end designating command CMD3 output from the main control CPU 60a by satisfying the round game end conditions and the ending designating command CMD5 output from the main control CPU 60a by satisfying the round game end conditions of the final round When the effect control board 65 (effect control CPU 65a) outputs a control command to the lamp control board 72, the operation mode notification unit 100 operates the operation handle 16 in the notification mode according to the elapsed period from the start of the hit game. It is controlled to notify the form. That is, in the hit game with the establishment of the third hit notification condition, the opening designation command CMD1 output from the main control CPU 60a is used as notification indication information instructing to start the notification by the operation type notification unit 100 associated with the hit game. A notification switching information (switching information (switching information) for instructing to switch the notification mode of the operation mode notification unit 100 in the hit game, which functions and the round end designation command CMD3 and the ending designation command CMD5 output from the main control board 60 (main control CPU 60a) Functions as a).

  Here, as shown in FIG. 17, in a hit game in which the third hit notification condition is satisfied, a period from the notification start timing to the first notification switching timing (a period until the end of the first round game) Is the other hit notification condition (specifically, the fourth hit notification condition) is satisfied in the same period of the game in the same period of the game operation mode notification unit 100 in the same notification mode (first right-handed transition notification mode) It is the 2nd alerting | reporting specific period (specific period) to alert | report, and it is comprised so that the alerting | reporting aspect in the period after the said 2nd alerting | reporting identification period may differ. As described above, when the third hit notification condition is satisfied, a unique pattern different from the other hit notification condition is satisfied (specifically, at the end of the first round game, The operation mode of the operation handle 16 is changed by switching to the right-handed transition notification mode of 2 and changing the notification mode of the operation mode notification unit 100 in the pattern to switch to the first right-handed transition notification mode by the start of the ending time). It is possible to notify that a specific gaming state (in this case, a definite change state) is given after the hit game while notifying the. In addition, it is possible to notify that the granting period of the variable state to be granted after the winning game is any of a plurality of periods (one, five and 25 in the embodiment). However, it is necessary to be unable to identify the application period of the fluctuation state.

(About notification of effect display unit 17 when the third hit notification condition is satisfied)
In addition, as shown in FIG. 17, the third hit notification condition is a notification switching condition for switching the notification display (indication mode) of the effect display unit 17 in the same manner as the first and second hit notification conditions described above. The display switching timing (switching timing) of a predetermined number of times (three times in the embodiment) of switching the notification display (informing mode) of the effect display unit 17 according to the establishment of the third hit notification condition is determined. It is specified, the notification display of the effect display unit 17 is changed at the display switching timing, and the operation mode of the operation handle 16 is notified. As described above, when the third hit notification condition is satisfied, the right-handed display unit 59 operates the operation handle 16 in the same notification mode before and after the notification display is changed in the effect display unit 17 and notified. The main control CPU 60a controls to notify the form. The display start timing and the display end timing when the third hit notification condition is satisfied are set to the same timing as when the first and second hit notification conditions are satisfied.

  Here, as shown in FIG. 17, when the third hit notification condition is satisfied, the first right-handed shift notification display is displayed by the third display switching timing from the start of the hit game. This is different from the notification display displayed on the effect display unit 17 when the above-described second hit notification condition is satisfied, in that the first transition effect is displayed on the effect display unit 17. In addition, the display switching timing for switching the notification display of the effect display unit 17 each time when the third hit notification condition is satisfied is the effect display unit when the first and second hit notification conditions described above are satisfied. It is set to the same timing as the display switching timing of each time of switching the notification display of 17. That is, as shown in FIG. 14 and FIG. 17, when the third hit notification condition is satisfied, the first introductory effect in the opening time of the hit game based on the control command of the effect control CPU 65a. The right strike transition notification display of 1 is displayed in the first launch operation notification area 206A of the effect display unit 17, and after the start of the round game of the first round, the first or second right strike transition notification display effects It is displayed in the second launch operation notification area 206B of the display unit 17. As described above, when the third hit notification condition is satisfied, as in the second hit notification condition, the opening designation command CMD1, the round designation command CMD2, the round end designation command CMD3, and the ending designation are provided. The effect control board 65 (effect control CPU 65a) outputs a control command to the display control board 70 based on the command CMD5 and the hit end designation command CMD6, thereby displaying a notification according to the elapsed period from the start of the hit game. In the (informing mode), the effect display unit 17 is controlled to notify the operation mode of the operation handle 16. As described above, when the third hit notification condition is satisfied, notification modes different in the effect display unit 17 are different between the final round game before the ending time and the ending time after the final round game. It is configured to notify.

  Here, in the hit game in which the third hit notification condition is satisfied, a period from the display start timing to the second notification switching timing (a period until the end of the first round game of the round) is a notification when the other is hit. A second notification mode in which the same notification mode (first right-handed shift notification display) is displayed on the effect display unit 17 in the same period of the game in which the condition (specifically, the fourth hit notification condition) is satisfied. The display specific period (specific period) is set, and the notification modes in the period after the second display specific period are configured to be different. As described above, when the third hit notification condition is satisfied, the operation handle 16 is changed by changing the notification display of the effect display unit 17 with a unique pattern different from the other hit notification condition. It is possible to notify that a specific gaming state (in this case, a definite change state) is given after the winning game while notifying the operation mode of. In addition, it is possible to notify that the granting period of the variable state to be granted after the winning game is any of a plurality of periods (one, five and 25 in the embodiment).

  That is, when the third hit notification condition is satisfied, the player is made to recognize that the special winning portion 36 is opened by the notification of the operation type notification unit 100, and the operation of the operation handle 16 in the right hitting operation is performed. In addition to prompting the operation, the operation type notification unit 100 notifies in an inconspicuous notification mode (first right hit transition notification mode) from the start of the hit game for a certain period (during the end of the first round game) Accordingly, it is possible to recognize that there is a possibility that fluctuation state is not given after the hit game, and thereafter, the operation mode notification unit 100 notifies in the conspicuous notification mode (second right hitting transition notification mode) As a result, it is possible to make the player recognize that the expectation of continuous hit is high when the variation state is given in the longest grant period after the hit game.

  When the third hit notification condition is satisfied, the player is made to recognize that the special winning portion 36 is opened by the display of the effect display portion 17, and the operation of the operation handle 16 in the right-handed operation mode is performed. Not only prompting the player, but also displaying an inconspicuous notification display (first right-handed transition notification display) from the start of the hit game for a certain period of time (while the opening time elapses) By doing so, the player can be made aware that there is a possibility that the inconsistencies will not be awarded after the winning game, and a round game (the first round) in which winning of the pachinko ball is substantially impossible is performed. The player can arbitrarily adjust the operation of the operation handle 16 by maintaining the inconspicuous notification display (the first right-handed transition notification display) and notifying the effect display unit 17 during this period. . Furthermore, before the round game in which the pachinko ball is allowed to be won is performed, the display is changed to a prominent notification display (the second right-hand transition notification display) and the effect display unit 17 notifies that the right-hand operation The player can be urged to operate the operation handle 16 in the form.

(About notification after hitting game when the third hit notification condition is established)
Here, when the third hit notification condition is satisfied, any of the provision conditions included in the above-described first to third provision condition groups is satisfied. That is, as shown in FIG. 16, when the third hit notification condition is satisfied and the addition condition included in the first provision condition group is satisfied (corresponds to symbols G and g per special figure in the non-shortened state) If the hit game is determined), and if the third hit notification condition is satisfied and the grant condition included in the third grant condition group is satisfied (in the non-shortening state special symbols per symbol D, F , d, f) when the winning game is determined), when the winning game is over and the granting of the variable state is started, the notification mode at the end of the hitting game (ie the first right strike) The effect control CPU 65a controls the operation mode notification unit 100 to notify the operation mode of the operation handle 16 in the same notification mode as the transition notification mode). Specifically, when the ending time has elapsed in the hit game, the effect control board 65 (effect control CPU 65a) outputs a control command to the lamp control board 72, and after the end of the hit game, as described above. The operation mode notification unit 100 is controlled to notify the operation mode of the operation handle 16 in a notification mode according to the satisfied application condition (the first application condition group or the third application condition group).

  And, if the third hit notification condition is satisfied and the giving condition included in the second giving condition group is satisfied (in the non-shortening state, the hit game corresponding to the symbols C, E, c, e per special drawing) ) Is different from the notification mode (that is, the first right hit transition notification mode) at the end of the hit game when the hit game is ended and the granting of the variation state is started. That is, the effect control CPU 65a controls the operation mode notification unit 100 to notify the operation mode of the operation handle 16 in the second right-turn transition notification mode). Specifically, when the ending time has elapsed in the hit game, the effect control board 65 (effect control CPU 65a) outputs a control command to the lamp control board 72, and after the end of the hit game, as described above. The operation mode notification unit 100 is controlled to notify the operation mode of the operation handle 16 in a notification mode corresponding to the established application condition (second application condition group).

  When the third hit notification condition is satisfied, the provision condition included in the above-described sixth provision condition group is satisfied. That is, as shown in FIG. 16, when the third hit notification condition is satisfied, the operation of the operation handle 16 on the effect display unit 17 is performed when the hit game is ended and the giving of the variable state is started. The effect control CPU 65a is configured to control the notification of the form to end (non-display). Specifically, the effect control board 65 (effect control CPU 65a) outputs a control command to the display control board 70 when the ending time has elapsed in the hit game, so that the operation mode of the operation handle 16 in the effect display unit 17 It is controlled not to notify

(About notification of the operation mode notification unit 100 when the fourth hit notification condition is satisfied)
In the pachinko machine 10 of the embodiment, the fourth hit notification condition is that the predetermined hit game is determined with the determination that the special drawing determination performed in the non-shortening state becomes the determination result per special drawing. It is fixed. In the embodiment, as shown in FIG. 16, as the winning game in which the fourth hit notification condition is satisfied, the above-described symbol H, I, h, i corresponds to the symbol drawing condition in which the above-described variable condition applying condition is not satisfied. A hit game is set. Then, when the fourth hit notification condition is satisfied and the main control CPU 60a grants a hit game after the symbol change effect, the operation type notification unit 100 performs the first right-handed transition notification mode and the second right. It is configured to be controlled by the effect control CPU 65 a so as to emit light in any of the strike transition notification modes and to notify the operation mode of the operation handle 16. That is, when the fourth hit notification condition is satisfied, the effect control CPU 65a notifies the operation in the right-handed operation form in the constant notification form without changing the notification form of the operation form notification unit 100. It is configured to be controllable.

  More specifically, as shown in FIG. 17, when the fourth hit notification condition is satisfied and the main control CPU 60a grants a hit game, a predetermined notification start timing along with the start of the hit game. In the first right-handed shift notification mode, the operation mode notification unit 100 notifies, and when the predetermined notification end timing is reached, the effect control CPU 65a is configured to control the operation mode notification unit 100 to end the notification. There is. The display start timing when the fourth hit notification condition is satisfied is set to the same timing as when the first to third hit notification conditions are satisfied. In addition, the notification end timing when the fourth hit notification condition is established is set after the end of the final round game (the second round in the embodiment) in which the winning of the pachinko ball is effectively restricted, and the embodiment Then, the end point of the final round game (the start point of the ending time) is set to be the notification end timing. That is, from the start of the hit game to the end of the final round game, the operation mode notification unit 100 is configured to maintain the first right strike transition notification mode.

  Specifically, as shown in FIG. 14 and FIG. 17, when the fourth hit notification condition is satisfied, the opening specifying command CMD1 output from the main control CPU 60a with the start of the hit game, and the final round Based on the ending specification command CMD5 output from the main control CPU 60a when the round game ending condition is satisfied, and the hitting end specification command CMD6 output from the main control board 60 (main control CPU 60a) when the ending time has elapsed. When the effect control board 65 (effect control CPU 65a) outputs a control command to the lamp control board 72, the operation mode notification unit 100 operates the operation handle 16 in the notification mode according to the elapsed period from the start of the hit game. It is controlled to notify the form. That is, in the hit game accompanied by the establishment of the fourth hit notification condition, the opening designation command CMD1 output from the main control CPU 60a is notified information to instruct the start of the notification by the operation type notification unit 100 associated with the hit game. The ending designation command CMD5 that functions and is output from the main control board 60 (main control CPU 60a) functions as end indication information that ends the notification mode of the operation mode notification unit 100.

  As described above, when the fourth hit notification condition is satisfied, a unique pattern different from the other hit notification condition is satisfied (specifically, switching is performed at the end of the first round game) By changing the notification mode of the operation mode notification unit 100 according to the second right-handed transition notification mode and continuing the pattern until the end of the game, the operation mode of the operation handle 16 is notified, and after the hit game specific It is possible to notify that the gaming state (in this case, the non-probable changing state and the non-shortening normal gaming state) is given.

(About notification of effect display unit 17 when the fourth hit notification condition is satisfied)
In addition, as shown in FIG. 17, the fourth hit notification condition is a notification switching condition for switching the notification display (indication mode) of the effect display unit 17 as in the first to third hit notification conditions described above. The display switching timing (switching timing) of a predetermined number of times (two times in the example) for switching the notification display (informing mode) of the effect display unit 17 in accordance with the establishment of the fourth hit notification condition is It is specified, the notification display of the effect display unit 17 is changed at the display switching timing, and the operation mode of the operation handle 16 is notified. As described above, when the fourth hit notification condition is satisfied, the right-handed display unit 59 operates the operation handle 16 in the same notification mode before and after changing the notification display in the effect display unit 17 and notifying the same. The main control CPU 60a controls to notify the form. The display start timing and the display end timing when the second hit notification condition is satisfied are set to the same timing as when the first to third hit notification conditions are satisfied.

  However, as shown in FIG. 17, the number of display switching timings when the fourth hit notification condition is satisfied is different from the number of times when the first to third hit notification conditions are satisfied, The notification display on the display unit 17 is switched three times (the display switching timing is two times). Here, the first display switching timing for switching the notification display of the effect display unit 17 is set before the start of the first round game, and the second display switching timing is the final one for which the winning of the pachinko ball is effectively restricted. It is set after the end of the round game (the second round in the embodiment). In the embodiment, it is set such that the point in time when the opening time has passed (the start of the first round) is the first display switching timing, and the second display switching timing is the ending point in the final round game (the ending time It is set to be the start point).

  More specifically, as shown in FIG. 17, when the fourth hit notification condition is satisfied and the main control CPU 60 a grants a hit game, the first right strike is performed along with the start of the hit game. The first introduction effect that displays the transition notification display is displayed on the effect display unit 17, and the first right-handed transition notification display is displayed on the effect display unit 17 by the first display switching timing from the start of the hit game. The effect control CPU 65a controls the effect display unit 17 to display an end effect that displays a first operation suggestion display that suggests a left hitting operation form by the second display switching timing from the start of the hit game. It is configured as follows. That is, when the fourth hit notification condition is satisfied, the first right-handed shift notification display in the first introduction effect is an effect display in the opening time of the hit game based on the control command of the effect control CPU 65a. The first or second rightward transition notification display is displayed in the first launch operation notification area 206A of the section 17 and after the start of the first round of the round game, the second launch operation of the effect display section 17 It is displayed in the notification area 206B. Then, in the ending time of the hit game, the end effect is displayed on the entire surface of the display unit 17a of the effect display unit 17 as a first operation suggestion display. As described above, in the embodiment, when the fourth hit notification condition is satisfied, the effect display unit 17 uses the final round game before the ending time and the ending time after the final round game. It is comprised so that it alert | reports by a different alerting | reporting aspect.

  Specifically, as shown in FIG. 14 and FIG. 17, when the fourth hit notification condition is satisfied, the opening specifying command CMD1 output from the main control CPU 60a with the start of the hit game, and the opening time Is passed from the main control CPU 60a by the round designating command CMD2 for designating the start of the first round game, which is outputted from the main control CPU 60a by the passage of (switching timing), and the round game ending condition of the final round is satisfied. The effect control board 65 (effect control CPU 65a) performs display control based on the ending designation command CMD5 to be output and the hit end specification command CMD6 output from the main control board 60 (main control CPU 60a) when the ending time elapses. Outputting a control command to the substrate 70 More is controlled to effect display section 17 a broadcast display according to the elapsed period from the start of the per game (notification manner) is to inform the operation mode of the operating handle 16. That is, in the hit game with the establishment of the fourth hit notification condition, the opening designation command CMD1 output from the main control CPU 60a is a notification instruction instructing to notify the effect display unit 17 of the operation mode of the operation handle 16 It functions as information, and each of the round designation command CMD2 and the ending designation command CMD5 output from the main control CPU 60a functions as display switching information (switching information) for switching the notification display (notification mode) of the effect display unit 17 .

  As described above, when the fourth hit notification condition is satisfied, the operation handle 16 is changed by changing the notification display of the effect display unit 17 with a unique pattern different from the other hit notification condition. It is possible to notify that a specific gaming state (in this case, a normal gaming state of a non-probable changed state and a non-shortened state) is given after notifying the operation mode of.

  That is, when the fourth hit notification condition is satisfied, the player is made to recognize that the special winning portion 36 is opened by the notification of the operation type notification unit 100, and the operation of the operation handle 16 in the right hitting operation is performed. Not only prompting the operation, but also when the notification mode of the operation mode notification unit 100 is not changed at the time when a predetermined period has elapsed from the start of the hit game (the end time of the first round game) It can be made to recognize that it is not given.

  Then, when the fourth hit notification condition is satisfied, the player is made to recognize that the special winning portion 36 is opened by the display of the effect display portion 17, and the operation of the operation handle 16 in the right-handed operation mode is performed. Not only prompting the player, but also displaying an inconspicuous notification display (first right-handed transition notification display) from the start of the hit game for a certain period of time (while the opening time elapses), and the effect display unit 17 notifies By this, it is possible to make the player recognize that there is a possibility that the variation state is not given after the winning game, and until the round game (the first round) in which the winning of the pachinko ball is substantially impossible is performed The player can arbitrarily adjust the operation of the operation handle 16 by maintaining the inconspicuous notification display (the first right-handed transition notification display) and notifying the effect display unit 17 during this period. . Furthermore, by not changing the notification display of the effect display unit 17 before the round game in which the pachinko ball is permitted to be won is performed, it is possible to recognize that the variable short state is not given after the hit game.

(About notification after hitting game when the fourth hit notification condition is established)
Here, when the fourth hit notification condition is satisfied, none of the above-described imparting conditions of the variable length condition is satisfied. Therefore, as shown in FIG. 16 and FIG. 17, when the fourth hit notification condition is satisfied, a notification to notify that the operation handle 16 is operated in the left hitting operation form when the hit game is finished. The effect control CPU 65a controls the operation mode notification unit 100 to notify the operation mode of the operation handle 16 in the mode. Specifically, when the ending time has elapsed in the hit game, the effect control board 65 (effect control CPU 65a) outputs a control command to the lamp control board 72 so that the operation mode notification unit 100 performs the first or second operation mode. It is controlled to notify in the left strike notification mode. Similarly, when the fourth hit notification condition is satisfied, a notification display notifying that the operation handle 16 is operated in the left hitting operation mode is displayed when the hit game is ended, and the operation of the operation handle 16 is operated. The effect control CPU 65a is configured to control the effect display unit 17 so as to notify the form. Specifically, when the ending time has passed in the hit game, the effect control board 65 (effect control CPU 65a) outputs a control command to the display control board 70, whereby the effect display unit 17 displays a left-handed shift notification display. It is controlled to display in the first launch operation notification area 206A.

  Here, since the variation state is not given after the hit game triggered by the establishment of the fourth hit notification condition, the operation handle 16 remains in the right-handed operation mode as in the hit game. An appropriate game is not performed by the pachinko machine 10, which leads to the player having a useless disadvantage. For this reason, in the embodiment, the operation form notification unit 100 notifies in the second left hitting notification mode that notifies the operation in the left hitting operation mode in a more noticeable manner with the end of the winning game, and the first notice In the launch operation notification area 206A, control is performed to display a left hit transition notification to notify the operation in the left strike operation mode on the effect display unit 17 and control is performed. It is easy for the player to recognize that the operation mode needs to be changed, and encourages appropriate games to be played.

  In addition, the notification of the operation form of the operation handle 16 in the operation mode notification unit 100 and the effect display unit 17 after the end of the hit game triggered by the establishment of the fourth hit notification condition is after the hit game is over It is configured to end when a predetermined notification period has elapsed. Here, the notification period for ending the notification of the operation mode is determined based on the elapsed time since the end of the hit game, or the number of times (variation number of times of symbol change effect (special figure change display) performed after the end of the hit game ) Can be set as a standard. Specifically, based on the ending designation command CMD5 output from the main control board 60 (main control CPU 60a), a timer (clocking means) included in the effect control board 65 counts a predetermined notification end time (for example, 30 seconds) When the display control board 65 (display control CPU 65a) outputs a control command to the display control board 70 or the lamp control board 72, notification by the corresponding effect display unit 17 and the operation mode notification unit 100 is ended. It can be configured as Further, based on the ending designation command CMD5 output from the main control board 60 (main control CPU 60a), the count value of the fluctuation number counter CN included in the effect control board 65 counts a predetermined number of notification end times (for example, 5 times). When the effect control board 65 (effect control CPU 65a) outputs a control command to the display control board 70 or the lamp control board 72, notification by the corresponding effect display unit 17 and the operation mode notification unit 100 is ended. It can be configured. By providing a timer (clocking means) on the display control board 70 and the lamp control board 72, the corresponding effect display unit 17 and the corresponding operation can be performed without outputting a control command from the effect control board 65 (effect control CPU 65a). The notification by the form notification unit 100 can be ended.

(About notification of the operation mode notification unit 100 when the fifth hit notification condition is satisfied)
The pachinko machine 10 of the embodiment is determined to be the fifth hit notification condition that a predetermined hit game is determined when the per-special-pattern determination performed in the variable length condition is determined as a per-special-character determination result. It is done. In the embodiment, as shown in FIG. 16, a hit game corresponding to the symbols A to I and a to i is set as a hit game in which the fifth hit notification condition is satisfied. In other words, the fifth hit notification condition is that the special-character-per-judgement determination in the variable-short state becomes the determination result per special-character map. Then, when the fifth hit notification condition is satisfied and the main control CPU 60a grants a hit game after the symbol change effect, the operation type notification unit 100 performs the first right-handed transition notification mode and the second right. It is configured to be controlled by the effect control CPU 65 a so as to emit light in any of the strike transition notification modes and to notify the operation mode of the operation handle 16. That is, when the fifth hit notification condition is satisfied, the effect control CPU 65a notifies the operation in the right-handed operation form in the constant notification form without changing the notification form of the operation form notification unit 100. It is configured to be controllable.

  More specifically, as shown in FIG. 17, when the fifth hit notification condition is satisfied and the main control CPU 60a grants a hit game, a predetermined notification start timing along with the start of the hit game. In the second right-handed shift notification mode, the operation mode notification unit 100 notifies, and when the predetermined notification end timing comes, the effect control CPU 65a is configured to control the notification by the operation mode notification unit 100 to end. There is. Note that the notification start timing and the notification end timing when the second hit notification condition is satisfied are set to the same timing as when the first to third hit notification conditions are satisfied. That is, from the start to the end of the hit game, the operation mode notification unit 100 maintains the second right-hand transition notification mode.

  Specifically, as shown in FIGS. 14 and 17, when the fifth hit notification condition is satisfied, the opening specifying command CMD1 output from the main control CPU 60a with the start of the hit game, and the ending time By the effect control board 65 (effect control CPU 65a) outputting a control command to the lamp control board 72 based on the hit end designation command CMD6 output from the main control board 60 (main control CPU 60a) when it passes, During the hit game, the operation mode notification unit 100 is controlled to notify the operation mode of the operation handle 16 in the same notification mode. That is, in the hit game accompanying establishment of the fifth hit notification condition, the opening designation command CMD1 output from the main control CPU 60a is notified information to instruct start of notification by the operation type notification unit 100 associated with the hit game. The function and the hit end designation command CMD6 output from the main control board 60 (main control CPU 60a) functions as end indication information instructing the end of notification by the operation type notification unit 100 involved in the hit game.

  As described above, the pachinko machine 10 according to the embodiment has a special drawing between the non-shortening state (a gaming state different from the bonus gaming state) and the special state when the judgment for the special drawing is a judgment result for the special state during the variable state. The notification mode notified by the operation type notification unit 100 is different from the case where the hit determination results in a hit determination. As described above, when the fifth hit notification condition is satisfied, a unique pattern different from the other hit notification condition is satisfied (specifically, the second right continues continuously during the hit game) By changing the notification mode of the operation mode notification unit 100 in the hit transition notification mode, the notification of the operation mode of the operation handle 16 and the specific gaming state after a hit game (in this case, the probability change state and the longest It is possible to notify that the variation period is given in the assignment period (65 times) of

(About notification of effect display unit 17 when the fifth hit notification condition is satisfied)
In addition, as shown in FIG. 17, the fifth hit notification condition is a notification switching condition for switching the notification display (indication mode) of the effect display unit 17 in the same manner as the first to fourth hit notification conditions described above. The display switching timing (switching timing) of a predetermined number of times (two times in the example) for switching the notification display (informing mode) of the effect display unit 17 with the establishment of the fifth hit notification condition is determined as It is specified, the notification display of the effect display unit 17 is changed at the display switching timing, and the operation mode of the operation handle 16 is notified. As described above, when the fifth hit notification condition is satisfied, the right-handed display unit 59 operates the operation handle 16 in the same notification mode before and after changing the notification display in the effect display unit 17 and notifying the same. The main control CPU 60a controls to notify the form. The display start timing and the display end timing when the fifth hit notification condition is satisfied are set to the same timing as when the first to third hit notification conditions are satisfied.

  However, as shown in FIG. 17, the number of times of display switching timing when the fifth hit notification condition is satisfied is the same as the fourth hit notification condition, and the notification display of the effect display unit 17 is switched three times. (Display switching timing is set twice). That is, when the fifth hit notification condition is satisfied and the main control CPU 60a grants a hit game, a second introduction effect of displaying a second right-handed shift notification display along with the start of the hit game. Is displayed on the effect display unit 17, and the first right-handed shift notification display is displayed on the effect display unit 17 by the first display switching timing from the start of the hit game, and the second display from the start of the hit game The effect control CPU 65a is configured to control to display on the effect display unit 17 a continuation effect that displays a second operation suggestion display suggesting a right-handed operation mode by becoming the switching timing. That is, when the fifth hit notification condition is satisfied, based on the control command of the effect control CPU 65a, the second right-handed shift notification display in the second introduction effect is an effect display in the opening time of the hit game The first or second rightward transition notification display is displayed in the first launch operation notification area 206A of the section 17 and after the start of the first round of the round game, the second launch operation of the effect display section 17 It is displayed in the notification area 206B. Then, in the ending time of the hit game, the continuous effect is displayed on the entire surface of the display unit 17a of the effect display unit 17 as a second operation suggestion display. As described above, in the embodiment, when the fifth hit notification condition is satisfied, the effect display unit 17 displays the final round game before the ending time and the ending time after the final round game. It is comprised so that it alert | reports by a different alerting | reporting aspect.

  In addition, as shown in FIG. 14 and FIG. 17, the display switching timing of the notification display of the effect display unit 17 in the hit game triggered by the establishment of the fifth hit notification condition is the formation of the fourth hit notification condition. It is set to the same timing as the display switching timing in the hit game triggered by the. That is, when the fifth hit notification condition is satisfied, the main control CPU 60a is caused by the opening designating command CMD1 output from the main control CPU 60a with the start of the hit game and the opening time elapses (switch timing). The round designating command CMD2 for designating the start of the first round of the round game output from the ending designating command CMD5 outputted from the main control CPU 60a when the round game ending condition for the final round is satisfied, and the ending time has elapsed The effect control board 65 (effect control CPU 65a) outputs a control command to the display control board 70 based on the hit end designation command CMD6 output from the main control board 60 (main control CPU 60a) at the time of From the start of the game Representation display unit 17 is controlled so as to notify the control mode of the operating handle 16 in the notification display according to the over-time (notification manner). That is, in the hit game accompanied by the establishment of the fifth hit notification condition, the opening designation command CMD1 output from the main control CPU 60a is a notification instruction instructing to notify the effect display unit 17 of the operation mode of the operation handle 16 It functions as information, and each of the round designation command CMD2 and the ending designation command CMD5 output from the main control CPU 60a functions as display switching information (switching information) for switching the notification display (notification mode) of the effect display unit 17 .

  As described above, the pachinko machine 10 according to the embodiment has a special drawing between the non-shortening state (a gaming state different from the bonus gaming state) and the special state when the judgment for the special drawing is a judgment result for the special state during the variable state. The notification display to be displayed and notified on the effect display unit 17 is configured to be different from the case where the hit determination results in a hit determination. As described above, when the fifth hit notification condition is satisfied, the operation handle 16 is changed by changing the notification display of the effect display unit 17 with a unique pattern different from the other hit notification condition. It is possible to notify that a specific gaming state (in this case, a variation state in a probability variation state and the longest awarding period (65 times) in this case) is given after notifying the operation mode of.

  That is, when the fifth hit notification condition is satisfied, the notification that the special winning portion 36 is opened is notified by the notification of the operation type notification unit 100, and the operation of the operation handle 16 in the right-handed operation is In addition to prompting the operation, the operation mode notification unit 100 reports from the start of the hit game in the second left hitting notification mode, and after the hit game, the variation state is given in the longest giving period and the hit game is The player can be made to recognize that the continuous expectation is high.

  When the fifth hit notification condition is satisfied, the player is made to recognize that the special winning portion 36 is opened by the display of the effect display portion 17, and the operation of the operation handle 16 in the right-handed operation mode is performed. Not only prompting the player, but also displaying a notice display (the second right-handed shift notice display) that stands out from the start of the hit game and notifying the effect display unit 17, the change in the longest grant period after the hit game It is possible to make the player recognize that the expectation is high that the hit is given and the game is continued. Furthermore, after the final round game in which the pachinko ball is permitted to finish winning is finished, the display is changed to a specific continuation effect and the effect display unit 17 notifies, so that the variation period is short in the longest grant period after the hit game. It is possible to make the player recognize that the expectation is high that the hit is given and the game is continued.

(About notification after hitting game when the fifth hit notification condition is established)
Here, when the fifth hit notification condition is satisfied, the provision condition included in the above-described second provision condition group is satisfied. That is, as shown in FIG. 16, when the fifth hit notification condition is satisfied, the notification mode at the end of the hit game (ie, when the hit game is ended and the giving of the variable state is started) The effect control CPU 65a is configured to control the operation mode notification unit 100 so as to notify the operation mode of the operation handle 16 in the same notification mode as the second right-turn transition notification mode). Specifically, when the ending time has elapsed in the hit game, the effect control board 65 (effect control CPU 65a) outputs a control command to the lamp control board 72, and after the end of the hit game, as described above. The operation mode notification unit 100 is controlled to notify the operation mode of the operation handle 16 in a notification mode corresponding to the established application condition (second application condition group).

  Further, when the fifth hit notification condition is satisfied, the provision condition included in the above-mentioned fifth provision condition group is satisfied. That is, as shown in FIG. 16, when the fifth hit notification condition is satisfied, the notification display at the end of the hit game when the hit game is ended and the giving of the variable state is started (ie, The effect control CPU 65a is configured to control the effect display unit 17 so as to notify the operation mode of the operation handle 16 by the notification display (that is, the first notification display) different from the operation suggestion display displayed in the continuous effect. Specifically, when the ending time has elapsed in the hit game, the effect control board 65 (effect control CPU 65a) outputs a control command to the display control board 70, and after the end of the hit game, as described above. The effect display unit 17 is controlled to notify the operation mode of the operation handle 16 by the notification display according to the satisfied application condition (fifth application condition group).

  As described above, the main control board 60 (main control CPU 60a) when the opening designating command CMD1, the round designating command CMD2, the round end designating command CMD3, and the ending designating command CMD5 are in the right hitting gaming state operated in the right hitting operation mode. Functions as a notification signal to be output to the effect control board 65 from that, based on each command input to the effect control board 65, the effect control CPU 65a starts to notify the right-handed operation form in the effect display unit 17 or , Is controlled to switch the notification mode.

  Here, in the hit game, the hit game that can be awarded when the first to fourth hit notification conditions are satisfied, and the hit game that can be granted when the fifth hit notification condition is satisfied, the player in the hit game However, the number of winning balls that can be obtained is different, and the winning condition in which the fifth hit notification condition is satisfied is given and the game is more advantageous to the player (the higher is the obtained benefit). In addition, a hit game that can be awarded when the first or fifth hit notification condition is satisfied, and a hit game that can be granted when the second to third hit notification conditions are satisfied, are hit games. The awarding period (one time, five times, twenty-five times, sixty-five times) of the variation state to be awarded later is different, and the first or fifth hit notification condition is satisfied and the winning game is awarded Advantage (the benefits obtained are high). That is, in the pachinko machine 10 of the embodiment, when giving a hit game, the operation form notification unit 100 and the effect display unit 17 in different modes of operation of the operation handle 16 according to the degree of advantage with the giving of a hit game. It is configured to be able to notify, and is configured such that the player can definitely grasp the profit obtained with the winning game based on the notification mode of the operation mode notification unit 100 and the notification display of the effect display unit 17 ing.

  In addition, as described above, in the pachinko machine 10 of the embodiment, when a winning game with a different degree of advantage is awarded, the same notification mode is notified in the specific period of the winning game and the specific period of each playing game ( The effect control CPU 65a can control the operation mode notification unit 100 so that the notification modes in the period after the first notification specific period and the second notification specific period differ. Similarly, when a winning game with a different degree of advantage is awarded, the same notification display is displayed in the specific period of the winning game, and each specific period of the playing game (first display specific period, second display specification During the period, the effect control CPU 65a can control the effect display unit 17 so that the notification display in the subsequent period is different.

  Furthermore, in the case of the hit game that can be awarded when the third hit notification condition is met, the assignment period of the variable state to be granted after the hit game according to the grant condition of the variable state established (one time, 5 Times, 25) are different, and the degree of advantage associated with the awarding of the hit game varies according to the award conditions of the established variable state. As described above, regardless of the degree of advantage associated with the winning game, the operation mode notification unit 100 and the effect display unit 17 can notify the operation mode of the operation handle 16 in the same manner, and the operation mode notification unit Based on the notification mode of 100 and the notification display of the effect display unit 17, the player is configured to make it difficult to estimate the profit obtained with the hit game.

(About the case where the notification of the left strike operation form overlaps)
Here, notification of the left-handed operation form in the case where notification of the left-handed operation form based on the establishment of the first operation error condition and the establishment of the left-handed transition condition is overlapped will be described. The pachinko machine 10 of the embodiment is based on the establishment of one of the conditions if the left-handed operation mode notification is overlapped based on the establishment of the first operation error condition and the establishment of the left-handed transition condition. The effect control CPU 65a is configured to control so that notification of the left-handed operation mode has priority. Specifically, in the embodiment, when the notification of the left-handed operation form based on the establishment of the first operation error condition and the establishment of the left-handed transition condition is overlapped, the left-handed transition condition is satisfied (varied state or The notification of the left hitting operation form based on the transition to the non-shortening state with the end of the hit game is configured to be given priority.

  That is, even after the player changes the operation handle 16 from the right-handed operation mode to the left-handed operation mode right after the transition to the non-shortened state following the end of the hit or hit state, the short-end state A pachinko ball hit into the second ball flow area 21b during the hit game may pass through the second gate 43 and a first operation error condition may be established. There is a possibility that the operation form is not wrong. For this reason, as shown in FIG. 14 and FIG. 18A, when transitioning to the non-variable state with the end of the variable state or the hit game (establishment of left hitting transition condition), the left hitting transition condition is When the first operation error condition is satisfied and the first operation error designation command is input until the first left-handed notification time (notification time) accompanying establishment is elapsed, the first left-handed drive is issued. It is comprised not to perform alerting | reporting by an alerting | reporting aspect. That is, after transitioning to the non-shortening state with the end of the short-circuiting state or the hit game, notification of the left-handed operation form accompanying establishment of the left-handed transition condition (ie, left-handed transition notification mode, left-handed transition While the notification by the notification display is being performed, the effect control CPU 65a is configured not to output a control command based on the input of the first operation error designation command to the display control substrate 70 or the lamp control substrate 72. In other words, the control command based on the input of the first operation error designation command is controlled until the first left-handed notification time elapses (when the extension time as described later extends, as described later), the effect control CPU 65a Is not output to the display control board 70 or the lamp control board 72. This prevents the notification of the operation in the left-handed operation form in the notification form when the irregular operation is performed even though the operation form of the operation handle 16 is appropriately changed. It is possible to continue the game without giving the player a sense of discomfort.

  Here, as shown in FIG. 18A, the first operation error condition is satisfied while the first left-handed notification time (informing time) accompanying the establishment of the left-handed transition condition elapses, and When the operation error designation command of 1 is input, effect control is performed to extend notification of the left hitting operation form (that is, notification by left hitting transition notification mode, left hitting transition notification display) based on satisfaction of left hit transition condition The CPU 65a is configured to control. That is, a prescribed extension time is added to the remaining time of the first left hitting notification time (for example, 30 seconds) for notifying the left hitting operation form in accordance with the establishment of the left hitting transition condition, and the added time elapses. Then, the effect control CPU 65a is configured to output a control command to the display control board 70 or the lamp control board 72 so as to end the notification of the left hitting operation mode by the operation mode notifying unit 100 or the effect display unit 17. Here, the specified extension time may be the same time as the second left-handed notification time (for example, 15 seconds), or as a specified time (for example, 5 seconds) shorter than the second left-handed notification time (15 seconds) It is also good. Further, the specified extension time may be a specified time (for example, 20 seconds) longer than the second left-handed notification time (for example, 15 seconds).

  That is, for example, the first operation error condition is established when 10 seconds have elapsed since the transition to the non-shortening state (the left hitting transition condition is satisfied) with the fluctuation state or the end of the hit game, the first When the operation error designation command of is input, the second left-handed notification time (15 seconds) is defined as the specified extension time for the remaining time (30 seconds-10 seconds = 20 seconds) of the first left-handed notification time. The left-hand operation mode based on the establishment of the left-hand transition condition until the total informing time elapses from the establishment of the input of the first operation error designation command, with the time (35 seconds) obtained by adding the second) as the total informing time The notification control CPU 65a continues the display control board 70 and the lamp control board 72 with the elapse of the total notification time (35 seconds) while continuing the notification (ie, the left hit transition notification mode, the notification based on the left hit transition notification display). Output control command to Constructed.

  Here, when the first operation error condition is satisfied and the first operation error designation command is input until the left-hand drive notification time (notification time) due to the left-hand drive transition condition is elapsed, The left-handed operation mode is achieved by the first left-handed notification time elapses after the first left-handed notification time is shifted to the non-shortened state along with the end of the hit / failed state or the hit game without extending the first left-handed notification time The effect control CPU 65a may be configured to control the operation mode notification unit 100 and the effect display unit 17 so as to end the notification of the event.

(About the case where the notification of the right-handed operation form overlaps)
Here, notification of the right-handed operation form in the case where the notification of the right-handed operation form based on the establishment of the second operation error condition and the establishment of the right-handed transition condition is overlapped will be described. The pachinko machine 10 of the embodiment is based on the satisfaction of one of the conditions when the notification of the right-handed operation mode based on the satisfaction of the second operation error condition and the satisfaction of the right-handed transition condition is overlapped. The effect control CPU 65a is configured to control so that notification of the right-handed operation mode has priority. Specifically, in the embodiment, when the notification of the right-handed operation form based on the satisfaction of the second operation error condition and the satisfaction of the right-handed transition condition is overlapped, the right-handed transition condition is satisfied (varied state or The notification of the right-handed operation form based on the transition to the non-shortening state with the end of the hit game is configured to be given priority.

  That is, even after the player appropriately changes the operation handle 16 from the left-handed operation mode to the right-handed operation mode, the first ball flow area during the non-shortened state immediately after transitioning to the variable state or hitting game. There is a possibility that the pachinko ball punched out in 21a passes through the first gate portion 41 and the second operation error condition is satisfied, and the player may not necessarily mistake the operation mode of the operation handle 16. Therefore, as shown in FIG. 18 (b), when transitioning to the variable state or hitting game (establishment of the right hitting transition condition), a predetermined transition time (for example, 5 seconds) accompanying the establishment of the right hitting transition condition Notification of right-handed operation based on the second operation error condition (that is, right-handed operation) when the second operation error specification command is input when the second operation error condition is satisfied while the second time elapses It is configured not to perform the error notification mode and the notification by the right-handed error notification display). That is, during the transition to the variation state or the hit game and until the transition time elapses, the effect control CPU 65a controls the display control board 70 and the lamp control board 72 based on the input of the second operation error designation command. It is configured not to output to The effect control CPU 65a can determine the transition to the variable short state based on the variable short provision flag output from the main control board 60 (main control CPU 60a), and the main control board 60 (main control CPU 60a) The effect control CPU 65a can also be configured to make a determination based on the hit end designation command CMD6 output from. Then, the effect control CPU 65a can determine the transition to the hit game based on the opening designation command CMD1 output from the main control board 60 (main control CPU 60a). That is, the effect control CPU 65a sets the right-turn error notification prohibition flag indicating the right-turn error notification prohibition based on the input of the control command accompanying the transition to the variation state or the transition to the hit game, and the effect control board 65 includes The timer is configured to release the right-handed error notification prohibition flag by measuring a predetermined transition time, and while the right-handed error notification prohibition flag is set, the second operation error designation command is input. It is comprised so that alerting | reporting of the right type operation form based on is not performed.

  This prevents the notification of the operation in the right-handed operation form in the notification form when the irregular operation is performed even though the operation form of the operation handle 16 is appropriately changed. It is possible to continue the game without giving the player a sense of discomfort. Here, although the length of the transition time can be set appropriately, when the pachinko ball shot out in the first ball flow area 21 a moves to the first gate portion 41 immediately before the transition to the fluctuation state or the hit game. It is preferable to set it longer than the required flow-down time. In addition, since the flow-down time is not a fixed time because of the nature of the pachinko machine 10, when a predetermined number (for example, 100) of pachinko balls are hit to the first ball flow-down area 21a, the ball moves to the first gate portion 41. It can be defined as the average time it takes to do.

  In addition, as shown in FIG. 18 (b), after the transition time has passed since the transition to the variable length state or the hit game, the effect control CPU 65a controls the control command based on the input of the second operation error designation command. The effect display unit 17 and the operation mode notification unit are configured to be able to output to the display control board 70 and the lamp control board 72 and correspond to the second operation error condition (right-turn error notification mode, right-turn error notification display) It is controlled by the effect control CPU 65 a so that 100 notifies. Then, when a predetermined right-handed notification time (for example, 10 seconds) has elapsed since the input of the second operation error designation command, an aspect corresponding to the second operation error condition (right-handed error notification mode, right-handed error The operation control informing unit 100 or the effect display unit 17 is performed by the effect control CPU 65a to end the notification in the notification display) and to notify the operation mode of the operating handle 16 based on the hit notification condition or the change notification condition. Is controlled.

  That is, the effect control CPU 65a is configured to temporarily store the control command output from the main control board 60 (main control CPU 60a) in the storage means such as the effect control RAM 65c etc. until the right-handed notification time elapses. Such that the operation mode notification unit 100 and the effect display unit 17 notify the operation mode in the notification mode when the right-handed notification time has elapsed based on the control command temporarily stored in the effect control RAM 65c. A control command is output to the display control board 70 and the lamp control board 72. Therefore, for example, the mode corresponding to the second operation error condition based on the second operation error designation command being output from the main control board 60 (main control CPU 60a) while the round game is being performed If the ending specification command CMD5 is output before the right-handed notification time elapses when the error notification mode, right-handed error notification display is issued, the ending is performed along with the elapse of the right-handed notification time. The effect control CPU 65a controls the operation mode notification unit 100 and the effect display unit 17 to notify the operation mode in a time notification mode.

(Regarding the relationship between notification of operation mode and various errors)
Next, the relationship between the notification of the operation mode of the operation handle 16 in the pachinko machine 10 of the embodiment and an error generated in the pachinko machine 10 will be described. In the embodiment, as shown in FIG. 19, six types of errors are described, but the number and types of the errors are not limited thereto. As shown in FIG. 19, in each error, when the error occurs, the effect display unit 17, the lamp device 18, the speaker 19, etc. notify that an error has occurred by a plurality of types of notification means having different notification modes. The priority to be set (priority) is set to 1, 2, 3 or 4. In the embodiment, "RAM clear" is set as priority 1, "main board error" and "magnetic detection sensor error" are set as priority 2, and "vibration detection sensor error" is set as priority 3. "Operation error" is set as priority 4. Then, when a plurality of errors having different priorities occur in duplicate, an error notification (display) indicating that an error having a higher priority (small numerical value) has occurred is given priority.

  For example, when "magnetic detection sensor error" of priority 2 and "operation error" of priority 4 occur simultaneously, error notification corresponding to "magnetic detection sensor error" of priority 2 is executed with priority. Be done. Then, when the notification of the “magnetic detection sensor error” of priority 2 is canceled, if the “operation error” of priority 4 is not yet cleared (cancelled), the “operation error” of priority 4 Error notification is performed. In addition, when the error notification of "operation error" of priority 4 is being executed, if the "magnetic detection sensor error" of priority 2 occurs, the error notification of "magnetic detection sensor error" of priority 2 takes priority Will be reported. Also, when an error notification of priority 2 "Magnetic detection sensor error" is being executed, if an "operation error" of priority 4 occurs, an error notification of priority 2 "Magnetic detection sensor error" While continuing, the error notification of the "operation error" of priority 4 is not executed. However, in the pachinko machine 10 of the embodiment, the effect display unit 17 as the notification means can simultaneously execute the error notification, in the case where an error occurs in duplicate, the effect display unit regardless of the priority. A plurality of error notices specifying each error can be displayed in parallel at 17. Note that the error in the embodiment is not limited to a state in which the normal operation is not performed, but a state in which a threat related to security of the pachinko machine 10 may exist even in a state in which the normal operation is performed Also included.

(About RAM clear)
The "RAM clear" with priority 1 is an initialization process that erases (clears) the stored information of storage means (main control RAM 60c, effect control RAM 65c, etc.) storing gaming information and starts based on the initial setting value An error that determines that the main control CPU 60a has occurred on the condition that the RAM clear operation (operation to simultaneously turn on the clear switch and the power switch (not shown) on the back side of the pachinko machine 10) is performed to execute It is. If the main control CPU 60a determines that "RAM clear" has occurred, the main control CPU 60a outputs a RAM clear designation command (error information) specifying that the "RAM clear" has occurred. Then, the effect control board 65 (effect control CPU 65a) outputs the input RAM clear designation command to the display control board 70, the lamp control board 72, and the sound control board 73, and the display control board 70, the lamp control board 72, The sound control board 73 controls the effect display unit 17, the lamp unit 18, and the speaker 19 based on the RAM clear designation command to execute the RAM clear notification (error notification). Specifically, the lamp device 18 provided on the front of the front frame of the pachinko machine 10 is fully lit, and the speaker 19 outputs a RAM clear sound, which is preset so as to be able to identify "RAM clear". This RAM clear sound is continuously output for 30 seconds unless the power is turned off (OFF). In the meantime, an image (error display) or the like for specifying "RAM clear" is not displayed on the display unit 17a of the effect display unit 17, and an initial image (initial symbol) set in the pachinko machine 10 is displayed. Then, when a predetermined time (for example, 30 seconds) elapses from the start of the notification, the notification of “RAM clear” is released. That is, the cancellation condition of the RAM clear notification (notification end condition) is the elapsed time from the notification start (detection of the RAM clear).

  Here, when “RAM clear” occurs, the initial image (initial symbol) is displayed on the display unit 17 a of the effect display unit 17, so that the initial image (initial symbol) is displayed as the effect display. It can be said that the RAM clear display (error notification) by the unit 17 is performed. That is, in the embodiment, the initial image (initial symbol) displayed on the display unit 17a is an initialization process execution display indicating execution of the initialization process. Further, in the initial image displayed on the display unit 17a, the initial symbol (initial decoration) is set to be stopped and displayed at the effective stop position 300, and the effective stop position (determination stop display area) 300 is displayed. , It is set as a display area of initialization processing execution display. In addition, the initial symbol stopped and displayed at the effective stop position 300 is configured so as not to overlap the vibration error notification area 204 and the launch operation notification area 206 (first and second launch operation notification areas 206A and 206B). Ru.

(About main board error)
The “main board error” of priority 2 is an error when an abnormality occurs in the main control CPU 60 a included in the main control board 60. Specifically, the main control CPU 60a monitors whether the random number circuit included in the main control CPU 60a normally outputs a random number confirmation signal, and when the random number confirmation signal is not normally output, the main control CPU 60a It is determined that a "main board error" has occurred. When the main control CPU 60a determines that a "main board error" has occurred, a main board error specification command (error information) indicating that a "main board error" has occurred is used as a presentation control board 65 (effect control CPU 65a Configured to output to.

  When the main board error designating command is input, the effect control CPU 65a of the effect control board 65 outputs the main board error designating command to the display control board 70 (display control CPU 70a), the lamp control board 72, and the sound control board 73. The display control board 70, the lamp control board 72, and the sound control board 73 control the effect display unit 17, the lamp device 18, and the speaker 19 based on the main board error designation command to execute main board error notification (error notification). . The main board error display by the effect display unit 17 is executed using the full screen of the display unit 17a. Specifically, with the entire surface (background) of the display section 17a displayed in the same color (in the normal state, opaque yellow), as shown in FIG. Display the words "Please call me." That is, in the main board error display, all the symbols (decorative figures) and background etc. displayed on the display unit 17a of the effect display unit 17 before the occurrence of the error are displayed (image) by the main board error display (error display). It hides and disappears from the player. Further, in the main board error notification by the lamp unit 18, the lamp unit 18 provided on the front of the front frame is lit in red. Further, the main board error notification by the speaker 19 outputs a voice of “an abnormality is detected in the main board”. Then, the main board error notification by the effect display unit 17, the lamp device 18, and the speaker 19 is configured to continue until the power is turned off. That is, the cancellation condition (the notification end condition) of the main substrate error notification is the power-off (OFF).

(About magnetic detection sensor error)
The “magnetic detection sensor error” of priority 2 is an error when the magnetic detection sensor (error detection means) 202 detects magnetism. Specifically, when the magnetism detection sensor 202 detects magnetism continuously for a predetermined time (for example, 300 ms), the main control CPU 60a determines that a "magnetism detection sensor error" has occurred. When the main control CPU 60a determines that the "magnetic detection sensor error" has occurred, the magnetic control command (error information) indicating that the "magnetic detection sensor error" has occurred is displayed on the presentation control board 65 (effect control It is configured to output to the CPU 65a).

  When the magnetic error designation command is input, the effect control CPU 65a of the effect control board 65 outputs the magnetic error designation command to the display control board 70 (display control CPU 70a), the lamp control board 72, and the sound control board 73, and the display The control board 70, the lamp control board 72, and the sound control board 73 control the effect display unit 17, the lamp device 18, and the speaker 19 based on the magnetic error designation command to execute the magnetic detection sensor error notification (error notification). The magnetic detection sensor error display (error display) by the effect display unit 17 is executed using the entire screen of the display unit 17a. Specifically, with the entire surface (background) of the display section 17a displayed in the same color (in the normal state, opaque yellow), as shown in FIG. Display the words "Please call". That is, in the magnetic detection sensor error display, all the symbols (decorative figures) and the background, etc. displayed on the display unit 17a of the effect display unit 17 before the error occurrence are hidden by the display (image) of the magnetic detection sensor error display. It disappears from the player. Further, in the magnetic detection sensor error notification by the lamp unit 18, the lamp unit 18 provided on the front surface of the front frame lights in yellow. Furthermore, the magnetic detection sensor error notification by the speaker 19 outputs a voice of “magnetic detection sensor has reacted”. The magnetism detection sensor error notification by the effect display unit 17, the lamp device 18 and the speaker 19 is configured to continue until the power is turned off. That is, the cancellation condition (notification end condition) of the magnetic detection sensor error notification is the power-off (OFF).

  Here, any of the error displays executed by the effect display unit 17 when the “main substrate error” and the “magnetic detection sensor error” set (classified) in the priority 2 (the same priority) are generated It is displayed using the entire screen of the display unit 17a, and may be referred to as "full screen error" or "identity rank error". That is, the error notification area of the error display indicating that the full screen error (type 1 error) has occurred is the entire area of the display unit 17a. Further, in the pachinko machine 10 of the embodiment, a plurality of errors in which the condition that the main control CPU 60a determines that an error has occurred are classified into the same rank error. Then, in the pachinko machine 10 of the embodiment, when the main control CPU 60a determines that a plurality of errors having different priorities occur in duplicate, it is determined that an error having a higher priority (small numerical value) has occurred. When the main control CPU 60a determines that the same notification error has occurred in duplicate while the error notification to be shown is preferentially executed by the notification means 17, 18 and 19, notification of an error notification of the same difference error that occurs later is notified The means 17, 18 and 19 are configured to execute. For example, when the main control CPU 60a determines that the "magnetic detection sensor error" has occurred during execution of the main board error notification by the notification means 17, 18, 19, the notification means 17, 18 under the control of the effect control CPU 65a. , 19 to execute notification of the magnetic detection sensor error. Specifically, when the main control CPU 60a determines that an error has occurred, the main control CPU 60a outputs an error designation command (error information) specifying the error that has occurred as described above to the effect control CPU 65a, and the effect control CPU 65a While an error notification is being executed based on an error designation command that identifies the same rank error that has been input, a new error designation command that identifies the same rank error is input (the main control CPU 60a identifies the same rank error) (When an error specifying command is output), the notification means 17, 18 and 19 are configured to preferentially execute an error notification based on the error specifying command specifying the same rank error input later.

(About vibration detection sensor error)
The “vibration detection sensor error” of priority 3 is an error when the vibration detection sensor (error detection means) 200 detects a vibration. Specifically, when the vibration detection sensor 200 continuously detects vibration for a predetermined time (for example, 200 ms) under a specific condition, the main control CPU 60a determines that the “vibration detection sensor error” has occurred. . Then, when the main control CPU 60a determines that the "vibration detection sensor error" has occurred, a vibration error designation command (error information) indicating that the "vibration detection sensor error" has occurred is displayed on the presentation control board 65 (effect control It is configured to output to the CPU 65a).

  When the vibration error designation command is input, the effect control CPU 65a of the effect control board 65 outputs the vibration error designation command to the display control board 70 (display control CPU 70a), the lamp control board 72, and the sound control board 73, and the display The control board 70, the lamp control board 72, and the sound control board 73 control the effect display unit 17, the lamp device 18, and the speaker 19 based on the vibration error designation command to execute vibration detection sensor error notification (error notification). The vibration detection sensor error display (error display) by the effect display unit 17 is performed using a part of the display unit 17a. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 10A, characters of “vibration detection sensor error” are displayed in the vibration error notification area (notification area) 204 which is smaller than the entire surface of the display unit 17a. The vibration error notification area 204 is set at a position not overlapping the effective stop position 300 set in the display unit 17a, and the decoration figure (effect pattern) displayed as the fixed stop at the effective stop position 300 is vibrated. It is configured not to be hidden by the display of the detection sensor error display. In the vibration detection sensor error display by the effect display unit 17, the vibration error notification area 204 (see FIG. 16) is displayed in front of the effect image displayed in the area other than the effective stop position 300 related to the game being played on the display unit 17a. 10 (a) is entirely displayed in yellow (in the case of the normal state) in a region enclosed by a two-dot chain line, and a character image of "vibration detection sensor error" is displayed in the yellow background color. Further, in the vibration detection sensor error notification by the lamp unit 18, the lamp unit 18 provided on the front surface of the front frame lights in white. Furthermore, the vibration detection sensor error notification by the speaker 19 outputs a voice of “the vibration detection sensor has reacted”. Then, the vibration detection sensor error notification by the effect display unit 17, the lamp device 18, and the speaker 19 is automatically canceled after a predetermined time (for example, 30 seconds) from the start of the notification. That is, the cancellation condition (notification end condition) of the vibration detection sensor error notification is an elapsed time from the notification start (occurrence of the vibration detection sensor error).

(About operation error)
The priority 4 "operation error" is a gaming state in which the pachinko ball is detected to flow down the second ball flow area 21b in the gaming state in which the right hitting operation form is not recommended, or in the gaming state in which the left hitting operation form is not recommended Is an error when it is detected that the pachinko ball flows down the first ball flow area 21a. That is, this is an error when either the first operation error condition or the second operation error condition described above is satisfied. Then, when the main control CPU 60a determines that the "operation error" has occurred in response to the establishment of the first operation error condition, a first operation error designation command indicating that the "first operation error" has occurred. When (error information) is output to the effect control board 65 (effect control CPU 65a), and the main control CPU 60a determines that the “operation error” has occurred, triggered by the establishment of the second operation error condition, “second A second operation error designation command (error information) indicating that an operation error has occurred is output to the effect control board 65 (effect control CPU 65a).

  Then, when the operation error designation command is input, the effect control CPU 65a of the effect control board 65 outputs control commands to the display control board 70 (display control CPU 70a), the lamp control board 72, and the sound control board 73, and the control Based on the command, the operation mode of the appropriate operation handle 16 is displayed in a predetermined notification mode (left-handed error notification mode, left-handed error notification display, right-handed error notification mode, right-handed operation, or right-handed It is comprised so that it alert | reports by error alerting | reporting display. Here, as shown in FIG. 10A, the notification by the effect display unit 17 corresponds to the launch operation notification area 206 (specifically, the first launch operation notification area 206A) smaller than the entire surface of the display unit 17a. Is displayed by displaying a predetermined notification display (a left strike error alert display, a right strike error alert display). The launch operation notification area 206 (including the first and second launch operation notification areas 206A and 206B) is set at a position not overlapping the valid stop position 300 set in the display unit 17a. It is configured not to hide the decoration (effect pattern) which has been fixedly stopped at the valid stop position 300 by the display of the left hitting or right hitting error notification display. The launch operation notification area 206 (including the first and second launch operation notification areas 206A and 206B) is set at a position not overlapping the vibration error notification area 204, and the vibration detection sensor error is generated. In the pachinko machine 10 of the embodiment, notification of each error can be simultaneously displayed on the display unit 17a of the effect display unit 17 when the operation error and the operation error occur in duplicate.

  Here, for various errors generated in the pachinko machine 10 of the embodiment, as described above, an error displaying an image of an error display using the entire surface of the display unit 17a ("main board error", "magnetic detection sensor error" And an error (“vibration detection sensor error”, “operation error”) for displaying an image of an error display using a part of the display unit 17a. In the embodiment, in the following description, a plurality of errors for displaying an image of an error display using the entire surface of the display unit 17a, and a plurality of images for displaying an error display using a part of the display unit 17a. In the case of distinction from an error, the former may be referred to as a type 1 error (full screen error), and the latter may be referred to as a type 2 error. The type 2 error is an error that has a lower priority than the type 1 error.

  That is, when the main control CPU 60a determines that the error is a type 1 error ("main board error", "magnetic detection sensor error"), a notification mode (right-turning transfer notification mode, right) notifying the operation form of the operation handle 16 In the notification mode (first error notification mode) in which the image of the error display is displayed using the entire surface of the display unit 17a different from the strike transition notification display), the effect control CPU 65a is configured to notify the first type error Are configured to control. Further, when it is determined that the main control CPU 60a second type error ("vibration detection sensor error", "operation error"), a notification mode (right-turning transition notification mode, right-turning notification mode to notify the operation form of the operation handle 16) In the second error notification mode in which the image of the error display is displayed using a part of the display unit 17a different from each of the transition notification display) and the first error notification mode, the effect display unit 17 generates the second type error The effect control CPU 65a is configured to control to notify.

  The "RAM clear" of the priority order 1 is to erase the game information stored in the storage means such as the main control RAM 60c and the effect control RAM 65c by the initialization process, and the pachinko machine 10 clears the "RAM clear" Is set to be notified at the highest priority. In other words, notification means corresponding to the error notification corresponding to the occurrence of each error ("main board error", "magnetic detection sensor error", "vibration detection sensor error", "operation error") in the priorities 2 to 4 If the initialization process is executed by the RAM clear operation during execution by the display unit 17, the lamp device 18, and the speaker 19, RAM clear (initialization process) is performed under the control of the main control CPU 60a and the effect control CPU 65a. The RAM clear notification (initialization process execution notification) to the effect of being executed is given priority to other error notifications and executed by notification means (effect display unit 17, lamp device 18, speaker 19). In the embodiment, since the RAM clear notification is mainly performed by the lamp device 18 and the speaker 19, when the RAM clear (initialization process) is performed, another error notification is performed by the lamp device 18 and the speaker 19. Even during operation, the lamp device 18 is fully lit and the speaker 19 outputs a RAM clear sound. Further, the effect display unit 17 preferentially displays the initial image instead of images of various error displays.

  Here, as in the case of the “vibration detection sensor error” and the “operation error”, when the error occurs, the effect display unit 17 displays an error display using the areas 204 and 206 of a part of the display unit 17a. In the case where the effect control CPU 65a does not generate an error and when an error occurs and the error display is displayed on the display unit 17a, the symbol variation effect performed by the effect display unit 17 is It is comprised so that the display mode of a decoration figure (pattern) may be varied. That is, the decoration drawing is configured to be variably displayed in the area excluding the vibration error notification area 204 and the launch operation notification area 206 (including the first and second launch operation notification areas 206A and 206B). Both display and symbol variation effects can be suitably viewed. In other words, the effect display unit 17 is configured to variably display the decoration in different modes after and after the error designation command (error information) is output from the main control CPU 60a.

  Here, as described above, the notification areas 204 and 206 of each error display of “vibration detection sensor error” and “operation error” which are the second type errors in the display unit 17 a of the effect display unit 17 are mutually overlapped. In the pachinko machine 10 of the embodiment, the notification area of the first type error display (the entire surface of the display unit 17a) for specifying the first type error having high priority is set so as not to (see FIG. 10A). Are set at positions overlapping with the notification areas 204 and 206 of the second type error display that specify the second type error having lower priority than the first type error, while the notification area 204 of each second type error display , 206 are set at positions not overlapping with each other.

  That is, the effect display unit 17 includes the first type for the launch operation notification area 206 (including the first and second launch operation notification areas 206A and 206B) for reporting the operation mode of the operation handle 16. A notification area (the entire surface of the display unit 17a) for notifying occurrence of an error is set to overlap, and when notifying a first type error, the launch operation notification area 206 (first and second launch operation notification areas) (Including 206A and 206B) can not be identified. Further, the effect display section 17 is an "operation error" for the launch operation notification area 206 (including the first and second launch operation notification areas 206A and 206B) for reporting the operation mode of the operation handle 16. The vibration error notification area 204 for notifying the occurrence of the second type error other than the above is set so that at least a part thereof is overlapped, and the launch operation notification is performed when the second type error is notified in the vibration error notification area 204 The notification in the area 206 (including the first and second launch operation notification areas 206A and 206B) can be identified.

  Then, as shown in FIG. 20 (a), in the pachinko machine 10 of the embodiment, the main control CPU 60a determines that a second type error such as "vibration detection sensor error" or "operation error" has occurred. In the state where the second type error display for specifying the second type error is displayed in the launch operation notification area 206 (the first or second launch operation notification area 206A, 206B) of the effect display unit 17, “main When it is determined that a first type error such as "substrate error" or "magnetic detection sensor error" has occurred, and the corresponding error designation command is output from the main control CPU 60a, the effect that the error designation command is input The control CPU 65a is configured to control the effect display unit 17 via the display control CPU 70a so as to display the first type error display that specifies the first type error. It is. That is, when the type 1 error and the type 2 error occur in duplicate, the effect display unit 17 hides the type 2 error display by the type 1 error display (it becomes an invisible state) It can not be viewed from the front side. Thus, when errors with different priorities occur in duplicate, an error display with high priority (type 1 error display) may be hidden by an error display with low priority (type 2 error display). Instead, the occurrence of an error with high priority can be appropriately notified.

  Similarly, when the left hitting transition condition or the right hitting transition condition is satisfied, as shown in FIG. 20A, the left hitting transition notification display or the right hitting notification aspect of the left hitting notification aspect is selected. In the state in which the first and second right-handed notification displays are displayed in the launch operation notification area 206 (first or second launch operation notification areas 206A and 206B) of the effect display unit 17, “main board error” When it is determined that a first type error such as "magnetic detection sensor error" has occurred, and the corresponding error designation command is output from the main control CPU 60a, the effect control CPU 65a receives the error designation command. The effect display unit 17 is controlled via the display control CPU 70a to display the first type error display that specifies the first type error. That is, when the notification display of the operation mode of the operation handle 16 accompanied by the transition of the gaming state or the start of the hit game overlaps with the first type error, the effect display unit 17 displays the first notification display. It is hidden by the seed error display (in the invisible state) and can not be viewed from the front side. As described above, the error display with high priority (type 1 error display) is not hidden by the notification display of the operation mode, and the occurrence of an error with high priority can be appropriately notified.

  That is, when the main control CPU 60a determines that the error is the first type, when the effect display unit 17 reports the operation mode (left-handed operation mode, right-handed operation mode) of the operation handle 16, this is the case. The effect control CPU 65a is configured to control the operation display by the effect display unit 17 (left-handed or right-handed error informing display, left-handed or right-handed transition informing display) to end the notification display or unidentifiable. ing. Specifically, when the control command is output from the effect control CPU 65a to the display control board 70 by the error control command of the first type of error being output from the main control board 60 (main control CPU 60a), the operation mode Control to stop the display of the informing display and control to display the first type error display. Further, in the effect display unit 17, the notification display of the operation mode and the first type error display are displayed on different layers (layers), and the error specification command of the first type error is main control When a control command is output from the effect control CPU 65a to the display control board 70 by being output from the substrate 60 (main control CPU 60a), the first type error display is displayed on the front of the display layer of the notification display of the operation form. By displaying the display layer, it is possible to make the right-handed shift notification display indistinguishable.

  Further, when the main control CPU 60a determines that the error is the first type, the operation mode (the left or right strike error notification mode, the left strike or right strike transition notification mode) of the operation handle 16 in the operation mode notification unit 100 is In the case of notification, the notification of the operation form by the operation form notification unit 100 may be stopped. Specifically, the operation control is configured to output a control command from the effect control CPU 65a to the lamp control board 72 by outputting an error designation command of the first type of error from the main control board 60 (main control CPU 60a). Control can be performed to end the notification by the form notification unit 100. That is, when the first type error is duplicated, the notification of the operation form (left-handed operation form, right-handed operation form) of the operation handle 16 is ended or the same in both the operation type notification unit 100 and the effect display unit 17 It is possible to effectively prevent the game from being performed with the first type of error occurring, by completely canceling the notification of the operation form that the player can easily see, by making the notification indistinguishable.

  At this time, when the main control CPU 60a determines that the error is the first type, the right-handed display unit 59 reports the operation mode (right-handed operation mode) of the operating handle 16, the right-handed display The main control CPU 60a controls the notification by the unit 59 to be continued in a distinguishable state. That is, when the first type error occurs in the middle of the right-handed gaming state, the main control board 60 (main control CPU 60a) is configured to continue the output of a signal to light the right-handed display unit 59. There is. As described above, by continuing the notification of the operation mode (right-handed operation mode) of the operation handle 16 with the right-handed display portion 59 which is hard to see by the player, the right-handed game is produced even in the state where the first type error occurs. It can be determined whether or not it is a state.

  Here, as described above, the notification areas 204 and 206 (specifically, the first launch operation notification area) of the second type error display (error display) such as “vibration detection sensor error”, “operation error”, etc. 206A) is set so as not to overlap each other, and when these second type errors occur in duplicate, a plurality of second type error displays are displayed in parallel on the display section 17a of the effect display section 17. It is configured to be able to be displayed. That is, the left-handed or right-handed error notification display and the error display associated with the “vibration detection sensor error” can be displayed in parallel. Then, the effect control CPU 65a controls the effect display unit 17 so that the corresponding second type error display is displayed on the display unit 17a until the notification end condition set in each second type error is satisfied. It has become. That is, when the second type error display is displayed on the display unit 17a, the effect control CPU 65a causes the main control CPU 60a to generate a second type error different from the error specified by the second type error display in the display. When it is determined, the second type error display being displayed is continuously displayed until the corresponding second type error notification end condition is satisfied (until the error is resolved), and is newly generated. The effect display unit 17 is controlled to display a second type error display that specifies the determined second type error in the corresponding notification area. Note that "the error is eliminated" includes that the cause of the error is eliminated and that the notification end condition set in advance is satisfied.

  Further, as shown in FIG. 20 (b), the notification area 204 of the second type error display (error display) such as "vibration detection sensor error" excluding "operation error", left hit transition condition or right hit transition condition The notification area 206 (specifically, the second launch operation notification area 206B) of the notification display of the operation form of the operation handle 16 accompanied by the transition of the gaming state when the game is established or the start of the hit game is mutually heavy It is set not to. That is, when the notification display of the operation form when the left hitting transition condition or the right hitting transition condition is satisfied and the error display caused by the second type error overlap, the notification indication of the operation form (left hitting A transition notification display and a right-handed notification display) and a second type error display can be displayed in parallel on the display unit 17 a of the effect display unit 17.

  That is, as shown in FIG. 20 (b), when the main control CPU 60a determines that it is a second type error (specifically, "vibration detection sensor error" other than "operation error"), the effect display unit 17 When the operation form (left strike operation form or right strike operation form) of the operation handle 16 is notified in the launch operation informing area 206 (first or second launch operation informing area 206A, 206B) of The effect control CPU 65a is configured to control the notification display (left-handed or right-handed error notification display, left-handed or right-handed transition notification display) of the operation mode by the effect display unit 17. Specifically, an error designation command of the second type error (“vibration detection sensor error”) is output from the main control board 60 (main control CPU 60a), and the control command is sent from the effect control CPU 65a to the display control board 70. When output, the notification display of the operation form is configured not to be stopped or changed. Likewise, when the main control CPU 60a determines that the second type error (specifically, "vibration detection sensor error" other than "operation error"), the operation mode notification unit 100 operates the operation handle 16 When the form (left-handed operation form or right-handed operation form) is notified, the notification (left-handed or right-handed error notification mode, left-handed or right-handed transition notification mode) by the operation type notification unit 100 is continued. It is configured to Specifically, an error designation command of an error of the second type ("vibration detection sensor error") is output from the main control board 60 (main control CPU 60a), and the control command is transmitted from the effect control CPU 65a to the lamp control board 72. When output, the notification by the operation mode notification unit 100 is configured not to stop or change. That is, when the second type error is duplicated, the notification of the operation form (left strike operation form, right strike operation form) of the operation handle 16 is continued in both the operation form notification unit 100 and the effect display unit 17 Therefore, even in the state where the second type error has occurred, it is possible to urge the appropriate game.

  Further, as shown in FIG. 20 (b), when the main control CPU 60a determines that the error is the second type, the right-handed display unit 59 reports the operation mode (right-handed operation mode) of the operating handle 16 If it is, the main control CPU 60a controls the notification by the right-handed display unit 59 to be continued in a distinguishable state. That is, when the second type error occurs in the middle of the right hitting game state, the notification of the operation form (right hitting operation form) of the operation handle 16 is continued to determine whether or not it is the right hitting game state can do.

  Here, when the main control CPU 60a outputs an error designation command (error information) to the effect control board 65 (effect control CPU 65a) when the errors occur, the various errors generated in the pachinko machine 10 of the embodiment are as follows: At the same time, a security error (error occurrence signal) indicating an error occurrence is output to the hall computer HC (external) through the output terminal provided on the external terminal plate 92, and a security signal (error occurrence signal) Non-security errors that are not output to HC are classified. In the embodiment, “RAM clear”, “main board error”, “magnetic detection sensor error”, and “vibration detection sensor error” set to the priorities 1 to 3 are classified as security errors, and the priority 4 The set "operation error" is classified as a non-security error (see FIG. 19). Here, as described above, when the left-handed transition condition or the right-handed transition condition is satisfied, an external output signal from the external terminal board 92 (a collision signal or a variation imparting signal is issued along with the transition of the gaming state or the start of the hitting game). Etc.) or the output of the external output signal is stopped. That is, in the pachinko machine 10 of the embodiment, the game is performed according to the condition (first or second operation error condition, left strike or right strike transition condition) established when the operation mode of the operation handle 16 is notified. When the signal is output to the outside of the machine (left or right transition condition) and when the signal is not output to the outside of the gaming machine ((first or second operation error condition), it is determined that the hall computer HC In (external), it is configured to be able to identify the operation mode of the operation handle 16 appropriate for the situation of the game.

  That is, the main control CPU 60a included in the main control board 60 of the embodiment obtains winning information such as a random number triggered by establishment of the start condition (winning to the first start winning portion 27 or the second starting winning portion 28). It has a function as an information acquisition means. In addition, hit determination means to perform hit determination (judged per special image) triggered by the establishment of the start condition, a hit game that grants from a plurality of types of hit games triggered by the hit determination being the result of the hit determination. The game determining means for determining the type, and the winning game providing means for providing the game after the completion of the special figure change display (after the end of the symbol change presentation) triggered by the fact that the determination of the hit results in the determination of the hit. The main control CPU 60a has a function. Specifically, when the main control CPU 60a as the hit determination means determines that the hit is the main control CPU 60a, the main control CPU 60a determines symbols (special symbols per special image) from plural types of symbols (special images) stored by the main control ROM 60b. It has a function as a symbol determination means. The main control CPU 60a determines a special figure fluctuation pattern from a plurality of special figure fluctuation patterns (variation patterns) stored by the main control ROM 60b in response to the start condition being established (variation pattern determination means) As a feature.

  The main control CPU 60a functions as a probability change determination means for determining whether to apply a probability change state in which the probability of the determination of the hit determination means being the determination result of the hit is higher than usual, and also the probability change state after the hit game is over It is comprised so that it may function as a probability change provision means to give. Also, whether the main control CPU 60a gives a special wisdom gaming state (variable state) to open and close the opening and closing winning means under the opening and closing control conditions advantageous to the player when the judgment of the hit judging means results in a judgment of hitting. It is configured to function as a specific gaming state determining means for determining a specific gaming state, and also to function as a specific gaming state giving means for providing a specific gaming state after the end of the winning game. Furthermore, the main control CPU 60a functions as an application period determination unit that determines an application period of the specific gaming state when the specific gaming state is applied. Furthermore, the main control CPU 60a functions as a game state specifying means capable of specifying a game state in which a game is played (whether a probability change state is provided or a change state is provided) and is specified It functions as signal output means for outputting a signal capable of identifying the game state. Here, the main control CPU 60a according to the embodiment specifies the game state based on the probability change flag or the changeable flag set in the storage means such as the main control RAM 60c. As described above, the main control CPU 60a determines that the winning condition is advantageous to the player after the hit game based on the winning of the first start winning portion 27 or the second start winning portion 28 when the hit determination is the determination result of the hit. It has a function as a privilege state determination means for determining whether to give (a positive change state or a change short state). Furthermore, the main control CPU 60a is configured to function as a first notification control means for controlling the notification by the first notification means (right-handed display unit 59) capable of notifying the specific gaming state. Furthermore, the main control CPU 60a has a function as an error determination unit that determines which of a plurality of types of errors has occurred.

  Further, the main control RAM 60c functions as a special figure holding storage means capable of storing a plurality of winning information as special drawing start holding information. Specifically, the winning information acquired triggered by the detection of the first start winning detection sensor 31 while the variable display is being performed by the display means (the effect display unit 17 or the first special view display unit 50A) Of the second start winning detection sensor 32 while the variable display is being performed by the first special view reserve storage means and display means (effect display unit 17 and second special view display unit 50B) to be stored as the special view start reserve information It functions as a second special view hold storage unit that stores winning information acquired as a trigger of the detection as second special view start hold information.

Further, the effect control CPU 65a included in the effect control board 65 of the embodiment has a function as effect determining means for determining effect contents to be performed by the effect executing means such as the effect display means (effect display unit 17). It functions as an execution control means for executing the effect. That is, the effect control CPU 65a functions as effect display control means for controlling the display effect of the effect display means (effect display unit 17). In addition, the effect control CPU 65a controls the notification by the second and third notification means (the operation mode notification unit 100 and the effect display unit 17) capable of notifying the specific gaming state in a plurality of notification modes. It is configured to act as a means. Furthermore, the effect control CPU 65a functions as a second game state specifying unit capable of specifying a game state in which a game is to be performed (whether a probability change state is provided or a change state is provided). There is. Here, the effect control CPU 65a according to the embodiment specifies the gaming state based on the probability change information flag and the change information information flag set in the storage means such as the effect control RAM 65c based on the control signal from the main control board 60. .

(Operation of the embodiment)
Next, the operation of the pachinko machine 10 according to the embodiment will be described.

  In the gaming state (non-shortening state) in which the variation state is not given, the player operates the operation handle 16 in the left strike operation mode to play a game, the gaming area 21 of the gaming board 20 (the In the first start reservation information acquired triggered by the pachinko ball hit in the one ball flow down area 21a) winning in the first start winning opening 27a of the first start winning portion 27 (establishment of the first start condition) On the basis of this, the determination per special figure is made. In addition, the pachinko ball hit in the game area 21 (first ball flow area 21a) of the game board 20 is triggered by the passage of the first gate portion 41 according to the judgment result of the judgment per common drawing. 2 The start start opening / closing member 29 of the start start winning portion 28 is operated to open, and the second start hold obtained with the second start winning opening 28 a of the second start winning portion 28 winning (the establishment of the second start condition) as a trigger Judgment is made on the basis of the information. Here, since the start opening / closing member 29 of the second start winning portion 28 is difficult to be opened in the non-shortened state according to the determination result of the common drawing hit determination, the winning of the first start winning portion 27 is mainly used. A game is played.

  On the other hand, in the gaming state in which the variation state is imparted, the game is performed by the player operating the operation handle 16 in the right-handed operation mode, whereby the gaming area 21 of the gaming board 20 (second ball flow area 21b) the start opening / closing member 29 of the second start winning portion 28 is opened in accordance with the determination result of the per-figure determination made with the pachinko ball punched out in the second gate portion 43 as a trigger 2) A special drawing hit determination is made based on the second start hold information acquired triggered by winning in the second start winning opening 28a of the second start winning portion 28 (the establishment of the second start condition). Here, in the game in the left-handed operation mode, the pachinko ball can win the first and second start winning portions 27, 28 as described above, but in the game in the right-handed operation mode, the first While it is almost impossible to expect a winning to the start winning portion 27, a pachinko ball can win against the second starting winning portion 28. Therefore, in the variable state or hit game in which the start opening / closing member 29 of the pachinko ball second start winning portion 28 of the embodiment is opened or closed under the opening / closing control condition advantageous to the player, the game is performed by the right hitting operation form In the event that the player becomes a player, more prize balls can be obtained, and the player can advantageously play the game.

  In addition, when the hit game is performed, operating the operation handle 16 in the right-handed operation mode so as to cause the pachinko ball to flow down the second ball flow area 21b by notifying in the same notification mode in the right-handed display unit 59. The player can be accurately informed that the game can be played advantageously. In addition, in the case of a hit game, a notification mode (right-handed shift notification mode, right) according to the hit notification condition (first to fifth hit notification conditions) established along with winning the special drawing hit determination. By notifying the operation form notification unit 100 or the effect display unit 17 in the hit transition notification display), the operation form of the operation handle 16 is adjusted according to the state, and the player is urged to play the game according to the hit game it can. As described above, the combination of the notification mode of the right-handed display unit 59 and the notification mode of the operation mode notification unit 100 or the effect display unit 17 enables notification of the operation mode of the operation handle 16 in accordance with the winning game. In addition, according to the contents determined as the hit notification condition, the player can grasp or estimate the development of the game, the profit obtained, etc. from the notification mode in the operation form notification unit 100 or the effect display unit 17 And the interest of the game is improved. Here, in the embodiment, the operation mode notification unit 100 and the effect display unit 17 are controlled to notify in any of the notification modes of the plurality of notification modes in accordance with the start of the hit game according to the hit notification conditions that are established. The notification by the right-handed display unit 59 (that is, the notification based on the control of the main control CPU 60a) and the notification by the operation form notification unit 100 and the effect display unit 17 (that is, the notification based on the control of the effect control CPU 65a) And an appropriate notification in accordance with the progress of the hit game can be made while avoiding the generation of a whistle.

  Further, in the embodiment, the second to fourth hits are triggered when the first hit notification condition is satisfied triggered by the determination result per special drawing and as the determination result per special drawing results. When any of the notification conditions is satisfied, the operation mode notification unit 100 performs the same notification mode (first right) during the first notification specific period in each game (period until the opening time elapses). The operation mode of the operation handle 16 is notified in the strike transition notification mode), and after the first notification specific period elapses, a different aspect (first or second right strike transition notification) according to the hit notification condition established In the mode, the operation mode notifying unit 100 notifies the operation mode. In addition, when the first hit notification condition is satisfied triggered by the determination result per special image and when the fifth hit notification condition is satisfied triggered by the special condition determination result. The same notification display (second right-handed shift notification display is displayed on the effect display unit 17 during the first display specific period in each game (period until opening time elapses)) The introduction effect is displayed to notify the operation mode of the operation handle 16, and after the first display specific period has elapsed, different notification displays (first or second right The transition notification display is displayed on the effect display unit 17 to notify the operation mode. As described above, when the hit notification conditions that are satisfied are triggered by the determination result per special view being different, the operation form notification unit 100 or the like in the same notification mode in the specific period of each game played along with the hit. The effect display unit 17 notifies, and by configuring the notification mode in the subsequent period to be different, the interest of the player in changing the notification mode in the operation mode notification unit 100 or the effect display unit 17 is enhanced, thereby making the game interesting. Can be improved.

  Here, in the embodiment, when the first hit notification condition is satisfied triggered by the determination result per special view and the second to fourth triggered by the determination result per special view. The notification display displayed on the effect display unit 17 during the first display specific period (the period until the opening time elapses) is different from when any of the hit notification conditions is satisfied. Similarly, the fifth hit notification condition is met when the first hit notification condition is met triggered by the determination result per special view and when the determination result per special symbol is triggered. In the case, the notification mode notified by the operation mode notification unit 100f is different during the first display specific period (a period until the opening time elapses). As described above, by combining the notification modes of both the operation mode notification unit 100 and the effect display unit 17, the winning balls that can be obtained by the hit game given, and the giving period of the variable state after the hit game are played. A person can judge. Thus, the interest of the player can be enhanced by raising the interest of the player for the change of the notification mode in the operation mode notification unit 100 and the effect display unit 17.

  In addition, when the second hit notification condition is satisfied triggered by the determination result per special view and when the determination result per the special feature is triggered, the third to fourth hit notification conditions The operation mode notification unit 100 performs the same notification mode (a period from the start of the hit game to the end of the round game of the first round) during the second notification specific period in each hit game (when any of them is established). The operation display of the operation handle 16 is notified in the first right-handed transition notification mode), and the effect display unit 17 displays the same notification display (the second introduction effect in which the second right-handed transition notification display is displayed) Then, the operation mode of the operation handle 16 is notified. Then, after the elapse of the second notification specific period, an aspect in which at least one of the operation type notification unit 100 and the effect display unit 17 is different according to the hit notification condition that has been established (the operation type notification unit 100 in the embodiment) In the first or second right-handed transition notification mode), the operation mode notification unit 100 notifies the operation mode. That is, in the pachinko machine of the embodiment, when any of the second to fourth hit notification conditions is satisfied, the operation type notification unit 100 or the effect display is performed during the second notification specific period. From the notification form of the part 17, it is not possible to judge the gaming state after the game (that is, whether it is a variable state or a non-short state). In this manner, as described above, the interest of the player can be improved by raising the player's interest in the change of the notification mode of the operation mode notification unit 100 and the effect display unit 17 during the hit game.

  Further, in the embodiment, when the special figure determination is won during the non-shortening state (it becomes the special figure determination), any one of the first to fourth hit notification conditions is satisfied. If the informing unit 100 notifies in the first right-handed transition informing mode, and if the special figure winning determination is won during the variation state (it becomes a special figure hitting), the first game regardless of the type of hitting game Since the hit notification condition of 5 is satisfied, the operation mode notification unit 100 is configured to notify in the second right-handed shift notification mode. In other words, the effect control CPU 65a determines whether the special-pattern determination results in the special-pattern determination result during the variation state or when the special-pattern determination determination results in the non-shortening state. The notification mode controlled by the notification means (in this case, the operation mode notification unit 100) is different from the notification mode of the notification means (in this case, the operation mode notification unit 100) controlled by the effect control CPU 65a. The interest of the player can be enhanced by raising the player's interest in the operation mode of the operation handle 16 notified by the notification means.

  Further, as described above, when the fifth hit notification condition is satisfied when the special condition is determined (selected) during the variation state, the other hit notification conditions (first to The operation display is notified in the effect display unit 17 by the change of the notification display different from the case where the hit notification condition of 4) is satisfied. As described above, the effect control is performed in the case where the special-pattern-per-jump determination results in the special-pattern-per-jump determination result during the variation state, and in the non-shortening state-specific determination in the special-pattern-per-jump determination result. Notification means (in this case effect display unit 17) controlled by the effect control CPU 65a by the change of the notification mode (informing display) notified by the notification means (in this case the effect display unit 17) controlled by the CPU 65a being different The type of hit game can be inferred from the change in the notification mode (notification display), and the interest of the player in the operation mode of the operation handle 16 notified by the notification means is enhanced to improve the interest of the game. Can. As described above, the operation mode notification unit 100 is made different by changing the notification modes of the operation mode notification unit 100 and the effect display unit 17 according to whether or not the gaming state at the time of the special figure hit determination is changed. The interest of the player in the notification mode in the effect display unit 17 can be enhanced to improve the interest of the game.

  In the embodiment, according to the elapsed period from the start of the hit game (period until the opening time elapses, period until the first round game ends, period until the second round game ends) The notification mode of the operation mode notification unit 100 or the effect display unit 17 is changed to notify the operation mode of the operation handle 16. Specifically, when the first to fourth hit notification conditions are satisfied, the first operation type notification unit 100 at least until a predetermined period (first notification specific period) elapses from the start of the hit game. By being notified in the right-handed transition notification mode of 1, the player can identify that it is difficult to expect a pachinko ball to be awarded to the special winning portion 36 until the round game of the first round is finished, and the notification Based on this, the player can appropriately select whether to play the game in the right-handed operation mode or to watch the progress of the game, and the range of selection of the game is expanded. Similarly, when the second to fourth hit notification conditions are satisfied, the first right is displayed on the effect display unit 17 until a predetermined period (first notification specific period) elapses from the start of the hit game. The player can identify that it is difficult to expect a winning of a pachinko ball to the special winning portion 36 until the round game of the first round is finished by displaying and notifying the hit transition notification display, and the notification Based on this, the player can appropriately select whether to play the game in the right-handed operation mode or to watch the progress of the game, and the range of selection of the game is expanded.

  In addition, when the first to third hit notification conditions are satisfied, a second predetermined period (second notification specific period) has elapsed from the start of the hit game at least, and the second right in the operation mode notification unit 100 By being notified in the strike transition notification mode, the player can identify that the second round game in which the pachinko ball can be won in the special winning portion 36 can be started, and the right strike operation is performed based on the notification. The player can appropriately play the game by appropriately recognizing that it is necessary to play the game in the form. Furthermore, when the fifth hit notification condition is satisfied, a special prize is won in the first round game by being notified in the second right-handed shift notification mode in the operation mode notification unit 100 from the start of the hit game. The player can identify that the pachinko ball can be expected to be awarded to the part 36, and the player appropriately recognizes that the player needs to play the game in the right-handed operation mode based on the notification. Can.

  Thus, when giving a hit game, the notification form of the operation form notification unit 100 or the effect display unit 17 is changed according to the elapsed period from the start of the hit game, and the operation form of the operation handle 16 is notified Thus, the player can play the game according to the elapsed period from the start of the hit game. In addition, when giving the hit game, while the operation type notification unit 100 and the effect display unit 17 notify, the right-handed display unit 59 gives notification in the same notification mode, thereby accurately operating the operation handle 16 It can be informed. As described above, the combination of the notification mode of the right-handed display unit 59 and the notification mode of the operation mode notification unit 100 or the effect display unit 17 enables notification of the operation mode of the operation handle 16 according to the state.

  Further, in the embodiment, when the provision condition of the variation condition is satisfied, at least one of the operation mode notification unit 100 and the effect display unit 17 from the end of the hit game to the start of the provision of the variation condition. The notification of the operation form of the operation handle 16 is continued at the same time. As described above, by continuing the notification from the end of the hit game to the start of provision of the variable state, notification can be made without interruption of the operation mode of the operation handle 16. Then, as described later, it is necessary to play the game in the right-handed operation mode or return to the left-handed operation mode according to the notification mode in the operation mode notification unit 100 or the effect display unit 17 accompanying the start of application of the variation state. It is possible for the player to appropriately select whether to play the game in the left-handed operation mode or to watch the progress of the game in anticipation of the occurrence of the "", and the range of game selection is expanded, and the interest of the game can be enhanced. At this time, when starting the application of the variation state, the operation mode of the operation handle 16 is not interrupted by notifying the operation mode of the operation handle 16 in the same notification mode as the notification mode at the end of the hit game. Accurate notification can be made.

  Here, in the embodiment, when the first hit notification condition is satisfied, different notification modes (notifications in the operation type notification unit 100 and the effect display unit 17 between the opening time in the hit game and the round game of the first round Operation mode of the operation handle 16 in (display) is notified. Further, when the fifth hit notification condition is satisfied, the operation mode of the operation handle 16 with different notification display is notified in the effect display section 17 between the opening time in the hit game and the first round game round . As described above, the notification mode in the operation mode notification unit 100 and the effect display unit 17 in the opening time of the hit game is different from the notification mode in the operation mode notification unit 100 and the effect display unit 17 in the round game. It is possible to raise interest in changes in the notification mode with the passage of time. And, as in the embodiment, the form of notifying the operation mode of the operation handle 16 changes between the opening time and the first round of the round game, so that the game state after the hit game (specifically, the shorted state) By making it possible to identify the application period (65 times), it is possible to further increase the interest in the change of the notification mode with the passage of the opening time.

  In the embodiment, when the third hit notification condition is satisfied, the operation mode notification unit 100 and the effect display unit 17 have different notification modes (notification display) in the final round game and ending time in the hit game. The operation mode of the operation handle 16 is notified. Further, when the fifth hit notification condition is satisfied, the operation mode of the operation handle 16 with different notification display is notified in the effect display unit 17 between the final round game and the ending time in the hit game. As described above, the notification modes in the operation mode notification unit 100 and the effect display unit 17 in the round game of the hit game and the notification modes in the operation mode notification unit 100 and the effect display unit 17 in the ending time are different. It is possible to raise an interest in the change of the notification mode accompanying the end of the game. In the embodiment, when the second hit notification condition is satisfied, the same notification mode (notification display) in the operation mode notification unit 100 and the effect display unit 17 in the final round game and ending time in the hit game The operation mode of the operation handle 16 is notified. In this way, depending on whether or not the form of notifying the operation form of the operation handle 16 changes in the final round game and the ending time, the game state after the hit game (specifically, 25 times of giving period of the variable short state) By making it possible to identify, once, five times, or 25 times), it is possible to further increase the interest in the change of the notification mode accompanying the end of the round game.

  That is, in the pachinko machine 10 of the embodiment, the notification means (indication display) different according to the degree of advantage (the number of award balls obtainable in the per game and the game state after the per game) accompanying the award of the per game While the operation mode notification unit 100 and the effect display unit 17 are configured to be able to notify, the right-handed display unit 59 operates the operation mode of the operation handle 16 in the same notification mode regardless of the degree of advantage associated with the winning game. It is comprised so that alerting | reporting is possible. That is, in the embodiment, the notification means (the operation mode notification unit 100 or the effect display unit 17) notifies by the notification mode (notification display) or the change of the notification mode different for each of the established notification conditions. As described above, when giving a winning game, the special winning portion 36 is opened and closed under an advantageous condition by notifying the operation mode of the operation handle 16 with the same notification display in the right-handed display portion 59. By the effect control CPU 65a controlling the notification by the operation mode notification unit 100 or the effect display unit 17 based on the degree of advantage of the hit game while accurately notifying, to the degree of advantage of the hit game provided The player can play the combined game.

  As described above, in the embodiment, the notification mode (notification display) of the operation mode notification unit 100 and the effect display unit 17 is changed at a predetermined switching timing (notification switching timing, display switching timing) in the hit game to make the operation handle 16 Before and after changing the notification mode (notification display) of the operation mode notification unit 100 and the effect display unit 17 while notifying the operation mode, the right-handed display unit 59 notifies the operation mode of the operation handle 16 in the same notification mode. It is supposed to be. Therefore, when giving a winning game, before and after the notification mode of the operation mode notification unit 100 or the effect display unit 17 changes, the right-handed display unit 59 notifies in the same notification mode to operate the operation handle 16 The form can be informed accurately. The combination of the notification modes in the plurality of notification means (right-handed display unit 59, operation mode notification unit 100 and effect display unit 17) makes it possible to notify the operation mode of the operation handle 16 in accordance with the game situation .

  Similarly, in the embodiment, a notification switching condition (first to fifth notification notification conditions, second, third, fifth, and sixth provision) is triggered when the hit determination becomes the determination result of the hit. The switching timing (informing switching timing, display switching timing) for switching the informing mode of the informing means (the operation mode informing unit 100 and the effect display unit 17) is specified according to the application condition of the variation state included in the condition group The notification mode is changed at this switching timing to notify the operation mode of the operation handle 16. As described above, the switching timing is specified according to the notification switching condition that is established in response to the determination that the per-special-character determination becomes the per-special-character determination result. The player can play the game according to the change of the notification mode of 17. In addition, the switching timing is specified according to the notification switching condition that is established in response to the determination that the per-special-character determination becomes the per-special-character determination result. A correlation is formed at the timing at which the notification mode of the effect display unit 17 changes, and interest in changes in the notification mode of the operation mode notification unit 100 or the effect display unit 17 can be increased.

  Here, in the embodiment, at the switching timing (informing switching timing, display switching timing), switching information (reduction end command CMD7, special view fluctuation pattern specification command, all symbols stop command) from the main control board 60 (main control CPU 60a) Output control command such as hit end designation command CMD6, round designation command CMD2, round end designation command CMD3, ending designation command CMD5 etc. to the presentation control board 65, and based on the input of the switching information, the presentation control CPU 65a The operation mode notification unit 100 and the effect display unit 17 are controlled to change the notification mode. As described above, various types of games determined by the main control board 60 by changing the notification mode of the operation mode notifying unit 100 or the effect display unit 17 based on the switching information input from the main control board 60 at the switching timing. It becomes possible to change the notification mode of the operation mode notification unit 100 and the effect display unit 17 in accordance with the information. That is, in the pachinko machine 10, the notification mode of the operation mode notification unit 100 and the effect display unit 17 can be changed in accordance with the progress of the game based on the determination of the main control board 60 (main control CPU 60a).

  In addition, the pachinko machine 10 of the embodiment gives a hit game when giving a hit game when the determination result per special drawing is given (when the first to fifth hit notification conditions are satisfied). The hit signal is output as an external output signal to the outside of the pachinko machine through the external terminal board 92 regardless of the degree of advantage associated with the above. In this manner, whether or not the special winning portion 36 opens and closes under advantageous conditions by outputting the same signal to the outside regardless of the degree of advantage associated with the awarding of the winning game (ie, the game is played in the right-handed operation mode) It becomes possible for the hole computer HC to identify based on the hit signal whether or not to be performed. As a result, it becomes possible for the employee of the game arcade to urge the player to play the game in the operation mode suitable for the game or to determine whether the game is being performed in the abnormal operation mode.

  In addition, an awarding condition for imparting a variable state to each game, which is awarded with a win to the first or second start winning portion 27, 28, is set, and any of the awarding conditions is satisfied to change. When giving a short state or giving a hit game, the main control CPU 60a controls so that the right-handed display part 59 of the game information display part M gives notification in the same notification form. That is, in the case of the variation state or the hit game, the right-handed display unit 59 notifies in the same notification mode that the right-handed operation mode is used to accurately notify that it is performed under advantageous conditions by playing the game. it can. As described above, the player appropriately refers to the right-handed display portion 59 during the game to determine whether it is in the variable state or the non-short state, or determines whether or not the hit game is in progress, and the pachinko ball is An operation form of the operation handle 16 to be ejected can be appropriately selected. That is, the rightward display indicates that the second start winning portion 28 opens and closes under advantageous conditions (changed state) and that the special winning portion 36 opens and closes under advantageous conditions (hit game). The information can be accurately notified by the unit 59, and the player can appropriately determine and operate the operation mode of the operation handle 16 by appropriately referring to the right-handed display unit 59 in the game.

  In addition, based on the award condition established corresponding to the hit game to be awarded when the special figure hit judgment results in a hit judgment upon the winning of the first or second start winning portion 27, 28 as a trigger. Operation mode notification unit 100 or effect display unit so that notification can be made in any notification mode of a plurality of notification modes (first or second right-hand transition notification mode, first or second right-hand transition notification indication) The effect control CPU 65a controls 17. That is, when giving the variation state, according to the application condition of the variation state that is satisfied, the right-handed transition notification mode in the operation mode notification unit 100 and the content of the right-handed transition notification indication in the effect display unit 17 By changing, it is possible for the player to select a game (game in the right-handed operation mode) in accordance with the given variation state. That is, the player can select the operation mode of the operation handle 16 according to the application status of the variable state notified by the operation type notification unit 100 or the effect display unit 17, and the player is given the right according to the application of the variable state. It is possible to widen the range of choices when playing a game without forcing the striking operation form. That is, the combination of the notification mode of the right-handed display unit 59 controlled by the main control CPU 60a and the notification mode of the operation mode notification unit 100 controlled by the effect control CPU 65a or the notification mode of the effect display unit 17 It is possible to appropriately perform such notification, and it is possible to increase the freedom of the player to select the game mode and to improve the interest of the game.

  Here, when the first start winning portion 27 where the main game is performed in the non-shortening state is triggered upon winning in the first start winning portion 27 and the shorting state is given after the game, according to the giving condition established for each hitting game A plurality of notification modes (a first right-handed transition notification mode or a second right-handed transition notification mode) are configured to be different depending on the application period of the variation state. The operation mode notification unit 100 is configured to notify in any of the notification modes. Specifically, when any of the awarding conditions included in the first awarding condition group is satisfied with the winning of the first start winning portion 27 as a trigger, an awarding period (variation of If the operation mode notification unit 100 notifies in the first right-handed shift notification mode during one time of the number of times) and one of the provision conditions included in the second provision condition group is satisfied, the variation state is The operation mode notification unit 100 notifies in the second right-handed transition notification mode during the provided provision period (any of 5 times, 25 times, or 65 times of variation), and is included in the third provision condition group If any one of the provision conditions to be satisfied is satisfied, the operation mode notification unit 100 performs the first right strike during the provision period (any of five or 25 variations) in which the variation state is provided. The transition notification mode is changed to the second right-handed transition notification mode and notified. As described above, when giving the variation state, it is possible to notify in the different notification modes in the operation mode notification unit 100 based on the giving period of the variation state, so as to match the giving period of the variation state. It is possible for the player to play a different game. That is, when the operation type notification unit 100 makes a notice in the first right-handed transition notification mode that is not noticeable, there is a possibility that the operation handle 16 needs to be returned to the left-handed operation mode in a short period of time (one variation). Even if the operation handle 16 is operated so as to play a game in the right-handed operation mode during this period, the second start winning portion 28 may not be opened as a result of the determination of the common drawing. Therefore, it is predicted that it is necessary to play a game in the right-handed operation mode or to return to the left-handed operation mode by notifying in the first right-handed transition notification mode in the operation mode notification unit 100 and performing left-handed operation mode The player can appropriately select whether to play the game or to watch the progress of the game, and the range of selection of the game is expanded.

  In addition, it is configured to be able to notify by changing the notification mode of the operation mode notification unit 100 according to the elapsed period from the start of the application of the variable or short state, so that the game matched to the elapsed period from the start of the variable state. The player can do it. In other words, the main game is the hit game (first specific hit game) corresponding to the symbols D and d in the special figure with the determination that the special figure hit determination performed in the non-shortening state becomes the determination result for the special figure. In the case where the imparting condition of the variable and short state (the imparting condition included in the third imparting condition group) is satisfied by being determined by the CPU 60a, and the variable short state is imparted in the first specific imparting period (25 times) In the first right-handed transition notification mode along with the start of the application of the variation state, and the first notification switching period from the start of the application of the variation state (per symbol change effect per game The notification mode of the operation mode notification unit 100 is changed so as to notify in the second right-turn transition notification mode after the elapse of the period until the special figure fluctuation display is determined and stopped. Similarly, when the special figure-per-shot determination performed in the non-shortening state becomes the determination result for the special figure, the special game (first specific hit game) corresponding to the symbols F and f for the special figure is main As a result of being determined by the control CPU 60a, the application condition of variable state (the application condition included in the third application condition group) is satisfied, and the variable state is applied in the second specific application period (five times). In this case, a notification is given in the first right-handed transition notification mode along with the start of application of the variable state, and a second right-handed transition notification after the elapse of the first notification switching period from the start of application of the variable state. The notification mode of the operation mode notification unit 100 is changed to notify in the mode.

  Therefore, while informing in the first right-handed transition notification mode (from the hit game to the lapse of the first notification switching period), the game is executed in the left-handed operation mode or the right-handed operation mode as described above. After changing the notification mode to the second right-hand transition notification mode, which draws more attention while expanding the range of game selection by the player appropriately selecting the game, the game of the right-hand operation mode is performed. It is possible to prevent the player from being disadvantaged by encouraging the execution more positively. In addition, before and after the notification mode in the operation mode notification unit 100 is changed, the right-handed display unit 59 gives a notification in the same notification mode (the notification mode does not change), whereby the second start winning portion 28 has advantageous conditions. It is possible to accurately notify the player that the door is in the open / close state. Therefore, when changing the notification mode in the operation mode notification unit 100 according to the elapsed period from the start of application of the variation state, a combination of the notification mode in the right-handed display unit 59 and the notification mode in the operation mode notification unit 100 As a result, it is possible to appropriately perform various notifications in accordance with the state of the game, and the degree of freedom in the selection of the operation mode of the operation handle 16 by the player can be enhanced, and the interest of the game can be improved.

  Here, the special game hit corresponding to the symbols B, C, b and c is triggered by the fact that the special figure hit determination performed in the non-shortening state becomes the determination result for the special figure hit (second specific hit The game) is determined by the main control CPU 60a, and the provision condition of the variable state (the provision condition included in the second provision condition group) is satisfied, and the variation is made in the first specific provision period (25 times) When the state is given, it is reported in the second right-hand transition notification mode in the operation mode notification unit 100 during the first specific application period (during the variable length condition). Similarly, the special game per second special pattern corresponding to the symbol E, e is triggered by the special pattern per judgment performed in the non-shortening state being the determination result per special image. As a result of being determined by the control CPU 60a, the application condition for variable state (the application condition included in the second application condition group) is satisfied, and the variable state is applied in the second specific application period (five times). In this case, the operation mode notification unit 100 notifies in the second right-hand transition notification mode during the second specific application period (during the variable state). As described above, the notification mode of the operation mode notification unit 100 is changed or the same notification mode is maintained according to the type of hit game (the application condition of the variation state) which is a trigger for giving the variation state. By making the method of notification different, it is possible to improve interest of the game by raising interest in the change of the notification mode while appropriately performing various notifications in accordance with the state of the game. Moreover, it can prevent that the alerting | reporting aspect in the operation mode alerting | reporting part 100 becomes uniform.

  Also, in the embodiment, a hit game is realized by the establishment of any of the award conditions included in the second and third award condition groups (a specific type of hit game, ie, the first to sixth and eighth in the embodiment) When the 15th, 16th, 18th, and 18th winning games are awarded, when they are changed from shorting to non-shortening with the elapse of the granting period of the shorting status granted after the hitting In addition, the operation mode notification unit 100 notifies in the left hitting notification mode corresponding to the non-shortening state. On the other hand, the hit game (the second specific type of hit game, that is, the seventh and sixteenth hit games in the embodiment) is awarded when any of the grant conditions included in the first grant condition group is satisfied. In the case where the operation mode notification unit 100 responds to the non-shortening state when it changes from the short-to-short state to the non-short-to-short state with the elapse of the giving period of the short / short state to be granted after the hit game. It is comprised so that it does not alert | report (it will be in an unannounced state) by the left hitting alerting | reporting aspect. As described above, when transitioning to the non-variable state after the variable state continues for a fixed long period (5 times, 25 times, 65 times), the operation mode notification unit 100 is in the left-handed notification mode. By notifying, it is possible to prevent the player from continuing the game in the right-handed operation form as it is, and the player can play the game in accordance with the switching from the variable short state to the non variable short state. When the variation state ends in a short period (one time), switching between the variation state and the non-variation state is not performed by notifying the transition from the variation state to the non-variation state by the operation mode notification unit 100 The player can play a game not conscious of In this way, it is possible to make a notification in accordance with the type of hit game that is the trigger for giving the variable state.

  Here, the operation mode notification unit 100 includes a plurality of display units (the switch notification unit 101 and the right turn notification unit 103) that can notify of the variation state, and gives the condition that is satisfied when the variation state is provided. Based on any of these notification units (in the embodiment, only the right-handed notification unit 103) or a combination of both (both the switching notification unit 101 and the right-handed notification unit 103) The notification can be made in the first and second right strike transition notification modes). As described above, by using the right-handed notification unit 103 in common and making a notification in a different right-handed notification mode, the first and second right-handed transition notification modes can be significantly different, and the operation mode It is possible to accurately notify the player of the provision state of the variation state from the notification unit 100. Further, the switching notification unit 101 of the operation mode notification unit 100 is used in a left-handed notification mode for notifying a non-shortening state. As described above, the operation mode notification unit 100 can be made compact because the non-variable state and the variable state are notified using the same switching notification unit 101. In addition, when confirming the operation mode notification unit 100, it is possible to minimize the movement of the player's line of sight.

  Further, the pachinko machine 10 of the embodiment is capable of displaying a right-handed notification display for notifying the provision of the variable state to the effect display unit 17 when the variable state is to be provided separately from the operation type notification unit 100. It is configured to be able to display on the effect display means a different right-handed notice display according to the degree of advantage associated with the provision of the variation state. As described above, the advantage of the assigned variation state is displayed by displaying different notification displays on the effect display means according to the degree of preference (in the embodiment, the assignment period of the variation state) associated with the assignment of the variation state. The player can play the game in accordance with. That is, by the combination of the notification mode of the right-handed display unit 59 controlled by the main control CPU 60a and the notification display of the effect display unit 17 controlled by the effect control CPU 65a, various notification according to the game state is appropriately performed. As a result, it is possible to increase the degree of freedom in selecting the game mode by the player and to improve the interest of the game. Further, as described above, since the operation mode notification unit 100 notifies the variation state, a variety of notifications can be performed by the combination of the right-handed display unit 59, the operation mode notification unit 100, and the effect display unit 17.

  Further, in the embodiment, when any of the provision conditions (the second specific provision condition) included in the sixth provision condition group is satisfied and the main control CPU 60a imparts the variation state after the hit game, The effect control CPU 65a controls the effect display unit 17 so as not to display the first and second right-handed shift notification displays upon the start of the application of the variable state according to the completion of the hit game according to the established application conditions. The effect control CPU 65a controls the effect display unit 17 so as to display the first right-turning shift notification display after a predetermined period has elapsed from the start of the application of the short state. That is, when the fourth, sixth, thirteenth, and fifteenth hit games are awarded with the special view hit in the non-shortened state, until the first notification switching period after the hit game. In the meantime, by not displaying the first and second right-turning transition notification displays on the effect display unit 17, it is possible that the winning opportunity to the second starting winning portion 28 may be ended in a short period of time. While prompting the player to hit the pachinko ball in the right-handed operation mode by the notification of the operation mode notification unit 100 while making the player recognize it, the operation mode notification unit 100 is used after the first notification switching period has elapsed. By displaying the first right-turning transition notification display on the effect display unit 17 as well as informing the player, the player is made to recognize that the winning opportunity to the second start winning portion 28 continues for a long time, and the right-turning operation form Encourage players to launch pachinko balls in It can be. As described above, the period from the start of the application of the deformation state to the display of the first right-handed transition notification display matches the first notification switching period in which the notification form of the operation mode notification unit 100 switches. 2) It becomes possible to strongly impress the player on the change of the winning opportunity to the start winning portion 28.

  Further, when any of the provision conditions (the first specific provision condition) included in the fourth or fifth provision condition group is satisfied and the main control CPU 60a imparts a variation state after the hit game, the relevant ones A right-handed notice display (first or second right-handed shift notice indication) is displayed on the effect display unit 17 from the start of the application of the variation state. As described above, by changing the notification timing of the effect display unit 17 in accordance with the type of hit game (the imparting condition of the variable state) which is a trigger for the variable state to be provided, various types of game according to the state of the game It is possible to improve the interest of the game by raising the interest in the notification timing of the notification display while appropriately performing the notification. Moreover, it can prevent that the timing of the alerting | reporting display in the effect display part 17 becomes uniform.

Furthermore, in the embodiment, when the operation mode notification unit 100 notifies in the same notification mode (the second right-hand transition notice mode), different notification displays (first right-hand notice The effect display unit 17 is configured to display a display or a second right-handed shift notification display). That is, for example, in the embodiment, the provision condition (the fourth provision condition group) of the variable state in which the first right-handed shift notification display is displayed on the effect display unit 17 and the second right on the effect display unit 17 The application condition (the fifth application condition group) of the variable state to display the transition notification display is the application condition (the second condition) of the variable state that the operation mode notification unit 100 notifies in the second right-hand transition notification mode. It overlaps with the provision condition group). As described above, various types of notification can be realized by the combination of the notification display of the effect display unit 17 and the notification mode by the operation mode notification unit 100 according to the application condition that is satisfied when the variable state is applied. Therefore, the combination of the notification mode of the first notification means (right-handed display unit 59) and the notification modes of the second and third notification means (effect display unit 17 and operation mode notification unit 100) makes it possible to match the state of the game. Appropriate notification can be made.

  In this manner, a predetermined award condition is established between the determination of the special figure and the determination result of the special figure and the completion of the game (in the embodiment, the second special condition is triggered by the special figure). Switching timing (notification switching timing, switching of the notification mode of the notification means after the variation state is given) by the provision conditions of the variation state included in the third, fifth, and sixth assignment condition groups being satisfied). The display switching timing is specified. Thereby, the player can play the game in accordance with the change of the notification mode of the operation mode notification unit 100 and the effect display unit 17 in the short and short state. In addition, the switching timing is specified according to the notification switching condition that is established in response to the determination that the per-special-character determination becomes the per-special-character determination result. A correlation is formed at the timing at which the notification mode of the effect display unit 17 changes, and interest in changes in the notification mode of the operation mode notification unit 100 or the effect display unit 17 can be increased.

  And in the pachinko machine 10 of the embodiment, the main control CPU 60a outputs a single signal (first notification signal) to the right-handed display unit 59 when operating in the right-handed operation mode along with the hit game. At the same time, the main control CPU 60a outputs another single hit signal (second notification signal) to the hall computer HC, so that the operation form of the operation handle 16 can be accurately displayed on the right or the effect display unit 59. At the same time, it is possible to identify the state in which the special winning portion 36 opens and closes under an advantageous condition in an external device such as the hall computer HC. Similarly, when operating in the right-handed operation mode in accordance with the variation state, the main control CPU 60a outputs a single signal (first notification signal) to the right-handed display unit 59, and the hall computer HC On the other hand, the main control CPU 60a outputs another single variable state signal (third notification signal) so that the operation mode of the operation handle 16 can be accurately notified by the right-handed display unit 59 or the effect display unit 17 As a result, it is possible to identify the state in which the second starting winning portion 28 opens and closes under advantageous conditions in an external device such as a hall computer HC. On the other hand, in the case of the right-handed game state operated in the right-handed operation mode (in the case of hit game or variable state), a plurality of notification signals from main control board 60 (main control CPU 60a) to effect control board 65 By configuring to be able to output (opening specification command CMD1, round specification command CMD2, round end specification command CMD3, ending specification command CMD5, hit end specification command CMD6, special view fluctuation pattern specification command, etc.), in the right-handed operation mode The effect control CPU 65a can cause the notification means (the operation mode notification unit 100 and the effect display unit 17) to perform an appropriate notification in order to notify the user of the operation.

  Further, the pachinko machine 10 according to the embodiment not only reports the right-handed operation mode, but also notifies the end of the short-circuited state (left-handed transition condition) and the left-handed operation mode established in the non-shortened state. Left-handed notification mode (left-handed transition notification mode, left-handed transition notification display, left-handed error, notified by notification means (the operation mode notifying unit 100 and the effect display unit 17) according to the condition (first operation error condition) A notification mode, left-handed error notification display) is determined, and an operation in the left-handed operation mode is notified in a mode according to the condition that is satisfied. That is, in the case of the variation state or the hit game (in conjunction with the establishment of the right hitting transition condition), not only can the switching of the operation to the right hitting operation form be appropriately notified, but also the variation state or hit game When it is necessary to return the operation handle 16 to the left-handed operation mode with the end of (when the left-handed transition condition is satisfied), notification means (operation mode notification to switch the operation to the left-handed operation mode The part 100 and the effect display part 17) can appropriately notify.

  Furthermore, when the game in the right-handed operation mode is performed in a state where the player should play in the left-handed operation mode (when the first operation error condition is satisfied), the operation handle 16 is operated in the left-handed operation mode Informing that the operation handle 16 is required to be operated in a left-handed operation mode for causing the pachinko ball to flow down to the first ball flow area 21a by notifying the operation mode notification unit 100 and the effect display unit 17 that Can be grasped from the notification mode. Similarly, when the game in the left-handed operation mode is performed in a state where the player should play in the right-handed operation mode (when the second operation error condition is satisfied), the operation handle 16 is operated in the right-handed operation mode Is notified that the operation mode notification unit 100 or the effect display unit 17 indicates that it is required to operate the operation handle 16 in a left-handed operation mode for causing the pachinko ball to flow down the second ball flow area 21b. As well as being able to, it is possible to grasp that it is fluctuation state or hit game from the information aspect.

  As described above, in the pachinko machine 10 of the embodiment, the notification of the operation mode of the operation handle 16 suitable for the game state is made by the notification modes of the operation mode notification unit 100 and the effect display unit 17, and the game state is notified together. It becomes possible.

  In the case of notifying an operation in the left-handed operation form triggered by a signal (variable end command CMD7, hit end designation command CMD6) capable of identifying the gaming state specified by the main control board 60 (main control CPU 60a). Is notified by the operation form informing unit 100 in the left hitting transition informing mode among the left hitting informing modes, and by the effect control CPU 65a so that the effect display unit 17 notifies in the left hitting transition informing indication among the left hitting informing aspects. It is controlled. On the other hand, in the non-shortening state, the main control CPU 60a determines the right-handed operation form based on the signal from the second gate sensor 44 (first operation error designation command) as an opportunity to operate in the left-handed operation form When informing the user, the operation form informing section 100 notifies the operation in the left hitting operation form in the left hitting error informing mode among the left hitting informing aspects, and the left hitting error informing display in the left hitting informing aspect The effect display unit 17 is controlled by the effect control CPU 65a to notify the operation in the left hitting operation mode. As described above, when an operation in the left hitting operation mode is notified according to the switching of the output state of the control signal (control command) from the main control board 60 along with the switching of the gaming state, the operation handle by the main control CPU 60a In the case of notifying the operation in the left hitting operation form according to the discrimination of the operation state of 16, the operation mode in the left hitting operation form is made different by changing the notification form in the operation form notifying unit 100 and the effect display unit 17. While it becomes possible to alert | report that operating the handle | steering-wheel 16 correctly, it can be grasped | ascertained from the aspect of the alerting | reporting that it is a non-shortening state.

  Similarly, in the case of notifying an operation in the right-handed operation form triggered by a signal (opening designation command CMD1, change short provision command) capable of identifying the gaming state specified by the main control board 60 (main control CPU 60a) The control mode control unit 65 controls the effect control CPU 65a to notify the operation mode notification unit 100 in the right-handed transition notification mode in the right-handed notification mode and notify the effect display unit 17 in the right-handed transition notification display in the right-handed notification mode. Be done. On the other hand, when the main control CPU 60a determines the left hitting operation form on the basis of the signal from the first gate sensor 42 (second operation error designation command) in the variable state, the operation in the right hitting operation form is triggered. In the case of informing, the operation mode informing section 100 informing in the right-handed error informing mode within the right-handed informing aspect and being controlled by the effect control CPU 65a so as to notify the effect display section 17 in right-handed error informing display. . As described above, when the operation in the right-handed operation mode is notified according to the switching of the output state of the control signal (control command) from the main control board 60 along with the switching of the gaming state, the operation handle by the main control CPU 60a The operation in the right-handed operation mode is performed by making the notification modes in the operation-form informing unit 100 and the effect display unit 17 different by notifying the operation in the right-handed operation mode in accordance with the determination of the operation state of 16. While it becomes possible to alert | report that operating the steering wheel 16 correctly, it can be grasped | ascertained from the aspect of the alerting | reporting that it is a variable short.

  Furthermore, in the embodiment, in the case where the operation in the left hitting operation mode is notified when the variation state or the end of the hit game is triggered (that is, the left hitting transition condition is met), the first operation error condition is satisfied. The notification by the left-handed error notification mode or the left-handed error notification display is regulated, and the notification in the mode (left-handed transition notification mode, left-handed transition notification display) based on the establishment of the left-handed transition condition is maintained. By doing this, it is possible to properly notify that it is required to constantly change the operation mode of the operation handle 16 in accordance with the change of the gaming state.

  Here, in the pachinko machine 10 of the embodiment, the notification means (the operation mode notification unit 100 and the effect display unit 17) gives notification in the left hitting transition notification mode (left hitting transition notification display) when the left hitting transition condition is satisfied. The left-handed error notification mode (left-handed error notification mode (left-handed error) after the elapse of the first left-handed notification time informing in the left-handed movement notification mode (left-handed movement notification display) when the first operation error condition is satisfied. The effect control CPU 65a can control the notification of the left-handed operation mode to be ended without performing notification by the notification display). As described above, by not performing notification by the left hitting error notification mode (left hitting error notification display), it is accurate that it is required to constantly change the operation mode of the operation handle 16 with the change of the gaming state. Can be notified.

  Further, in the pachinko machine of the embodiment, in the pachinko machine 10 of the embodiment, the notification means (the operation mode notification unit 100 and the effect display unit 17) generates a left-handed transition notification mode (left-handed transition) If the first operation error condition is satisfied while informing by (indication display), the left-handed informing notification mode (left-in-turn transition informing display) extends the defined period to the remaining time of the first left-informing notification time. The time is added, and the notification in the left hitting transition notification mode (left hitting transition notification display) is maintained until the added time passes, and the notification of the steering operation mode is performed when the added time passes. The effect control CPU 65a can control to end. Thus, by extending the remaining time of the notification time to be notified in the left hitting transition notification mode (left hitting transition notification display) when the left hitting transition condition and the first operation error condition overlap, by extending the prescribed extension time, It is possible to properly notify that it is required to constantly change the operation mode of the operation handle 16 in accordance with the change of the gaming state. That is, when the gaming state changes, the notification can be continued until the operation handle 16 is operated in an appropriate operation mode.

  In the pachinko machine 10 of the embodiment, when the main control CPU 60 a determines that the error is the first type, the operation mode notification unit 100 or the effect display unit 17 notifies the operation mode of the operation handle 16. Is controlled by the effect control CPU 65a so as to end the notification or to make the notification unidentifiable. That is, when the first type error occurs, the notification of the operation mode of the operation handle 16 is continued in the state where the notification of the right-handed display unit 59 can be identified, and the notification of the operation mode notification unit 100 or the effect display unit 17 And the notification of the operation mode of the operation handle 16 by the right-handed display unit 59 is maintained, so that the right-handed operation mode is achieved like a hit game or a variable state. It is possible to accurately notify that it is a gaming state in which a game at is required. On the other hand, when the main control CPU 60a determines that the error is the second type, when the operation mode notification unit 100 or the effect display unit 17 notifies the operation mode of the operation handle 16, the notification can be identified. The effect control CPU 65a controls to continue in the state. As described above, when the second type error occurs, the notification by the right-handed display unit 59 and the notification by the operation mode notification unit 100 or the effect display unit 17 can be continued in a distinguishable state. It is possible to accurately notify that it is a gaming state in which a game in the right-handed operation mode is required, such as a short-circuited state. That is, the combination of the right-handed display unit 59 and the notification modes of the operation mode notification unit 100 and the effect display unit 17 enables notification of the operation mode of the operation handle 16 according to the state and appropriate notification of an error.

  In addition, when the first type error display occurs, the first type error display is displayed on the effect display unit 17, and when the second type error except “operation error” occurs, with the left or right type error notification display A different second type error display is displayed on the effect display unit 17 to enable notification of the first type error and the second type error, thereby combining the operation mode with the notification mode of the right-handed display unit 59. Appropriate notification of 16 operation modes and errors is possible.

  Further, in the effect display unit 17, a notification area (entire surface of the display unit 17a) for notifying the occurrence of the first type error is provided for the second launch operation notification area 206B for notifying the operation mode of the operation handle 16 It is set so as to overlap, and when notifying the first type error in the effect display unit 17, the notification in the second launch operation notification area 206B can not be identified. In this case, the operation mode of the operation handle 16 can be notified by the notification by the right-handed display unit 59, and an appropriate notification of the error in accordance with the importance of the generated error (type 1 error) can be made. .

  Further, in the effect display unit 17, the second launch operation notification area 206B for notifying the operation mode of the operation handle 16 is a second type error such as "vibration detection sensor error" excluding "operation error". The notification area 204 for notifying occurrence is set so that at least a part does not overlap, and when notifying the second type error in the notification area 204 of the effect display unit 17, notification in the second launch operation notification area 206B is performed. It is configured to be identifiable. In this case, the operation mode of the operation handle 16 can be notified by the notification on the right-handed display unit 59, and the notification of the operation mode of the operation handle 16 according to the importance of the error (type 2 error) And notification of the second type error can be appropriately notified at the same time.

(Another embodiment)
Next, a pachinko machine according to another embodiment will be described. The basic configuration of the pachinko machine 10 according to another embodiment is the same as that of the pachinko machine 10 of the above-described embodiment, so different parts will be described.

  In the pachinko machine 10 according to another embodiment, a hit game (hereinafter referred to as a special hit game) is set in which the opening / closing operation of the special opening / closing member 37 of the special winning portion 36 is different from the first to eighteenth hit games described above. There is. In this alternative embodiment, two types of hit games are set as special hit games, and in the following description, the first special hit game and the second special hit game are referred to. And, the first and second special hit games are set as a hit game that can be awarded with the special drawing hit determination based on the first special drawing start reservation information as a trigger. For example, instead of the seventh hit game corresponding to the symbol G, a first special hit game is set, and instead of the second hit game corresponding to the symbol B, a second special hit game is set . In addition, symbol J and symbol K are set as symbols per special figure which can be determined when the determination result of the special figure per judgment is affirmative determination, and a hit game corresponding to the symbol J is regarded as a first special hit game, The hit game corresponding to the symbol K may be a second special hit game. Here, in the first and second special hit games in another embodiment, the prescribed number of rounds is set to “two times” as in the first to ninth hit games described above, and The upper limit number of winning is set to "8", and the gaming state at the time when the first and second winning games are determined (non-probability state, probability state, non-short state, short state) Regardless of, it is set to be given 65 probability variations. In addition, as the award condition that the first and second special winning games are determined along with the special figure hitting determination to be performed in the non-shortened gaming state, the variation to be granted with the establishment of the award condition It is set that 25 times is set as the grant period (number of times of variation) of the short state, and the first and second special hit games are determined according to the special pattern hit determination performed in the variable state. As the above, 65 times are set as the provision period (the number of times of variation) of the variation state to be provided with the establishment of the assignment condition. It should be noted that the provision period of the variation state is not limited to this, and may be a period different for each of the first and second special hit games.

  The opening / closing control condition (first opening / closing control condition) of the special opening / closing member 37 of the special winning portion 36 in the first special hit game is the special winning portion 37 in each round game, as shown in FIG. The special opening and closing member 37 is set to be opened a predetermined number of times (in this example, once each time) in a short time opening operation. That is, "0.04 (seconds)" is set as the round game time for the first and second round games, and the special opening and closing member 36 performs an opening operation (short time opening operation) in each round game. It has become. Also, the inter-round interval time is set to "2.0 (seconds)". That is, in the first special hit game, the special opening / closing member 37 of the special winning portion 36 is controlled to perform the opening operation for a short time in a time when the pachinko ball is substantially impossible to win in each round game.

  Also, as shown in FIG. 21B, the opening / closing control condition (second opening / closing control condition) of the special opening / closing member 37 of the special winning portion 36 in the second special hit game is a round game (hereinafter referred to as In the special round game) open the special opening / closing member 37 of the special winning portion 36 a plurality of times (three times in this example) in a short time opening operation and a long opening operation, and from the start to the end of the round game in other round games It is set so as to perform a long time opening operation of continuously opening the special winning opening 36a. That is, the second special hit game is a hit game in which the special winning portion 36 is opened and closed based on the opening / closing control condition which is more advantageous to the player than the first special hit game. Here, in the second special hit game in another embodiment, as in the first to ninth hit games described above, the prescribed number of rounds is set to “twice”, and the second special hit game is performed in the second special hit game. The first round game is considered to be a special round game. Also, in the second special hit game, the upper limit number of winnings for each round game is set to "eight", and the game state (non-probable change state, positive change state, non-changeable state at the time the hit game is determined) It is set so that 65 probability change states are given regardless of the state and the change state). In addition, with the special winning condition determined in conjunction with the special figure-per-game determination in which the gaming state is not changed, as the additional condition, the variable short-term grant period provided with the establishment of the additional condition ( 25 times is set as the number of times of variation), and it is granted with the establishment of the provision condition, with the special winning game being determined according to the special figure determination made in the variation state. 65 times are set as the provision period (the number of times of variation) of the variation state.

  Here, in the special round game in the second special hit game, the opening time of the special opening / closing member 37 in the first opening to the second opening is set to “0.04 (seconds)”, respectively, and the opening third time of the special opening The opening time of the member 37 is set to "24.36 (seconds)". In addition, “2.0 (seconds)” is set as an interval time within two rounds in which the special opening / closing member 37 is held in the closed state between the first opening and the second opening. That is, the first round game time of the second special hit game is “48.72 (seconds) consisting of“ {0.04 (seconds) +2.0 (seconds)} × 16 + 24.36 (seconds) ”” ". As described above, in the special round game of the second special hit game, the round game is performed after the special winning portion 37 repeatedly performs the short opening operation multiple times (two times in this example) in the first round of the round game. It is set so as to perform a long time opening operation to open the special winning opening continuously until the end of. In other words, the second special hit game that can be awarded triggered by the special drawing hit determination based on the first special drawing start reservation information is the special winning portion 36 special time during which the specified number of pachinko balls can win in each round game The opening and closing member 37 is controlled to perform an opening operation for a long time to continue the opening.

  Here, the time from the start of the first special hit game to the end of the final round game (opening time + round game time of the first round + inter-round interval time + round game time of the second round) is the second The time from the start of the special hit game to the end of the second short opening operation in the first round of round game (opening time + opening first opening time + interval time in round + opening second opening time) is It is set to be equal.

(About notification control of the operation form in the first and second special hit game)
Here, as shown in FIG. 21 (a), it is determined that the first special winning game is determined when the special figure-performing determination performed in the non-shortening state becomes the determination result per special figure. It is defined as the hit notification condition of 6. When the sixth hit notification condition is satisfied, the operation mode notification unit 100 and the effect display unit 17 basically have the same notification mode as the above-described sixth hit notification condition is satisfied. The effect control CPU 65a controls the operation mode of the operation handle 16 to be notified. However, when the sixth hit notification condition is satisfied, the operation mode notification unit 100 notifies in the first right-handed transition notification mode in the ending time of the first special hit game, and the first right A first transition effect that displays a strike transition notification display is displayed on the effect display unit 17. That is, the operation type notification unit 100 is configured to continuously notify in the first right-handed transition notification mode from the start to the end of the first special hit game. Further, in the effect display unit 17, a first introduction effect for displaying a first right-handed shift notification display is displayed in the opening time, and the first round game from the start of the first round game to the end of the last round game is performed. A right-handed transition notification display is displayed, and a first transition effect that displays a first right-handed transition notification display at the ending time is displayed. Here, the first right-handed transition notification display is set so that the delay time set to the same time as the in-round interval time in the second special hit game is the timing when the last round game has ended. There is.

  Here, as shown in FIG. 21 (b), it is determined that the second special hit game is determined when the special figure hit determination performed in the non-shortening state becomes the special result hit determination result. It is defined as the hit notification condition of 7. Then, when the seventh hit notification condition is satisfied, basically, the operation form notification unit 100 and the effect display unit in the same notification mode as in the case where the second hit notification condition described above is satisfied. It is controlled by effect control CPU 65a so that 17 notifies the operation mode of operation handle 16. However, when the seventh hit notification condition is satisfied, the start point of the opening time of the third opening time in the special round game (the first round game) becomes the first notification switching timing, The same timing is set to be the second display switching timing. That is, in the operation mode notification unit 100, the first special hit game is continued from the start of the first special hit game to the middle of the special round game (the first round round game) (before the second round in-round interval time). It is comprised so that alerting | reporting can be carried out in a right-handed transition alerting mode. Further, in the effect display unit 17, the first introduction effect for displaying the first right-handed transition notification display is displayed in the opening time, and the first to the middle of the special round game (before the elapse of the second round interval time) is displayed. The right-handed transition notification display of 1 is displayed, and the second right-handed transition notification display is displayed from the middle of the special round game (after the elapse of the second inter-round interval time) to the end of the final round game, and the ending time The first transition effect for displaying the first right-handed transition notification display is displayed.

  As described above, when the seventh hit notification condition is satisfied, the notification mode (notification display) of the operation form of the operation handle 16 is switched in the middle of the round game. Here, the effect control CPU 65a uses the round designation command CMD2 for specifying the start of the first round game (special round) output from the main control CPU 60a as switching information (notice switching information, display switching information), effect control Control commands can be output to the display control board 70 and the lamp control board 72 based on the measurement of the timer (clocking means) included in the board 65. Also, every time the special opening / closing member 37 is closed in the special round game, a control command (closing command) is output from the main control board 60 (main control CPU 60a), and this is also used as switching information (notification switching information, display switching information). Good.

  That is, the notification mode (the first operation mode notification unit 100 or the effect display unit 17) notifies when the special winning portion 36 is in the open state (that is, during each round game time) in the first special hit game. In the right-handed transition notification mode, the first right-handed transition notification display, and in the second special hit game, when the special winning portion 36 is in the closed state (that is, during the interval time within the round in the special round game) The notification modes (first right-handed shift notification mode, first right-handed shift notification indication) notified by the means (the operation mode notification unit 100 or the effect display unit 17) are configured to be the same notification mode. That is, until the third opening operation is performed in the special round game, notification of the first special hit game or the second special hit game, notification of the notification means (operation mode notification unit 100 or effect display unit 17) The player can not distinguish from the mode, and can make the player guess whether it is an advantageous hit game or not, and it is a second special hit game by changing the notification mode of the notification means. Since the player can distinguish between the two, the player's interest in the notification mode in the notification means (the operation form notification unit 100 and the effect display unit 17) can be enhanced to improve the interest of the game.

(Modification example)
The gaming machine is not limited to the one described above, and various modifications are possible.

(1) In the embodiment, two ball flow down areas (first and second ball flow down areas 21a and 21b) are provided on the game board, but three or more ball flow down areas can be formed. It is.
(2) In the embodiment, the opening and closing winning means (the second start winning portion 28) is provided at a position where the game ball which has flowed down each of the plurality of ball flow down areas provided on the game board can win. An open / close winning means can be provided at a position where a gaming ball that has flowed down any one of the ball flow areas can win. For example, in the embodiment, the second start winning portion 28 can be provided on the right side of the game board so as to be located in the second falling ball area 21b. That is, it is possible to provide the open / close winning means at a position where the gaming balls which have flowed down at least a specific ball flow area among the number of ball flow areas can win.
(3) In the embodiment, the hit determination is performed in response to the winning of the game ball on the opening and closing winning means, but the present invention is not limited to this. That is, only the payout condition of the winning balls may be established in response to the winning of the game ball on the opening / closing winning means. Further, a variable winning portion mechanically open and close is provided on the game board, and an operating portion for opening and opening the variable winning portion is provided on the passage path of the gaming ball which has won the opening and closing opening and closing means, The variable winning portion may be mechanically opened by the contact of the game ball with the operating portion. In this case, the hit determination can be performed in response to the pachinko ball winning in the open variable winning portion.
(4) In the embodiment, only one special winning portion is received, but a plurality of special winning portions may be provided. In this case, a special winning portion can be provided at a position where the gaming balls having flowed down each ball flow area can win, and a specific ball flow area (second ball flow down in the embodiment) which can be winning in the opening and closing winning means It is also possible to provide a plurality of special winning portions at positions where the gaming balls having flowed down the area 21b can win.
(5) In the embodiment, a plurality of (two) gate parts are received, but only one gate part may be provided. In this case, it is preferable to provide the gate portion at a position where the gaming balls having flowed down the specific ball flow-down area (in the embodiment, the second ball flow-down area 21b in the embodiment) capable of winning in the opening / closing winning means can pass.

(6) In the embodiment, based on the control of the effect control CPU 65a as the second notification control means provided in the sub control means (effect control board 65), the operation form notification unit 100 as the third notification means and the second The second operation mode (right-handed operation mode) is notified by three types of notification modes (right-handed error notification mode, first and second right-handed transition notification modes) in each of the effect display section 17 as the notification means of Although configured as described above, it is also possible to configure to notify in one or two or more types of notification modes. Of course, the notification modes in each of the switching notification unit 101, the left-hand notification unit 102, and the right-hand notification unit 103 in the operation mode notification unit 100 are not limited to those shown in the embodiment.
(7) In the embodiment, the operation in the left hitting operation form (first operation form) and the right hitting operation form (second operation form) in the switching notification unit 101 of the third notification means (operation form notification unit 100) Each of the above may be notified, but a notification unit may be individually provided to notify each of the left hitting operation form and the right hitting operation form.
(8) In the embodiment, each of the operation in the left-handed operation mode (first operation mode) and the operation in the right-handed operation mode (second operation mode) in the third notification means (operation mode notification unit 100) Although it was comprised so that alerting | reporting was possible, it should just be comprised so that operation | movement in at least right-handed operation form can be alert | reported by a several alerting | reporting aspect. That is, the left-handed informing unit 102 included in the operation-type informing unit 100 of the embodiment may be omitted and the switching informing unit 101 may display only the character display of "right-handed".
(9) Further, the types of notification modes of the third notification means may be provided as many as the number of provision conditions established corresponding to the winning game to be awarded.
(10) In the embodiment, the notification of the third notification means (the operation mode notification unit 100) on the basis of the number of symbol variation effects (special figure variation display) performed from the start of the application of the specific gaming state (variable state) Although it was configured to change the aspect, it is not limited to this. For example, the notification mode of the third notification means (the operation mode notification unit 100) can be changed when an elapsed time (for example, 60 seconds) from the start of the application of the specific gaming state has elapsed.

(11) In the embodiment, the provision condition for giving the specific gaming state is determined based on the combination of the gaming state at the time of the hit determination (judging with special drawing) and the type of hitting game (special drawing per symbol), Although the specific gaming state is given after the winning game when the giving condition is satisfied, the present invention is not limited to this. For example, a game ball passes a specific area during a hit game (a ball detection sensor provided corresponding to the specific area detects a game ball) is given a specific game state after the hit game. It may be a condition. Here, a plurality of ball outlets are formed in the formed winning space communicating with the special winning opening 36a in the special winning portion 36 of the embodiment, and a specific ball outlet among the plurality of ball outlets is set as a specific area be able to. In this case, it is possible to establish the provision condition for providing the specific gaming state by the game ball that has won the special winning portion 36 during the winning game passing the ball outlet corresponding to the specific area. Also, a special winning portion provided with a specific area separately from the special winning portion 36 of the embodiment is provided, and the special winning portion is opened in a specific round game (for example, the second round of the embodiment) of the hit game. It may be configured as follows. In this case, the game ball can pass through the specific area by allowing the game ball to enter the special winning portion during a specific round game in a hit game. In addition, the type of hit game (special symbol symbol) set with a specific round game opened by the special winning portion, and the type of the specific round game not set (only the special winning portion is opened). It is also possible to set the type of symbol). For example, in the embodiment, it is configured to open the special winning portion in the case of a hit game corresponding to a particular special symbol per symbol (for example, symbol A, a to i), and a hit game corresponding to other special symbol per symbol. In this case, only the special winning portion 36 may be opened.
(12) In addition, the specific game that is established when the conditions for granting the specific gaming state are determined based on the type of the hit game (special pattern per symbol) and the combination of passing of the game ball in the specific area during the hit game. The provision period for providing the specific gaming state may be determined for each of the provision conditions of the state. That is, according to the type of winning game (special pattern per symbol) included in each grant condition, the grantable grant period is determined, and the specific gaming state is awarded in the corresponding grant period when the game ball passes the specific area. It is possible to Further, as in the embodiment, it is also possible to define a grant period for granting a specific gaming state in accordance with the gaming state at the time of hit determination (judging the special figure).

(13) In the embodiment, the operation form notification unit and the effect display unit (effect display unit 17) are provided as the second and third notification units, but only the operation form notification unit reports the operation form of the operation unit You may comprise, and you may comprise so that the operation form of an operation means may be alert | reported only by an effect display means (effect display part 17). That is, it is not necessary to provide a plurality of second and third notification means. In addition, as the effect display means, the effect display unit 17 is used in which the symbol variation effect is performed triggered by the establishment of the predetermined start condition, but separately from the effect display unit 17 and the operation mode notification unit 100 You may provide.
(14) In the embodiment, based on the control of the effect control CPU 65a as the second notification control means provided on the sub control means (effect control board 65), three types of notification display on the effect display means (effect display unit 17) Although configured to notify by (right-handed error notification display, first and second right-handed transition notification display), it is made to notify by one type or two or more types of notification display in the effect display means (effect display section 17) It is also possible to configure.
(15) In the embodiment, in the effect display means (effect display unit 17), each of the left hitting operation form (non-specified gaming state) and the right hitting operation form (specific gaming state) is configured to be notified. The effect display means (effect display unit 17) may be individually provided to notify each of the hit operation mode (non-specific game state) and the right-hand operation mode (specific game state).
(16) In the embodiment, the effect display means (effect display unit 17) is configured to be able to notify each of the left-handed operation mode (non-specified gaming state) and the right-handed operation mode (specific gaming state). The operation mode (specific game state) may be notified by a plurality of notification displays.
(17) Further, the types of notification display of the effect display means (effect display section 17) may be provided as many as the number of the imparting conditions established corresponding to the hit game to be awarded.
(18) In the embodiment, all of the application conditions of the variable length condition which causes the operation display mode (operation display unit 17) to display the operation mode of the operation means in the operation display means (operation effect display unit 17) Although it is configured to overlap with the provision condition of the variation condition that will inform informing, the assignment condition of the variation condition that will inform display of the operation form of the operation means in the effect display means (effect display unit 17), The operation mode notification unit 100 may completely separate the operation condition of the operation means from the operation condition of the operation means, and the effect display condition (effect display unit 17) may additionally be provided with the operation condition of the operation means. Even if a part of the application condition of the variation condition which will inform the display is overlapped with the application condition of the variation condition which gives notification of the operation form of the operation means in the operation form notification unit 100. There. That is, the third notification is obtained by setting the non-overlapping provision conditions in the provision conditions included in the first to third provision condition groups in the example and the provision conditions included in the fourth to sixth provision condition groups. The combination of the notification by the means (the operation mode notification unit 100) and the notification by the effect display means (the effect display unit 17) can be made colorful, and the notification can be made in accordance with the detailed game state.

(19) The notification conditions (informing notification conditions) that are satisfied when the result of the determination is obtained are not limited to those shown in the embodiment, but are opened when the result of the determination is obtained. And the specific winning means is provided with a hit when the game ball wins, and a specific winning means is won in the state of the result of the determination. May be used as the notification condition.
(20) Also, the types of notification conditions (hit notification conditions) that are satisfied are not limited to the first to fifth hit notification conditions shown in the embodiment, and when the result of the hit determination results The game state (presence or absence of probability change state or presence or absence state) of the game, and the combination of the game (type of symbol per special figure) determined by being the result of the determination of the winning combination appropriately set be able to.
(21) The notification condition (hit notification condition) is determined by the game state (presence or absence of a probability change state and presence or absence of a changeable state) when the judgment result of the hit is reached and the judgment result of the hit It is not limited to the type of hit game (type of special symbol per pattern) and the combination. For example, the notification condition can be that it is the first hit game of the so-called continuous state in which the winning of the hit game in the variable state is continuous. For example, if the sub control means (effect control board 65) is provided with a hit number counter for counting the number of wins of the hit game in the variable state, and the termination condition is satisfied by passing the grant period of the variable state. And the number-of-hits counter is reset to the initial value, and when the number-of-hits counter is the initial value (the first hit) when the number-of-hits counter is the initial value (the first notification). The notification mode of the operation form of the operation means can be made to compete differently when the frequency counter has a value other than the initial value (a state in which the special figure hits continuously in a variable state).

(22) All or part of the functions of the main control means (main control CPU) may be included in the sub control means (rendering control CPU). Conversely, all or part of the functions included in the sub control means The main control means may be provided. In the first embodiment, the main control board and the sub control board (effect control board) are separately provided, but a single control board can be used. That is, the functions of the main control unit and the sub control unit may be provided to a control unit (CPU) provided on a single control board. Furthermore, a separate control board may be provided, and all or part of the functions of the main control means and sub control means of the first embodiment may be provided in another control means.
(23) In addition, the display control means (display control CPU) may have all or a part of the functions of the effect control means (effect control CPU), and the display control means (display means CPU) The effect control means (effect control CPU) may be provided with all or part of the functions provided. Then, the effect control means (effect control CPU) and the display control board (display control CPU) are separately provided, but a single control board can also be used. That is, the functions of the effect control board and the display control board may be shared by control means (CPU) provided on a single control board. The effect control means can also be used in the same manner for the lamp control means for light emission control and the sound control means for sound output control.
(24) Although special figure display means (special figure display part) for displaying a special figure is provided independently of the effect display part for displaying a symbol (decorative figure) for effect, it is limited to this is not. For example, both the decoration drawing and the special drawing may be displayed in the symbol display means. Further, the decoration drawing and the special drawing may be shared and displayed on the symbol display means.
(25) In the embodiment, a pachinko machine has been exemplified as a game machine, but the present invention is not limited to this, and various game machines such as an arrange ball machine, a pinball machine, and a slot machine can be adopted. In addition, it can apply suitably to the game machine provided with the ball entrance which can enter the game ball which flows down a game area.

16 operation handle 16 (operation means)
17 Effect display section (second notification means)
20 game board 21 game area 21a first ball flow down area 21b second ball flow down area (specific ball flow down area)
36 Special Winning Division (Special Winning Means)
36a Special winning opening (winning opening)
37 Special opening and closing member (opening and closing means)
59 Right-handed display unit (another notification means)
60a Main control CPU (main control means, hit determination means, hit game determination means, another notification control means)
65a Effect control CPU (sub control means, notification control means)
100 operation mode notification unit ( third notification means)

Claims (1)

A game board on which a plurality of ball flow down areas in which game balls can flow is formed, operation means capable of changing the launch position of the game ball on the game board based on the operation of the player, and the plurality of ball flow down areas The game ball which flows down at least a specific ball flow down area of the is provided at a position where winning can be achieved, special winning means capable of opening and closing the winning opening by the opening and closing means, main control means for executing control processing, and the main And a sub-control means for executing control processing relating to effects based on a control signal from the control means, the main control means comprising a hit determination means for making a hit determination triggered by the establishment of a predetermined condition, the hit determination It is configured to be awarded a hit game that is determined to be a hit determination result, and the hit game is performed when a round game is performed to open and close the special winning means after the opening time has elapsed. The opening and closing means is configured to have an ending time for holding the special winning means in a closed state after the final round game, and the opening and closing means to a position where the gaming ball which has flowed down the specific ball flow area can win. A gaming machine comprising an openable and closable opening and closing winning means, wherein a specific gaming state in which the opening and closing winning means is opened and closed under advantageous opening and closing control conditions can be provided after the hit game.
First notification means capable of notifying that the operation means is operated in an operation mode of causing the game ball to flow down to the specific flow-down region;
Second informing means capable of informing in the first informing aspect and the second informing aspect that the operation means is operated in the operation mode of causing the game ball to flow down to the specific flow-down region;
The system further comprises third notification means capable of notifying in the third notification mode and the fourth notification manner that the operation means is operated in the operation mode of causing the game ball to flow down to the specific flow-down region.
The main control means includes a first notification control means for controlling the notification by the first notification means, and a second notification control means for controlling the notification by the second notification means and the third notification means. Configured to be included in the sub control means;
The first notification control means notifies the operation mode of the operation means in the same notification mode regardless of the type of the hit game when the hit determining means determines the hit game to open and close the special winning means. The first notification means is controlled to notify the operation mode of the operation means in the same notification mode as the hit game when giving the specific game state,
The switching timing for switching the notification mode of the second notification unit is specified according to the notification condition that is satisfied when the hit determination results in the hit determination.
The second notification control unit is configured to be able to control the second notification unit to switch the notification mode at the switching timing and to notify the operation mode of the operation unit.
In the case where the specific gaming state is granted for the first period after the winning game triggered by the hit determination in the specific gaming state being the determination result of the hitting, starting of the ending time after the opening time in the relevant hitting game is started The second notification means is the first notification mode, and the third notification means is the fourth notification mode from the start of the opening time to the end of the ending time. The second notification control means controls the second notification means and the third notification means to notify the operation mode of the means;
When the specific gaming state is not awarded after the winning game triggered by the hit determination in the non-specific gaming state being the determination result of the hitting, from the elapse of the opening time in the relevant winning game to the start of the ending time, The second notification means is the first notification mode, and the third notification means is the third notification mode from the start of the opening time to the start of the ending time in the hit game. The second notification control means controls the second notification means and the third notification means to notify the operation mode of the means;
If the specific game state is granted for the first period after the hit game, triggered by the hit determination in the non-specified game state being the result of the hit, an ending time period of While the third notification means notifies the operation mode of the operation means as the fourth notification mode until the end, while the opening time elapses to the start of the ending time, the second The second notification means and the third notification means are the second notification control means such that the notification mode of the notification means is switched from the first notification mode to the second notification mode to notify the operation mode of the operation means Control
If the specific gaming state is granted in the second period shorter than the first period after the winning game triggered by the hitting determination in the non-specific gaming state being the hitting determination result, the opening in the winning game The third informing means is set as the third informing mode from the start of time to the third informing mode, and after the lapse of the opening time until the beginning of the ending time, the third informing means is selected as the third informing mode from the third informing mode. While switching to the notification mode of 4, and notifying the operation mode of the operation means as the fourth notification mode until the end of the ending time, the ending is performed after the opening time has elapsed Until the start of time, the notification mode of the second notification means can be switched from the first notification mode to the second notification mode to notify the operation mode of the operation means. The second informing means and the third informing means the second notification control means configured to control,
In the case where the specific gaming state is provided for a first period after the per hit gaming, triggered by the specific type of the winning game being provided within the per hit gaming, the operation means from the start of the provision of the specific gaming state The notification mode is notified in the second notification mode and the notification mode is switched to the first notification mode after the switch period has elapsed from the start of the application of the specific gaming state during the first period and the notification mode is The second notification control means controls the second notification means to notify the operation mode of the operation means,
The second specified type of hit different from the specified type in the hit game is triggered by the hit of the specified game state triggered by the hit game of the second period of less than the first period after the game In the case of granting, while notifying the operation mode of the operation means in the first notification mode from the start of the application of the specific gaming state, and during the second period, and from the start of the application of the specific gaming state The second notification control means is configured to control the second notification means so as to continuously notify the operation mode of the operation means in the first notification mode even after the lapse of the switching period. A game machine characterized by

Images